Archive for the ‘Terror Alerts’ Category

Cuba

Download & Forward PDF

David Chase Taylor
May 10, 2013
Truther.org

As depicted in the Bio-Terror Bible, an island could serve as the initial staging ground for the genesis of a global bio-terror pandemic. Islands are a controlled environment whereby video footage of the sick and dying could then be broadcast worldwide in order to convince humanity that there is indeed a real biological pandemic.

After a short time, the original outbreak would of course “spread” off the island and morph into a full-blown pandemic. This would then give the impression that the virus was airborne, had mutated, or had somehow found its way onto the mainland via bird, fish, plane, raft or ship. Since the islands of Haiti and the Philippines have already been red-flagged for bio-terrorism, there is now a real possibility that the island of Cuba (only 90 miles off the Florida coast) will be targeted.

Download & Forward PDF

If and when a bio-terror outbreak occurs in Cuba, one or more of the following bio-terror scenarios are the most likely based on the cumulative bio-terror data contained herein:   

Bio-Terror Scenario “A”
Infected cruise ship passengers or Cuban immigrants are rescued at sea by the U.S. Coast Guard who unwittingly spread the outbreak to American shores by: a) unknowingly get infected during the rescue process, or b) mistakenly bring the infected people back to American shores,

Bio-Terror Scenario “B”
The 100 terror detainees on a hunger strike at U.S. Naval Base at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba suffer a “naturally” occurring biological outbreak due to their weakened immune systems. The outbreak then “accidentally” spreads to U.S. Navy personal and/or the native Cuban population. Once infected, Navy personal and/or Cuban immigrants make their way to Florida via plane, raft or ship, ultimately causing an outbreak on the mainland United States.

Bio-Terror Scenario “C”
A cruise ship with a bio-outbreak on board docks in Cuba for “help” and the outbreak spreads across the island and beyond. Since 2012, there have been at least 10 Norovirus outbreaks on cruise ships (see list below), the latest of which occurred on May 8, 2013, when an Norovirus outbreak on Crystal Cruises ‘Crystal Symphony’ sickened nearly 150 in Los Angeles, California.

Cuba Pandemic Drill
The notion of a simulated or staged bio-terror outbreak in Cuba was recently drilled by the U.S. government. On February 10, 2013, it was reported that the
U.S. Army and U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS) ran a week long bio-terror like drill off the coast of the Guantanamo Bay U.S. Naval Base which simulated a wave of Caribbean migrants sailing to America due to political upheaval or a natural disaster in the region. According to the report, “The participants would not disclose the script they [were] working from, and the fictional migrants [were] identified only as hailing from Country One and Country Two”. In 2007, a similar migration drill was held in Miami, Florida which featured a mass exodus of Cubans fleeing to America as a “mystery virus” spread amongst the refugee camps. The concept of infected islanders in rafts heading to the United States to spark a global pandemic appears to be the current working government/media narrative. As revealed in the report entitled “Red Alert: Mass Bio-Terror Pandemic Imminent”, the genesis of the 2013 bio-terror pandemic will be a “made-for-TV event” whereby millions will witness a bio-terror outbreak on live television.

Bio-Terror Endgame: Florida
Whatever happens in Cuba, the bio-terror outbreak will eventually make its way to Florida which was coincidentally home to the “Zombie Apocalypse” in June and July of 2012. The fictional zombie outbreak was apparently the beta-test for the real pandemic which has long been planned for the Sunshine State. In an apparent sign that bio-terror in Florida is imminent, it was reported on March 13, 2013, that Florida Lt. Governor Jennifer Carroll, a former Navy lieutenant commander, was forced to resign amid allegations of corruption. As of March 11, 2013, the Lt. Governor position for the state of Florida is vacant. This means that millionaire and former U.S. Navy veteran Rick Scott in now sole possession of both governorship offices in the state of Florida and will have complete control over any subsequent bio-terror investigation.

Cuban Measles Crisis
Although the Cuban Missile Crisis is now remembered as a 13-day nuclear missile confrontation in October of 1962 between the Soviet Union and Cuba on one side, and the United States and President John F. Kennedy on the other, the name was actually a cover for what really happened in Cuba 484 years ago this year. The original “Cuban Measles Crisis” occurred in 1529 when Cuba was attacked with measles which subsequently killed two-thirds (66%) of the native Cuban population. The term “missile” is actually derived from the word “measles”. In 16th century bio-warfare, animals, clothing and flesh were purposely infected with measles and sent airborne onto enemy populations via canon and slingshot. When these tainted items made human contact, were eaten by animals or contaminated a body of water like a lake, pond or river, a measles outbreak would occur.

International “Castro” Headlines
The name “Castro” is synonymous with Cuba which has long been home to Fidel Castro and his brother Raul Castro, the acting President of Cuba. In the last few weeks, there has been an unprecedented amount of international headlines containing the name “Castro” in what appears to be a concerted effort to prep the world for an upcoming event involving the island of Cuba. On May 3, 2013, it was reported that the FBI arrested 29-year-old Fernando Castro Alanis and 25-year-old Osblando Castro Alanis who face federal drug trafficking charges and are accused of importing crystal methamphetamine from Mexico. On May 6, 2013, it was reported that Mexican-American U.S. House Rep. Joaquin Castro is now taking on Cuban-American and anti-immigrant Senator Ted Cruz in an obviously fake debate over immigration. On May 6, 2013, Ariel Castro was arrested for allegedly imprisoning three women at his home for about a decade and forcing them to suffer miscarriages. Castro was charged with four counts of kidnapping and three counts of rape, charges that carry prison sentences of 10 years to life. On May 10, 2013, professional golfer Roberto Castro made international headlines for his excellent play at The Players Championship in the TPC at Sawgrass in Ponte Vedra Beach, Florida. Based on Castro’s unprecedented play, his name has now been recorded in the record books, twice.

Guantanamo Bay Outbreak
Ever since the “Operation Northwoods 2.0” terror plot was foiled, over 100 Guantanamo terror detainees allegedly went on a hunger strike at the U.S. Naval Base at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba where they are being held. Therefore, it is theoretically possible that since these men are on a hunger strike, their immune systems could be compromised thus making them more susceptible to a biological disease like the measles. Recent outbreaks at prison facilities have been making national headlines: On October 20, 2013, it was reported that a Chickenpox outbreak had locked down San Quentin prison in California. A month later on November 22, 2013, it was reported that 45 prisoners had to be taken to a hospital after a gas odor was reported in Dover Borough, Pennsylvania. A few months later on January 13, 2013, it was reported that a prison was locked down after guards called in sick at a prison facility in Chicago, Illinois. In the wake of an alleged biological outbreak at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, the disease could quickly make its way to the Cuban natives and to Florida in a matter of house. In what could be a possible blood sacrifice to an upcoming Guantanamo spawned pandemic, the attorney for the Guantanamo detainees was suicided sometime in late April of 2013. In an ominous sign potentially foreshadowing events to come, on May 7, 2013, the state-sponsored cyber-terror operation known as Anonymous vowed to attack to shut down Guantanamo, something only a biological outbreak could do.

Coast Guard Outbreak
Just as the “Coast Guard” series expands to its 3rd television show, the U.S. Coast Guard released a video of an ocean rescue which occurred on May 8, 2013. Aside from the fact that the video was released to the public on the same day it was filmed, the man who was rescued was a British citizen thus giving the story added news relevance in both America and Europe. The obvious question in respect to the release of the rescue video is, “why now?” In the video, the British man is touched no less than 8 times by two different members of the U.S. Coast Guard. Although one can only speculate about the motive behind the video, the release happens to coincide with the unprecedented amount of ocean rescues (see below), and therefore may be an attempt to show that the Coast Guard is vulnerable to diseases carried by people due to the close contact with the people they rescue. This particular bio-terror narrative would allow for the U.S. Coast Guard to be accidentally infected by people they rescue only to unwittingly take the disease back to America ultimately causing an outbreak on the mainland due to cross-contamination. It’s a perfect way to blame black people (Cubans) for the pandemic, kill a large number of first responders (Coast Guard) who would then be touted as heroes in the media, and start a global pandemic that will kill millions via the vaccines that will be issued in the wake of the outbreak.

Ocean Rescues Trending
Prior to a high-profile bio-terror migration incident involving the Coast Guard, the public must first be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. As depicted below, headlines containing the words “Coast Guard”, “raft” and “rescue” are beginning to construct the government/media narrative of islanders/immigrants floating to shore via rafts. The quantity and intensity of “raft” related headlines are sure to increase as the fruition of this given bio-terror plot nears.

Ocean Rescue Headlines:

1. April 6, 2013: Coast Guard Rescue 4 Men Trying To Sail From Africa To Florida (Puerto Rico)
2. April 11, 2013:
Italian Coast guard Rescues 500 Migrants From Five Small Boats (Sicily, Italy)
3. April 13, 2013:
Coast Guard Interviews Rafters Rescued By 2 Cruise Ships (Key West, Florida)
4. April 13, 2013: Libya Coastguard Rescues 89 Migrants From Drifting Boat (Zawiyah, Libya)
5. April 14, 2013:
Coast Guard Rescues 4 From Life Raft Off Coast (Big Sur, California)
6. April 19, 2013:
Coast Guard Rescues Men From Capsized Boat (San Diego, California)
7. April 21, 2013:
Authorities In Intercept Boat Carrying 30 Haitian Migrants (Exuma Cays, Bahamas)
8. April 22, 2013: Coast Guard Repatriates 32 Cuban Migrants After Rescue (Florida Keys, Florida)
9. April 29, 2013: Coast Guard Rescue Teenager From Ice Floe (George Kemp Marina, Michigan)
10. May 2, 2013:
Italian Coast Guards Rescue Syrian Refugees (Calabria, Italy)
11. May 4, 2013:  Coast Guard Rescues 2 From Damaged Sailboat (Terrebonne Bay, Gulf of Mexico)
12. May 5, 2013:
Afghan Migrants Rescued By Italian Coastguard (Reggio Calabria, Italy)
13. May 5, 2013: Coast Guard Rescues 3 People, Dog From Capsized Boat (Key Largo, Florida)
14. May 5, 2013:
Air National Guard Completes Cruise Ship Rescue (San Diego, California)
15. May 6, 2013: Coast Guard Rescues 14 From Smoking Tour Boat (San Francisco, California)
16. May 6, 2013:
Coast Guard Rescues Five After Boat Capsizes (Fort Meyers Beach, Florida)
17. May 7, 2013: Italian Coastguard Intercepted Boat With 70 Arab Migrants (Puglia, Italy)
18. May 8, 2013:
U.S. Coast Guard Rescues British Sailor At Sea (Kitty Hawk, North Carolina)
19. May 8, 2013:
Coast Guard Rescues 4 From Sinking Boat (Saginaw Bay, Michigan)
20. May 9, 2013: Coast Guard Rescues Ailing Woman from Cruise Ship (Toms River Shore, New Jersey)
21. May 10, 2013:
180 Immigrants Rescued Off Italian Coast (Lampedusa, Italy)  

[Does not purport to be a full or complete list of events]

Cruise Ship Terror
Documented cruise ship terror propaganda combined with recent cruise ship attacks, outbreaks and scares may indicate that cruise ship security has been compromised and that pirate related cruise ship terror is now imminent. Since 9/11, there have been multiple cases in which cruise ship terror plots were thwarted and whereby suspects were arrested for terror related threats against cruise ships. On May 1, 2012, it was reported that Al Qaeda had planned to hijack a cruise ship and start executing passengers until their demands were met. To date, there have been multiple government issued whitepapers in respect to cruise ship terror, highly suspicious cruise ship related terror drills, an epidemic of boat and ship accidents, disasters and scares, escalating acts of piracy and multiple reports of vanishing ships.

Cruise Ship Terror Blinking Red
Prior to a major terror attack on cruise ships, the public must first be psychologically programed that this is in fact possible. Starting in January of 2012, there has been an unprecedented wave of cruise ship related terror accidents, attacks, hoaxes and threats which have occurred at or near cruise ships and ports worldwide. Taken collectively, these events ultimately conclude that cruise ship related terror is blinking red on every level.

Cruise Ship Terror:

1. December 9, 2008:Pirate Threat Forces “MS Columbus” Evacuation (Somali Coast)
2. February 11, 2009:
Arrest Made In “Legend of the Seas” Threats (Laguna Hills, California)
3. March 28, 2010:
Bomb Threat Delays “Carnival Sensation” Return (Port Canaveral, Florida)
4. May 17, 2010:
“Liberty of the Seas” Receives Bomb Threat (Miami, Florida)
5. September 17, 2010:
Somali Pirates Scope Out “Discovery” Cruise Ship (Seychelles, Indian Ocean)
6. November 8, 2010:
“Carnival Splendor” Attacked By Chinese EMP Missile (California Coast)
7. February 5, 2011:
Bomb Threat On “Norwegian Sun” Cruise (Port Canaveral, Florida)
8. August 21, 2011:
“Discovery Sun” Bomb Scare (Ft. Lauderdale, Florida)
9. October 28, 2011:
“Norwegian Dawn” Docks With 2 Dead Passengers (Boston, Massachusetts)
10. January 9, 2012:
“MSC Poesia” Crashes Into Reef (Port Lucaya, Bahamas)
11. January 14, 2012:
“Costa Concordia” Carrying 4,300 People Sinks (Giglio, Italy)
12. January 29, 2012:
Man Commits Suicide On “Carnival Fantasy” (Freeport, Bahamas)
13. February 27, 2012:
Fire Renders “Costa Allegra” Powerless (Seychelles, Indian Ocean)
14. March 31, 2012:
Fire Renders “Azamara Quest” Powerless (Borneo, Indonesia)
15. May 11, 2012:
Doctor Pulled From “Carnival Magic” Over Bioterror Hoax (Galveston, Texas)
16. September 9, 2012:
Norovirus Outbreak On “Dawn Princess” (Juneau, Alaska)
17. November 6, 2012:
Norovirus Outbreak On “Constellation” (Southampton, England)
18. November 23, 2012:
Norovirus Outbreak On “Voyager of the Seas” (Sydney, Australia)
19. November 20, 2012:
Man Goes Missing From “Eurodam” Cruise (St. Thomas/Bahamas)
20. December 12, 2012:
Norovirus Outbreak On “Oriana” (Europe)
21. December 22, 2012:
Child Severely Injured On “Monarch of the Seas” (Port Canaveral, Florida)
22. December 24, 2012:
Norovirus Outbreak On Emerald Princes (Port Everglades, Florida)
23. December 29, 2012:
Norovirus Outbreak On “Queen Mary 2” (Saint Maarten)
24. January 29, 2013:
Cruise Ship Carrying 112 People Sinks (Asswan, Egypt)
25. February 10, 2013:
5 Dead After Lifeboat Falls Off “Thomson Majesty” (Canary Islands)
26. February 12, 2013:
Fire Renders “Carnival Triumph” Powerless (Gulf of Mexico)
27. March 3, 2013:
Norovirus Outbreak on “Ruby Princess” (Caribbean)
28. March 8, 2013:
Norovirus Outbreak On “Vision of the Seas” (Port Everglades, Florida)
29. March 13, 2013:
“MV Lyubov Orlova” Ghost Ship Adrift In Atlantic (Newfoundland)
30. March 13, 2013:
Norovirus Outbreak on “Queen Elizabeth” (South Pacific)
31. March 14, 2013:
Technical Issues Renders “Carnival Dream” Powerless (Gulf of Mexico)
32. March 26, 2013:
FBI Investigates Death On “Enchantment of the Seas” (Baltimore, Maryland)
33. April 13, 2013:
Coast Guard Interviews Rafters Rescued By 2 Cruise Ships (Key West, Florida)
34. April 14, 2013:
Masked Bandits Rob Bus Load Of Cruise Ship Passengers (Soufriere, St. Lucia)
35. May 5, 2013:
Air National Guard Completes Cruise Ship Rescue (San Diego, California)
36. May 8, 2013:
Norovirus Outbreak on Crystal Cruises’ “Crystal Symphony” (Los Angeles, CA)
37. May 9, 2013:
2 Carnival Cruise Passengers Missing And Feared Dead (Sydney, Australia)
38. May 9, 2013: Coast Guard Rescues Ailing Woman from Cruise (Toms River Shore, New Jersey)

[Does not purport to be a full or complete list of events]

Random Ship Terror
Prior to a major terror attack on ships, the public must first be psychologically programed that this is in fact possible. Starting in August of 2012, there has been an unprecedented wave of ship related terror, accidents, crashes and disasters which have occurred at or near ships and ports worldwide. Taken collectively, these events ultimately conclude that ship related terror is blinking red on every level. Like cruise ship terror, boat and ship terror is committed to psychologically program the public that ships are unsafe and vulnerable to attack.

Ship Disasters & Emergencies:

1. August 31, 2012:Boat Capsizes, Approximately 100 Dead (Java, Indonesia)
2. October 23, 2012:
Worker Killed, Second Rescued In Ship Accident (Tampa, Florida)
3. October 29, 2012:
Missing Boat Report Turns Out To Be False Alarm (Dominica, Caribbean)
4. October 29, 2012:
“HMS Bounty” Sinks, Captain Presumed Dead (Portsmouth, Virginia)
5. October 30, 2012:
Tanker Run Aground By Superstorm Sandy (Staten Island, New York)
6. November 2, 2012:
Migrant Boat Sinks, Over 100 Still Missing (Bangladesh)
7. January 1, 2013:
Shell Drill Ship Runs Aground On Island (Sitkalidak, Alaska)
8. January 7, 2013:
Oil Tanker Strikes Bay Bridge (San Francisco, California)
9. January 10, 2013:
Ferry Crash Leaves 85 Injured (New York City, New York)
10. January 27, 2013:
20 Missing After Russian Fishing Ship Capsizes (Sea of Japan)
11. January 27, 2013:
2 Barges Collide Into Mississippi Bridge (Vicksburg, Mississippi)
12. February 19, 2013:
5 Missing After Fishing Boat Capsizes (Nova Scotia, Canada)
13. February 26, 2013:
Boat Distress Calls Chalked Up To Hoax (Monterey, California)
14. March 10, 2013:
1 Dead, 5 Rescued In Sailboat Accident (San Clemente Island, California)
15. March 13, 2013:
Tug Boat And Fuel Barge Crash Into Oil Pipeline (New Orleans, Louisiana)
16. March 18, 2013:
13 Feared Dead After Container Ship Sinks (Bohai Gulf, China)
17. March 20, 2013:
Boat Mishap Kills Over 50, 117 Missing (Cross Rivers State, Nigeria)
18. March 25, 2013:
2 Dead, 95 Rescued In Boating Accident (Christmas Island, Australia)
19. March 25, 2013:
Man Goes Missing After Sailing Expedition (Florida Keys, Florida)
20. March 26, 2013:
Boat Capsizes Leaving 10 Dead, 2 Missing (Maguindanao, Philippines)
21. April 18, 2013: Chinese Ship Fire Catches Fire (Antarctic Peninsula,
Antarctic)
21. April 19, 2013:
Boat Sinks While Crossing River: 19 Dead (Borneo, Indonesia)
22. April 20, 2013: Boat Capsizes In Gulf Of Mexico: 4 Fishermen Missing (Galveston, Texas)
23. April 21, 2013:  Barges Hit Railroad Bridge: 30 Break Free, 2 Sink (Vicksburg, Mississippi)
24. April 25, 2013: Fire Sparks Huge Explosion On 2 Barges On Mobile River (Mobile, Alabama)
25. April 29, 2013:
Cargo Ships Collide Resulting In 2 Killed, 8 Missing (Peloponnese, Greece)
26. May 8, 2013:
Cargo Ship Collides With Port Tower, 10 Feared Dead (Genoa, Italy)
27. May 10, 2013:
Racing Boat Capsizes During America’s Cup Training, 1 Dead (San Francisco, CA)

[Does not purport to be a full or complete list of events]

New Deadly Viruses
Although measles has historically been used in genocidal pandemics, there are three new deadly viruses for the CDC and the WHO to choose from: On April 24, 2013, it was reported that a World Health Organization (WHO) expert stated that a new bird flu strain that has killed 22 people in China is “one of the most lethal” of its kind and transmits more easily to humans than another strain. On May 2, 2013, it was reported that a new viral strain created by Chinese scientists when they mixed the bird-flu virus with the human influenza virus could escape from the laboratory and cause a global pandemic killing millions of people. On May 10, 2013, it was reported that the “coronavirus” is a newly discovered and often deadly virus related to one that causes the common cold. The novel coronavirus was recently found for the first time in humans and scattered cases have occurred across parts of the Middle East, particularly Saudi Arabia. It has proved deadly in more than half of the confirmed cases so far, according to the World Health Organization. Of 31 people with confirmed coronavirus infections, at least 18 have died, a 58% mortality rate.

Aftermath of Bio-Terror
If and when a bio-war or bio-terror attack occurs, it will most likely be masterminded by the Center for Biosecurity located at the University of Pittsburgh Medical Center who have been directly responsible for funding and conducting numerous bio-terror related war games. Aside from having the means, the motive and the opportunity to conduct a major bio-terror attack, the government is the only entity with the resources to organize, plan, drill and execute a major bio-terror false-flag operation. In the aftermath of a bio-terror attack and subsequent pandemic, there will be mass confusion, fear, and hysteria. In this chaotic environment, there will be political and governmental agencies and institutions that will attempt to take advantage of the situation by declaring martial law and potentially forcing billions of people worldwide to take the lethal vaccines issued by the military and medical establishments in  the aftermath of the bio-terror attack.

The Good Bio-Terror News
The good news is that the reality of bio-terror is almost 100% opposite of what the public has been led to believe. According to top scientists, the use of bio-weapons for mass terror is a very difficult process and totally unreliable. Steve Emmett, an expert on nerve agents at Oxford University stated that, “It’s easy to play up the risks and encourage panic,” but “In fact the risks of mass poisoning [from any chemical agent] are very low”. Emmett went on to state that smallpox can be passed on from person to person only by close physical contact, not simply by being in the same room as someone who is infected. Jonathan Tucker, an authority on unconventional arms with California’s Monterey Institute of International Studies, stated, “Regardless of what people say, [bio-terror] is very difficult to do, to inflict mass casualties with chemical or biological weapons”. Despite the non-stop government propaganda, the true nature of the bio-war and bio-terror threat is very low and almost theoretically impossible. So long as people refuse vaccines, they really don’t have anything to worry about.

About the Author
David Chase Taylor, the editor-in-chief of Truther.org, is an American journalist living in Zürich, Switzerland, where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with stopping a false-flag/state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon America. Taylor has also released The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the coming global bio-terror pandemic. Taylor has also been credited with exposing numerous terror plots including the 2012 DNC Terror Plot, the “Twilight” Premier Terror Plot, and the Alex Jones links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to prevent terror attacks by drawing unwanted global attention to these terror plots prior to their fruition. Terror related assertions, forecasts and predictions made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility they could theoretically happen based on the cumulative terror related data. Historically, once a major false-flag terror plot is exposed (e.g., the Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot), the terror plot is immediately canceled or postponed. State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the true perpetrators of terror. By first identifying and then connecting the dots of the terror related paper trail, Truther.org has successfully blown the whistle on numerous terror related plots. Please spread the word in helping make terrorism a thing of the past. Namaste.

21180_10151427223986775_1245103485_n

Download & Forward PDF

David Chase Taylor
April 26, 2013
Truther.org

“UFC 159: Jones vs. Sonnen” is an upcoming mixed martial arts event to be held on April 27, 2013 at the Prudential Center in Newark, New Jersey. Coincidentally, there will be a “terror dill” 1/2 a mile away on the same day allegedly at the Newark Light Rail NJPAC/Center Street Station to test a response from multiple agencies to a simulated terror attack.

Newark was also recently home to a week-long firefighter terror drill held from April 16-22, 2013 that began the day after the Boston Marathon Bombings which simulated terror attacks including “explosions and building collapses”. Interestingly, the UFC 159 banner has what appears to be some sort of explosion in the background.

Download & Forward PDF

As of April 27, 2013, the Taliban have vowed to start a new campaign of mass suicide attacks on foreign military bases and diplomatic areas, as well as damaging “insider attacks”, as part of a new spring offensive this year. In what may be a prelude to terror attacks at UFC 159, there has been massive explosion at an oil refinery in Detroit, Michigan, the city with the highest Muslim population in America.

On Saturday night April 27, 2013, while UFC 159 is taking place, Obama, the White House, journalists, government officials, politicians and media personalities will be gathering for the annual White House Correspondents’ Association Dinner at the White House. According to an April 27, 2013, report, “In 1995, in the aftermath of the Oklahoma City bombing, President Bill Clinton dispensed with the traditional presidential humor to remember victims and praise journalists for their coverage of the explosion. Coincidentally, this year’s dinner entertainer, comedian and late-night TV talk-show host Conan O’Brien, also headlined that 1995 gala.

Aside from the Boston Marathon Bombings, there have been three distinct Obama terror plots planned for April of 2013, including the “Operation Northwoods 2.0” on April 4, 2013, the “Atlanta NCAA Bio-Terror Plot” on April 8, 2013, and the “Iranian Nuclear 9/11” likely slated for a few days after the Boston Marathon Bombings. Just like the Boston attacks and the recently revealed Canadian train terror plot, the UFC terror attack, should it happen, will most likely be scapegoated onto Iran who are coincidentally holding massive military drills.

President Barack Obama made his first and only visit to Israel on March 20, 2013, in an apparent move which solidified the U.S-Israeli “grand war plan” for Iran. In an ominous sign, it was reported that Obama downplayed expectations for a Mideast peace breakthrough stating to Jewish leaders that he won’t be carrying a “grand peace plan” when he arrives in the region. According to the March 8, 2013, report, Marc Stanley, chairman of the National Jewish Democratic Council, said Obama reiterated his “unshakeable support for Israel” and that he will “be focused on discussing with his Israeli counterparts the critical issues facing the Jewish state, including Iran”.

According to recent reports, Iran allegedly just tested a major nuclear bomb underground which subsequently resulted in 7.8 magnitude earthquake that sparked local fears about nuclear radiation leaks. Also, on Israel’s 65th Independence Day, the U.S. Senate Foreign Relations Committee adopted “Senate Resolution 65″ which stipulates the U.S. will assist Israel diplomatically, economically and militarily if the Jewish state is “attacked” by Iran, never mind that Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s “Secret Iranian War Plan” had already been leaked!

ENCLOSED CHAPTERS:

1. Suicide Terror & Sports
2. A Nuclear Iran
3. Boston Terror: A “False-Flag” False-Flag

1. Suicide Terror & Sports:

1.1: Sports Suicide Terror
In the 2012 Hollywood blockbuster entitled “Act of Valor”, suicide bombers target American sports stadiums, a concept which could transpire in reality at the NCAA Final Four. Recent suicide terror attacks against sports-like facilities and events show that Hollywood propaganda is finally materializing in reality. According to a May 13, 2012, report, security has been stepped up at airports worldwide as surgically-doctored terrorists plot suicide attacks with implanted bombs that would be undetectable to airport body scanners. On August 14, 2012, it was reported that Al Qaeda, under the heading “Area of activity: The planet Earth,” is allegedly seeking jihadists to carry out suicide attacks. Aside from a recent rash of unprecedented suicide terror threats and scares, the U.S. government has also been preparing for suicide terror by conducting multiple suicide terror drills in order to prepare local, state and federal officials for suicide terror.

Sports Suicide Terror Timeline:

1. April 4, 2012: 2 Somali Sports Officials Killed In Suicide Blast That Kills 10 (Somalia)
2. January 10, 2013: 81 Dead In Twin Suicide Blasts On Billiards Hall (Quetta, Pakistan)
3. March 13, 2013: Suicide Bomber Kills Buzkashi Sports Fans (Kunduz, Afghanistan)

[Does not purport to be a full or complete list of events]

1.2: Suicide Bomb Components: 35,000 Feet of Copper  
In what appears to be the alleged metal used in upcoming suicide terror attacks, on April 2, 2012, it was reported that thieves have pulled off the largest single copper-wire heist in the state Department of Transportation’s history. According to the report, up to 35,000 feet of copper wire was taken from light poles along a mile-long stretch of Interstate 15 in Salt Lake City, Utah.  Transportation Department spokesman John Gleason stated that the thieves may have dressed as construction workers so they wouldn’t look suspicious.

1.3: American Suicide Terror Blinking Red
Based on recent suicide terror propaganda, recent suicide terror attacks and the recent high-profile cases of suicide terror plots allegedly being thwarted by public officials, suicide terror in America is now blinking red on every level. Although to date America has remained suicide terror free, in 1998, an Israeli suicide bomber plotted to attack the U.S. Capitol although he was not successful due to faulty wiring.

Suicide Terror Timeline:

1. November 2, 1998: Suicide Bomber Attack Thwarted In U.S. House (Washington, D.C.)
2. February 18, 2010:
Man Flies Into U.S. Federal Building In Kamikaze Suicide Attack (Austin, Texas)
3. October 30. 2011:
American Carries Out Somalia Suicide Bombing  (Mogadishu, Somalia)
4. April 4, 2012:
2 Somali Sports Officials Killed In Suicide Blast That Kills 10 (Mogadishu, Somalia)
5. May 19, 2012: Man Straps Explosives To Body, Storms Ex’s House (Kamloops, British Columbia)
6. July 19, 2012:
Suicide Bomber Killed 8 On Bus With Israeli Tourists (Birgas, Bulgaria)
7. September 6, 2012:
Woman Forced To Wear Explosives In Bank Robbery (Los Angeles, California)
8. September 12, 2012:
Somali Pres. And Kenyan FM Escape Suicide Bomber (Mogadishu, Somalia)
9. September 23, 2012: Suicide Bomb Kills 2 At Nigerian Church (Bauchi, Nigeria)
10. September 26, 2012:
Wires, Gadgets Causes Suicide Terror Scare At Mall (Lawrenceville, Georgia)
11. October 1, 2012:
Halloween Costume Causes Suicide Terror Scare (San Mateo, California)
12. October 4, 2012: Suicide Bomber Kills 14 Afghanis And 3 U.S. Troops (Khost, Afghanistan)
13. October 17, 2012:
Suicide Bomber Attacks Near US-Afghan Military Base (Zurmat, Afghanistan)
14. October 26, 2012: Suicide Bomber Attacks Muslim Mosque (Faryab, Afghanistan)
15. October 29, 2012: Suicide Bomber Kills 7 In Nigerian Church (Kaduna, Nigeria)
16. November 3, 2012:
Suicide Bomber Kills Anti-Taliban Militia Head And 5 Others (Buhner, Pakistan)
17. November 10, 2012:
Twin Suicide Bombings Kill At Least 20 Syrian Troops (Daraa, Syria)
18. November 16, 2012: Man Arrested With Suicide Bomb Materials At Airport (Oakland, California)
19. November 19, 2012:
Female Bomber Attacks Major Pakistani Politician (Mohmand, Pakistan)
20. November 21, 2012: Kabul Suicide Bomb Kills Two Near NATO Base (Kabul, Afghanistan)
21. November 22, 2012: Taliban Suicide Attack Kills 23 In Pakistan (Rawalpindi, Pakistan)
22. November 23, 2012: Suicide Bomber Kills 3, Wounds More Than 90 (Wardak, Afghanistan)
23. November 29, 2012: Suicide Bomber Wounds Pakistani Militant Commander (Wana, Pakistan)
24. December 2. 2012: Taliban Suicide Bombers Attack US-Afghan Base (Jalalabad, Afghanistan)
25. December 2, 2012:
Suicide Bombings At U.S.-Afghan Military Base Kills 5 (Jalalabad, Afghanistan)
26. December 22, 2012:
Twin Suicide Bombings Target 2 Major Telecoms Facilities (Kano, Nigeria)
27. December 23, 2012
: Pakistani Official Targeted, Killed In Suicide Blast (Peshawar, Pakistan)
28. January 7, 2013: Suicide Bombers Kills 5 At Meeting Of Tribal Elders (Spin Boldak, Afghanistan)
29. January 10, 2013: 81 Dead In Twin Suicide Blasts On Billiards Hall (Quetta, Pakistan)
30. January 16, 2013: Suicide Car Bomb Strikes Kurdish Party Office Killing 4 (Kirkuk, Iraq)
31. January 16, 2013: Suicide Bomber Attacks In Afghan Capital (Kabul, Afghanistan)
32. January 16, 2013: Suicide Bomber Kills Iraqi Lawmaker (Falluja, Iraq)
33. January 18, 2913: At Least 12 Dead In Twin Suicide Blasts (Damascus, Syria)
34. January 26, 2013: Suicide Bomber Kills 10 Afghani Military Officers (Kunduz, Afghanistan)
35. January 29, 2013: Suicide Bomber Attacks Office Of Somali Prime Minister (Mogadishu, Somalia)
36. February 1, 2013:
Suicide Bomber Attacks U.S. Embassy, Kills Guard (Ankara, Turkey)
37. February 1, 2013:
Deadly Suicide Blast At Market Kills 23 (Hangu, Pakistan)
38. February 3, 2013:
Suicide Car Bomb Targeting Police Kills At Least 15 (Kirkuk, Iraq)
39. February 4, 2013:
23 Killed, Dozens Wounded In Suicide Bombing (Taji, Iraq)
40. February 8, 2013:
Suicide Bomber Blows Himself Up Near Mali Soldiers (Gao, Mali)
41. February 9, 2013:
Mali Army Arrests 2 Men Wearing Suicide Belts (Gao, Mail)
42. February 11, 2013: Suicide Bomber Attacks Somali Police Commander (Somalia)
43. February 17, 2013: Suicide Bomber Attack On Market Kills 83 (Hazara, Pakistan)
44. February 21, 2013: 2 Suicide Bombings Kill At Least 3 (Maiduguri, Nigeria)
45. March 1, 2013: Suicide Bomber Attacks Seaside Restaurant, 2nd Such Attack (Mogadishu, Somalia)
46. March 9, 2013: Suicide Blast Near Afghan Defense Ministry Kills 9 (Kabul, Afghanistan)
47. March 11, 2013: Suicide Attacks On Police Station Reportedly Kill 11 (Dibis, Iraq)
48. March 12, 2013: Suicide Bomber Targeting Police Kills 2 People (Bannu, Pakistan)
49. March 13, 2013:
Suicide Bomber Kills Buzkashi Sports Fans (Kunduz, Afghanistan)
50. March 18, 2013: 10 Killed In Suicide Car Bombing In Mogadishu (Mogadishu, Somalia)
51. March 21, 2013: Suicide Attack On Damascus Mosque Kills 42 (Damascus, Syria)
52. March 21, 2013: Mali Suicide Bombing Leaves 2 Dead (Timbuktu, Mali)
53. March 22, 2013: Suicide Bombing Kills 3 Near U.S. Embassy (Kabul, Afghanistan)
54. March 26, 2013: Taliban Suicide Bombers Kill Five Afghan Police (Kabul, Afghanistan)
55. March 29, 2013: Suicide Bomber Attacks Mosque Kills 3 And Wounds 70 (Kirkuk, Iraq)
56. March 29, 2013: Suicide Attack On Security Convoy Kills 6, Including 2 Women (Peshawar, Pakistan)
57. April 6, 2013: Suicide Bomber Kills 20 At Political Lunch (Baqouba, Iraq)

[Does not purport to be a full or complete list of events]

1.4: Sports Related Terror “Blinking Red”
Prior to a major terror attack on a sports facility such as the UFC, the public must first be psychologically programed that this is in fact possible. Aside from the rich history of terror attacks on sporting events leading up to the planned Super Bowl XLV nuclear terror attack, starting in August of 2012, there has been an unprecedented wave of sports related terror accidents, attacks, hoaxes and threats which have occurred at or near sports facilities worldwide, including the Boston Marathon Bombings. Taken collectively, these events ultimately conclude that sports related terror is blinking red on every level.

Spots Terror Timeline:

1. July 5, 2010: UFC Fighter Mike Wessel Arrested For “Terroristic Threats” (Jonesboro, Arkansas)
2. November 10, 2011:
Stabbing In Stadium Lot During Chargers’ Game (San Diego, California)
3. December 20, 2011:
Lights Go Out Twice At Candlestick Park (San Francisco, California)
4. May 22, 2012:
NBA Game Shooting Injures 8 People (Oklahoma City, Oklahoma)
5. August 18, 2012: Man Shot Outside Arizona Cardinals Game (Glendale, Arizona)
6. August 21, 2012: Two Shot, One Attacked, At NFL Pre-Season Game (San Francisco, California)
7. August 23, 2012: Fans Possibly Exposed To Rabies At Ravens Game (Baltimore, Maryland)
8. September 13, 2012: Cops Taser Man At NFL Game On 9/11 Anniversary (New York, New York)
9. September 15, 2012: 1 Dead, 1 Wounded In Shooting Near Chiefs Stadium (Kansas City, Missouri)
10. October 13, 2012:
Man Stabbed At Orange Madness At Carrier Dome (Syracuse, New York)
11. October 15, 2012: Fan Stabbed Outside At Giants-49ers Game (San Francisco, California)
12. October 19, 2012: Fan Attacks Soccer Player Chris Kirkland During Game (Leeds, England)
13. October 28, 2012: Over 100 Injured In Chaos At Nassau Coliseum (Long Island, New York)
14. November 15, 2012:
NFL Coach Victim of Theft At Pittsburgh Stadium (Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania)
15. November 16, 2012: Man Found Dead After Bills Game (Buffalo, New York)
16. December 1, 2012:
NFL Player Kills Self At Arrowhead Stadium (Kansas City, Missouri)
17. December 7, 2012:
Man Falls From Upper Deck At Oakland Raiders Game (Oakland, California)
18. January 10, 2013: 81 Dead In Twin Suicide Blasts On Billiards Hall (Quetta, Pakistan)
19. January 21, 2013: Falcons Fan Stabbed In Throat In Parking Lot (Atlanta, Georgia)
20. February 3, 2013: Super Bowl XLVII Blackout Leaves Superdome Dark (New Orleans, Louisiana)
21. February 20, 2013:  Syria Soccer Player Killed As Mortars Hit Stadium (Damascus, Syria)
22. February 24, 2013: NASCAR Crash Injures 30 Fans As Debris Flies Into Crowd (Daytona, Florida)
23. March 13, 2013: Suicide Bomber Kills Buzkashi Sports Fans (Kunduz, Afghanistan)
24. March 17, 2013: 2 Killed In Crash At California Raceway (Marysville, California)
25. April 15, 2013: Boston Marathon Bombings (Boston Massachusetts)
26. April 26, 2013: Man Arrested In Shooting At Little League T-Ball Game (Vallejo, California)

[Does not purport to be a full or complete list of events]

2. A NUCLEAR IRAN:

2.1: Iran’s New Nuclear Bomb
In apparent foreshadowing of the explosive power unleashed by the new Iranian nuclear bomb, on April 16, 2013, exactly one day after the Boston Bombings, a
7.8 earthquake hit Iran and neighboring Pakistan, killing at least 37 people and injuring hundreds more. As reported on February 12, 2013, the nation of North Korea allegedly caused a 4.9- and 5.1-magnitude earthquake after conducting their 3rd underground nuclear test. Due to the magnitude and location of the April 16, 2013, Iranian earthquake, it stands to reason that this is in fact a man-made earthquake due to underground nuclear testing. In the immediate aftermath of the quake, Gulf Arab states raised fears about nuclear radiation following the earthquake which struck near Bushehr, the home of Iran’s only nuclear power plant. According to the report, Hussein al-Qahtani, spokesperson of the Presidency of Meteorology and Environment (PME), told the Saudi Gazette that, “We have been repeatedly saying that such a reactor is totally undesirable in the region. The Bushehr reactor is closer to some Gulf states than it is to Iran’s capital.”

2.2: Iran Behind Boston Terror Attacks?
Although
alleged STRATFOR operative Alex Jones is hyping that notion that Navy SEALS were behind the Boston Bombings and U.S. federal authorities have hinted that a Saudi national was responsible, an April 16, 2013, report citing a source within Iranian intelligence services has stated that the Islamic regime was behind the Boston terror attacks. According to the report, the source said the bombs were planted near the end of the race so that the horrific images of the blasts would be captured by all the media there and be replayed over and over throughout the world. A senior commander in Iran warned less than two months ago that terrorism was coming to America. Iranian deputy chief of staff, Brig. Gen. Masoud Jazayeri, stated in an interview with Fars News Agency that “If the people of America and Europe do not confront the aggressive policies of their governments, they cannot then remain far from the possible future events (terror attacks).

2.3: Netanyahu’s “Secret” Iran War Plan Leaked
Only 5 days after President Barack
Obama made his first and only visit to Israel, it was reported on March 25, 2013, that Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s “Secret Iranian War Plan” had been leaked. According to the report, “The Israeli attack will open with a coordinated strike, including an unprecedented cyber-attack which will totally paralyze the Iranian regime…Then a barrage of tens of ballistic missiles would be launched from Israel toward Iran. 300km ballistic missiles would be launched from Israeli submarines in the vicinity of the Persian Gulf…The missiles will strike their targets—some exploding above ground like those striking the nuclear reactor at Arak–which is intended to produce plutonium and tritium—and the nearby heavy water production facility; the nuclear fuel production facilities at Isfahan and facilities for enriching uranium-hexaflouride. Others would explode under-ground, as at the Fordo facility…A barrage of hundreds of cruise missiles will pound command and control systems, research and development facilities, and the residences of senior personnel in the nuclear and missile development apparatus….IAF war planes which participate in the attack will damage a short-list of targets which require further assault. Among the targets approved for attack—Shihab 3 and Sejil ballistic missile silos, storage tanks for chemical components of rocket fuel, industrial facilities for producing missile control systems, centrifuge production plants and more.”

2.4: Iran War Coalition
In a another sign that a U.S.-Iran war is on the horizon, it was reported on April 11, 2013, that the
United States is seeking to form a regional war coalition against the Islamic Republic of Iran. According to the report, an unnamed security official said in an interview with the Israeli news website Walla that the recent visit by U.S. Secretary of State John Kerry to the Middle East aimed to create an anti-Iran axis in the region. The anti-Iran axis would include Israel, Turkey, Jordan and the Persian Gulf states, the official said. According to the source, the U.S.-led regional coalition would be tasked with supporting the harsh Western sanctions against Tehran and backing a potential military attack against the Islamic Republic in a worst-case scenario.

2.5: Iran Warns of World War III
Prior to an Iranian terror attack, whether false-flag or real, Iran has ratcheted up its vitriol against Israel and the United States. On April 14, 2013, it was reported that Iran has warned that an attack on the Islamic regime’s nuclear facilities could lead to global war. “Iran will not stand by in the face of such aggression,” stated Ali Ahani, Iran’s ambassador to France. “
This can entail a chain of violence that may lead to World war III. A potential Israeli attack against Iran with an objective of destroying its scientific and nuclear facilities is sheer madness. Its consequences are disastrous and uncontrollable.” According to the report, the deputy chief of staff of Iran’s armed forces, Brig. Gen Masoud Jazayeri, warned the United States that Iran would continue its nuclear program. “We would not trade off our rights,” he said, adding that Iran would stand with North Korea in its faceoff with America. “Whenever necessary, we would stop the U.S. excessive demands,” he said. “The Islamic Revolution will never leave its past and present friends. The U.S. and its allies will suffer great losses if a war breaks out in this region.” The regime’s PressTV ran an op-ed analysis on Saturday with a headline “Iran deals deathblow to U.S. global hegemony”.

2.6: “U.S. Senate Resolution 65″
In what appears to be the final nail in the U.S.-Iran war coffin, on April 17, 2013, it was reported that
on Israel’s 65th Independence Day, the U.S. Senate Foreign Relations Committee adopted “Senate Resolution 65,” stipulating that the U.S. will assist Israel diplomatically, economically and militarily if the Jewish state is compelled to take military action against Iran “in its defense of its territory, people, and existence.”  This treasonous resolution paves the way for a U.S. led invasion against Iran; all that is currently missing from the equation is the false-flag terror attack. Whatever Israel does to provoke a war with Iran, America’s blood and treasure will be dispensed in the aftermath. This resolution also conveniently circumvents the formal procedure of passing a war resolution against Iran in the U.S. Congress, essentially streamlining the future U.S. invasion of Iran.

2.7: Israel: Iran “Nightmare for Western World”
In more pre-Iranian war media propaganda, on April 17, 2013, it was reported that Israeli Defense Minister Moshe Ya’alon
warned in an Independence Day speech that the Iranian nuclear program could lead to “an arms race in the Middle East, and cause nuclear weapons to spread to terror organizations.” Ya’alon said the situation with Iran “could be a nightmare for the Western world.” According to the report, Ya’alon also emphasized that Iran continues to enrich uranium, which indicates that Iran’s government “is not impressed” by existing sanctions from the West. “The world must lead the campaign against Iran, but Israel must prepare for the possibility that it will have to defend itself with its own powers,” Ya’alon said.

2.8: Iran’s “Secret” Nuclear Facility  
If and when Iran attacks America in a nuclear fashion, the weapon(s) will have had to have originated at some nuclear facility. On March 20, 2013, it was reported that
Iranian scientists are working to perfect nuclear warheads at an underground site unknown to the West, according to a high-ranking intelligence officer of the Islamic regime. The nuclear site, approximately 14 miles long and 7.5 miles wide, consists of two facilities built deep into a mountain along with a missile facility that is surrounded by barbed wire, 45 security towers and several security posts. The new secret nuclear site, named Quds (Jerusalem), is almost 15 miles from another site, previously secret but exposed in 2009, the Fordow nuclear facility. As of three months ago, the source said, there were 76 kilograms of 20 percent enriched uranium stock at the site and 48 kilograms of over 40 percent enriched uranium. The report further stated that Iran is working on 17 Shahab 3 missiles in preparation of arming them with nuclear warheads and that the operational and technical aspect of the delivery system is 80 percent completed.

2.9: Iran Denies “Secret” Nuclear Facility
The nuclear facility entitled “Quds”, apparently meaning “Jerusalem”, was openly denied in report from April 10, 2013, in which the head of
Iran’s Atomic Energy Organization denied the existence of the secret uranium enrichment site where Iran is allegedly making great progress in creating nuclear warheads for an array of long-range missiles. According to the report, all major Iranian media reported on the press conference with the headline, “The existence of a nuclear site with the name of Quds is not accurate.” Fereidoon Abassi, head of Atomic Energy Organization of Iran, is quoted as saying, “The existence of the Quds site 15 meters (50 feet) northeast of Fordow is not correct.” The [nuclear] site actually sits 15 kilometers, or 9.3 miles, to the northeast of the previous secret site of Fordow.

2.10: Iran’s Nuclear Program “Blinking Red”
Complementing the aforementioned Iranian nuclear test of April 16, 2013, it was reported the day after on April 17, 2013, that two diplomats had stated that
Iran has tripled installations of high-tech machines at its main enrichment facility to more than 600 in three months — machines that could be used in a nuclear weapons program. According to the report, the machines are not yet producing enriched uranium and some may be only partially installed. Still the move is the latest sign that 10 years of diplomatic efforts have failed to persuade Tehran to curb its uranium enrichment program.

2.11: Nuclear Terror Programing
Prior to a high-profile nuclear related terror attack on American soil, the public must first be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. As depicted below, nuclear related headlines are beginning to construct the government/media narrative of impending nuclear terror. The quantity and intensity of “nuclear” related headlines are sure to increase as the fruition of this given nuclear terror plot nears.

Latest Nuclear Headlines:

1. November 29, 2013: Nuclear Christmas, False Flag In America To Blame On Iran
2. January 22, 2013:
Indian Police Warn Kashmir Residents Of Possible Nuclear Attack
3. February 17, 2013:
‘No Immediate Risk’: Nuclear Waste Tank Leaking In Washington
4. February 21, 2013:
Mission To Transport 23,000 Liters Of Bomb-Grade Uranium From Canada To US
5. February 23, 2013:
6 Tanks Leaking Radioactive Waste At Washington Nuclear Site
6. February 23, 2013:
Oregon Senator To Ask For GAO Probe Of Hanford Nuclear Site
7. February 25, 2013:
Radiation Panic Grips Mumbai
8. February 26, 2013:
Nuclear Waste Leak In Wash. “Scandalous,” Expert Says
9. March 15, 2013:
Dirty Bomb Material Secured In Philadelphia, Thousands Of Sites Remain In U.S.
10. March 15, 2013:
Feds Swarm Metra Train After Detecting Nuclear Risk
11. April 2, 2013:
Nuclear Board Warns Of Washington Tank Explosion Risk
12. April 12, 2013:
Nuclear Waste Barrels Strewn Across Floor Of English Channel
13. April 18, 2013:
‘Like A Nuclear Bomb’: Deadly Fertilizer Plant Blast Devastates Texas Town

[Does not purport to be a full or complete list]

2.12: Iranian Assassination Plot

In an ominous sign that America may be targeted for assassination by Iran, on October 11, 2011, U.S. officials accused the Iranian government of a plot to assassinate Saudi ambassador
Adel al-Jubeir in the United States. The plot was referred to as the “Iran assassination plot” or the “Iran terror plot” in the media, while the FBI named the case “Operation Red Coalition”. According to Wikipedia, Iranian nationals Manssor Arbabsiar and Gholam Shakuri were charged in federal court in New York with plotting to assassinate Al-Jubeir. U.S. officials stated that the two planned to kill Al-Jubeir at a restaurant with a bomb and subsequently bomb the Saudi embassy and the Israeli embassy in Washington, D.C. Arbabsiar was arrested on September 29, 2011, at John F. Kennedy International Airport in New York while Shakuri remained at large. While it is impossible to know why the assassination plot became such a media fire-storm, especially considering a number of foreign officials and analysts found it laughable, it was most likely concocted to show convince Americans that Iran does indeed have Quds Force “terrorists” force operating within the borders of the United States.

Latest Iran War Headline:

1. December 16, 2012: Iran Making Anthrax At Secret Plant
2. March 2, 2013:
Seized Chinese Weapons Raise Concerns On Iran
3. March 20, 2013:
Revealed! Evidence Iran Crossed Nuclear ‘Red Line’
4. March 20, 2013:
Tell President Obama And Congress: No War With Iran
5. March 24, 2013:
New Cold War Takes Shape In Arabian Gulf
6. March 25, 2013:
Dangerous Crossroads: Threat Of Pre-Emptive Nuclear War Directed Against Iran
7. March 25, 2013:
Leaked Document Outlines Israel’s “Shock And Awe” Plan To Attack Iran
8. March 25, 2013:
War On Iran Would Mean World War III
9. March 25, 2013:
Obama Sets Stage For War With Iran
10. April 10, 2013:
Iran: Nuclear Weapons Site? What Nuclear Weapons Site?
11. April 11, 2013:
Kerry In Mideast To Form Anti-Iran War Coalition: Report
12. April 13, 2013:
Report: Iran Successfully Tests Three New Missiles
13. April 14, 2013:
Iran Warns Of World War III
14. April 16, 2013:
To Prevent War With Iran, Give Israel Fuel Tankers
15. April 16, 2013:
Israel May Have to Attack Iran Alone
16. April 17, 2013:
Senate Committee: US Will Aid Israel If It Strikes Iran
17. April 17, 2013:
Diplomats: Iran Ups Nuke Technology
18. April 18, 2013:
Ahmadinejad Slams ‘foreign presence’ In Persian Gulf As Iran Marks Army Day

[Does not purport to be a full or complete list]

2.13: Iranian Bio-Terror Attack?

Although an Iranian based nuclear attack on America is the most likely false-flag, a report from December 16, 2012, states that  Iran is now making “anthrax” at a secret bio-terror plant. What exactly the anthrax is for is purely speculative, but three months later on March 8, 2013, an article entitled “Is The Middle East Brewing The Perfect Storm For A Health Epidemic?” was published potentially foreshadowing a Middle East spawned pandemic. In the immediate aftermath of the Boston Bombings, which Iran was allegedly responsible for, it was reported on April 17, 2013, that envelopes addressed to President Obama and a  U.S. Senator had tested positive for the bio-terror agent known as Ricin. Whether or not Iran will decide to lace their impending nuclear attacks with a bio-terror agent is not known, but a bio-terror pandemic is planned for 2013.

2.14: Iranian Terror Endgame
The endgame of Iranian terror attacks is to destroy America physically, financially and of course psychologically. These nuclear attacks will most likely consist of 9/11 style aerial attacks and/or suicide bombings against the aforementioned targets as well as American landmarks, most of which have already been slated for demolition. With each passing phase of terror, U.S. President Barack Obama will seize more and more power until he is ultimately declared dictator and martial law is enacted.

3. BOSTON TERROR: A “FALSE-FLAG” FALSE-FLAG:

3.1: A “False-Flag False-Flag”
The
Boston Marathon Bombings, like the Sandy Hook Massacre, was an obvious false-flag, but way too obvious. Predictably, alleged STRATFOR agent and Zionist operative Alex Jones has been incessantly hyping that notion that the U.S. government, specifically Navy SEALS, were behind the attacks. Although Boston was indeed a staged false-flag terror attack, it was all part of a far greater plan to suck Americans into a violent revolution by making Obama appear as the terrorist. While most of America and the world believe the Boston Bombers to be from Chechnya, there are four obvious points which were purposely widely disseminated in the aftermath of the attacks which would indicate otherwise:

A. The  Family Guy Episode
In the Family Guy episode entitled “Turban Cowboy” which aired on March 17, 2013, the popular cartoon depicted twin bombings via cell phone and a bloody massacre at Boston Marathon, all just weeks before the event transpired in reality.

B. The Boston Bomb Drill
On the day of the Boston Marathon, there was a
bomb drill being run either by the FBI or Boston Police in which bomb sniffing dogs were at the start and finish lines law enforcement spotters on the roofs.

C. FBI Knew Suspects
Four days after the Boston Bombings, the
FBI admitted that they had in fact known both suspects. The mother of the brothers stated that the FBI “knew what he was doing on Skype” and that they counseled him “every step of the way.” The FBI is known to set-up terror suspects on a regular basis, so Boston was just par for the false-flag terror course.

D. Navy SEALS with Backpacks
Surveillance camera
footage of the Boston Marathon crowd appears to depict Navy SEALs wearing heavy backpacks. This story was “broken” by Infowars and is meant to show clear government involvement in the attacks.

3.2: Don’t Be a Sucker
In order for gun-owning Americans to take the “bait” of starting what they think will be a successful second American Revolution, Obama must look corrupt, evil, illegitimate and a terrorist worthy of removal. Just like the
Sandy Hook Hoax four months prior, the Boston Marathon Bombings were laid out to “bait” Americans into thinking that they have the moral high-ground over Obama. The attack was purposely sloppy and an obvious act of state sponsored terror meant to condition the American gun-owning public that a revolution against by the Obama administration the only solution.

3.3: Alex Jones’ Endgame
The goal of America’s Zionist controllers is to get America to destroy herself the same way that Russia was destroyed under Stalin. This is done by dividing and then collapse society upon itself by baiting the gun-owning American public into a violent revolution against their own police and military while the real terrorists sit off-shore and pull the strings. In the aftermath of the next major terror attack, whether it is false-flag or “real”, Zionist operative such as Alex Jones, Michael Savage, Sean Hannity, Bill O’Reilly and Rush Limbaugh will attempt to bait gun-owning Americans into taking up arms against the U.S. government. Predictably, these intelligence operatives will blame Obama for either ordering the acts of terror himself, or allowing the “terrorists” to commit the attacks.

About the Author
David Chase Taylor, the editor-in-chief of Truther.org, is an American journalist living in Zürich, Switzerland, where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with stopping a false-flag/state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon America. Taylor has also released The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the coming global bio-terror pandemic. Taylor has also been credited with exposing numerous terror plots including the 2012 DNC Terror Plot, the “Twilight” Premier Terror Plot, and the Alex Jones links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to prevent terror attacks by drawing unwanted global attention to these terror plots prior to their fruition. Terror related assertions, forecasts and predictions made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility they could theoretically happen based on the cumulative terror related data. Historically, once a major false-flag terror plot is exposed (e.g., the Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot), the terror plot is immediately canceled or postponed. State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the true perpetrators of terror. By first identifying and then connecting the dots of the terror related paper trail, Truther.org has successfully blown the whistle on numerous terror related plots. Please spread the word in helping make terrorism a thing of the past. Namaste.

 

 

April 25, 2013 Obama Assassination

Access: ObamaCSI.com

David Chase Taylor
April 24, 2013
Truther.org

As previously reported, there have been over 65 Obama assassination plots in which individuals were either questioned, arrested, detained or convicted for making death threats against U.S. President Barack Obama.

While some of the 65+ documented cases may have in fact been legitimate threats to Obama, most if not all of them appear to be staged “events” orchestrated to give the impression that Obama is in tremendous danger, especially due to his race. If and when an Obama assassination plot manifests itself in reality, it will be used by the Zionist owned media to create unprecedented racial division and turmoil within the United States.

Given Obama’s rich assassination history, especially in the wake of the Boston Marathon Bombings, an obvious false-flag, there is a real chance that an Obama assassination “event” could occur on Thursday, April 25, 2013. Obama is currently scheduled to appear at three different locations that day, giving ample opportunity for a JFK like moment to transpire at one or more of the following events:

Obama’s Itinerary for April 25, 2013:

1. George W. Bush Presidential Library Opening (Dallas, Texas)
2. West, Texas Memorial (West, Texas)
3. Planned Parenthood’s Annual Fundraising Dinner (Washington D.C.)

In the aftermath of an Obama assassination “event”, it is highly likely that a “truther” or “conspiracy theorist” who believes that the Sandy Hook Massacre and the Boston Marathon Bombings were false-flag terror attacks will be scapegoated. The reality is, Obama will never actually be “assassinated” until his job of destroying America is complete; only at that point will he become truly expendable.

1. APRIL 25, 2013:

1.1: George W. Bush Presidential Library Opening
On April 25, 2013, Obama will attend the opening of the George W. Bush Presidential Library in Dallas, Texas. As history dictates, U.S. President John F. Kennedy what assassinated in Dallas, Texas on November 22, 1963. While Lee Harvey Oswald and the Grassy Knoll are often fingered in conspiracy theories about the JFK assassination, it appears that the fatal shot which killed America’s last real president was delivered courtesy of Bill Greer, the driver of Kennedy’s limousine. Dallas, Texas was also home to the Super Bowl XLV nuclear terror plot—the slated nuclear assassination of America.

1.2: West, Texas Memorial

On April 25, 2013, Obama will attend the West, Texas Memorial for 15 people killed and the hundreds injured when a local fertilizer plant exploded on April 17, 2013. Based on evidence which has now surfaced in the aftermath of the explosion, it would appear that the initial fire was aided by a missile fired from a plane or drone which caused a massive explosion resulting in a 100-foot-wide crater in the ground. Coincidentally, the “largest emergency preparedness drills ever held in the state of Texas” were going on April 15-16, 2013, just one day prior to the fertilizer plant exploding on April 17, 2013. On Sunday February 6, 2011, the night of the planned Super Bowl XLV nuclear detonation, there was also a massive chemical explosion involving a train in Toledo, Ohio. Just like the Texas fertilizer plant, the explosion looked like a nuclear bomb and was also conveniently caught on camera. Coincidentally, both massive “accidental explosions” occurred just prior to an impending act of nuclear terror. In the case of West, Texas, an Iranian nuclear bomb was slated to explode at the U.N. Headquarters in New York City just a few days later (see below).

1.3: Planned Parenthood Dinner
On April 25, 2013, Obama will deliver the keynote address at Planned Parenthood Federation of America’s annual fundraising dinner in Washington D.C. In the last week, alleged STRATFOR agent and Zionist operative Alex Jones has been continually harping on and hyping up his audience to the murder charges against Philadelphia abortionist Dr. Kermit Gosnell. Gosnell and his staff allegedly killed babies by cutting the back of their necks and witnesses allegedly saw a late-term baby who survived an abortion “swimming” in a toilet “trying to get out”. The Gosnell case and trial appears staged in order to enrage the Pro-Life Movement just prior to an act of anti-abortion related domestic terror. Coincidentally, on April 23, 2013, three murder charges against Gosnell were inexplicably dropped, potentially providing a “motive” for an upcoming false-flag terror attack against an abortion related facility.

2. BOSTON TERROR:

2.1: Boston Terror Linked to Iran Nuclear Plot
The Boston Marathon Bombings were slated to be the first wave of Iranian terror attacks on America that would eventually culminate in nuclear attacks on U.S. nuclear reactors and the U.N. Headquarters in New York City. The nation of Iran was initially blamed for the Boston attack but after an April 18, 2013, report entitled “Iranian Nuclear 9/11: Attack On U.S. Nuclear Reactors And U.N. Headquarters Imminent”, the Iranian terror plot was exposed and intelligence agencies were forced to resort to Plan B in which they double-crossed and set-up intelligence patsies; the two brothers from Chechnya.

Secret Terror Drill: Attack on Nuclear Reactor
On April 16, 2013, the first ever simulated terrorist attack drill on a U.S. nuclear power plant occurred at the Three Mile Island Nuclear Generating Station near Harrisburg, Pennsylvania. Suspiciously, this top-secret terror drill was not reported until April 19, 2013, the day after Iranian nuclear terror plot was exposed. A terrorist attack on Three Mile Island would have left most of the East Coast “radioactive” and was likely chosen by the “terrorists” to invoke memories of the nuclear “accident” which occurred there on March 28, 1979—widely considered the worst nuclear disaster in American history.

Top U.N. Nuclear Chief Aide Resigns
On April 19, 2013, exactly one day after the Iranian nuclear terror plot was exposed, the top aide to the chief of the U.N. nuclear agency unexpectedly resigned citing “tensions among the organization’s top leadership”. According to the report, the resignation by IAEA Assistant Director General Rafael Mariano Grossi came at a “critical time” for the International Atomic Energy Agency who was the world’s “only window [into] Iran’s nuclear program, which some nations fear is close to the ability to make atomic arms”. The report further stated that the U.N. was “trying to kick-start a probe of suspicions that Iran has secretly worked on developing nuclear weapons after more than five years of stagnation”. Although impossible to know for certain, it would appear that Grossi was the man responsible for executing the would-be Iranian nuclear attack upon the U.N. Headquarters in New York City.

New U.N. Security Zone
On April 19, 2013, exactly one day after the Iranian nuclear terror plot was exposed, the U.S. Coast Guard proposed an unprecedented and permanent “United Nations Security Zone” in the East River extending out 175 yards offshore around the U.N. Headquarters in New York City. The unprecedented security zone, which wasn’t reported until April 21, 2013, was most likely established prior to the planned U.N. nuclear detonation based on classified “intelligence” which indicated that there was a real terror threat to the U.N. building. By secretly preparing for a specific terror attack in advance, it gives government officials “plausible deniability” in the aftermath of a similar terror attack by making it publically appear that they did all they could to prevent the attack.

2.2: Boston Attack: A “False-Flag False-Flag”
The Boston Marathon Bombings, like the Sandy Hook Massacre, was an obvious false-flag, but way too obvious. Predictably, alleged STRATFOR agent and Zionist operative Alex Jones has been incessantly hyping that notion that the U.S. government, specifically Navy SEALS, were behind the attacks. Although Boston was indeed a staged false-flag terror attack, it was all part of a far greater plan to suck Americans into a violent revolution by making Obama appear as the terrorist. While most of America and the world believe the Boston Bombers to be from Chechnya, there are four obvious points which were purposely widely disseminated in the aftermath of the attacks which would indicate otherwise:

The  Family Guy Episode
In the Family Guy episode entitled “Turban Cowboy” which aired on March 17, 2013, the popular cartoon depicted twin bombings via cell phone and a bloody massacre at Boston Marathon, all just weeks before the event transpired in reality.

The Boston Bomb Drill
On the day of the Boston Marathon, there was a bomb drill being run either by the FBI or Boston Police in which bomb sniffing dogs were at the start and finish lines law enforcement spotters on the roofs.

FBI Knew Suspects
Four days after the Boston Bombings, the FBI admitted that they had in fact known both suspects. The mother of the brothers stated that the FBI “knew what he was doing on Skype” and that they counseled him “every step of the way.” The FBI is known to set-up terror suspects on a regular basis, so Boston was just par for the false-flag terror course.

Navy SEALS with Backpacks
Surveillance camera footage of the Boston Marathon crowd appears to depict Navy SEALs wearing heavy backpacks. This story was “broken” by Infowars and is meant to show clear government involvement in the attacks.

2.3: Don’t Be a Sucker
In order for gun-owning Americans to take the “bait” of starting what they think will be a successful second American Revolution, Obama must look corrupt, evil, illegitimate and a terrorist worthy of removal. Just like the Sandy Hook Hoax four months prior, the Boston Marathon Bombings were laid out to “bait” Americans into thinking that they have the moral high-ground over Obama. The attack was purposely sloppy and an obvious act of state sponsored terror meant to condition the American gun-owning public that a revolution against by the Obama administration the only solution. The goal of America’s Zionist controllers is to get America to destroy herself the same way that Russia was destroyed under Stalin. This is done by dividing and then collapse society upon itself by baiting the gun-owning American public into a violent revolution against their own police and military while the real terrorists sit off-shore and pull the strings. In the aftermath of the next major terror attack, whether it is false-flag or “real”, Zionist operative such as Alex Jones, Michael Savage, Sean Hannity, Bill O’Reilly and Rush Limbaugh will attempt to bait gun-owning Americans into taking up arms against the U.S. government. Predictably, these intelligence operatives will blame Obama for either ordering the acts of terror himself, or allowing the “terrorists” to commit the attacks.

About the Author
David Chase Taylor, the editor-in-chief of Truther.org, is an American journalist living in Zürich, Switzerland, where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with stopping a false-flag/state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon America. Taylor has also released The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the coming global bio-terror pandemic. Taylor has also been credited with exposing numerous terror plots including the 2012 DNC Terror Plot, the “Twilight” Premier Terror Plot, and the Alex Jones links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to prevent terror attacks by drawing unwanted global attention to these terror plots prior to their fruition. Terror related assertions, forecasts and predictions made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility they could theoretically happen based on the cumulative terror related data. Historically, once a major false-flag terror plot is exposed (e.g., the Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot), the terror plot is immediately canceled or postponed. State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the true perpetrators of terror. By first identifying and then connecting the dots of the terror related paper trail, Truther.org has successfully blown the whistle on numerous terror related plots. Please spread the word in helping make terrorism a thing of the past. Namaste.

 

 

 

Obama Domestic Terror

Please Download & Forward PDF

David Chase Taylor
April 21, 2013
Truther.org

Based on the evidence and events surrounding the 2011 mock trial of the Hutaree Terror Militia and alleged STRATFOR tool and Zionist operative Alex Jones’ rabid defense of the right-wing ultra-Christian militia group, it now appears that the Hutaree Militia is in fact a U.S. government funded and operated domestic terror group that will commit future acts of terror within the United States in a calculated attempt to further demonize, disparage and ultimately set-up innocent American patriots and gun-owners.

Download & Forward PDF

The Hutaree Militia were slated to take the blame in the wake of the foiled “Atlanta Bio-Terror Plot” of April 8, 2013, and therefore it stands to reason that they will also execute and be blamed for the upcoming act of domestic terror likely planned for April or May of 2013. This domestic terror attack will be known as the “gun confiscation false-flag” and will most likely consist of a mass shooting at a public place such as a beach, church, school or university. While it is possible that America could suffer another Oklahoma City like bombing against a government, military, or media related entity, in order to justify the confiscation guns from the American public, the domestic terror equation must consist of white Americans, guns, bullets and lots of deaths.

April Domestic Terror Attacks:

1. April 19, 1993:
Waco Massacre (Waco, Texas)
2. April 19, 1995:
Oklahoma City Bombing (Oklahoma City, Oklahoma)
3. April 20, 1999: Columbine High School Massacre (Columbine, Colorado)
3. April 15, 2013: Boston Marathon Bombings (Boston, Massachusetts)
4. April ??, 2013: Militia Massacre (Anytown, USA)

20,000 M16’s Stolen
The assault rifles which will be used in the upcoming domestic terror massacre used to justify American gun confiscation will most likely be provided courtesy of the U.S. government. On April 9, 2013, it was reported that the Interior Ministry of Kuwait has stated that thieves broke into a warehouse at the Interior Ministry in Subiya and stole 20,000 U.S.-origin M-16 assault rifles and 15,000 rounds for 9mm pistols “There were no [U.S. military] guards during the break-in,” the ministry said. By ordering these M-16 rifles stolen from Kuwait, it gives the intelligence agencies that organize and execute terror the option of blaming Kuwait in the aftermath of the attacks. The Kuwait option is there so that any investigation into a domestic massacre stemming from these weapons can be blamed on “Muslims” if and when the public outcry or subsequent investigation gets too hot to handle.

Alex Jones Predicts New Mass Shooting
On April 19, 2013, while discussing how Obama would take away guns away from American with Larry Pratt  of Gun Owners of America, Alex Jones stated on his national syndicated radio program that “I know what [Obama’s] going to do; he’s going to stage another mass shooting”. Being an alleged STRATFOR tool and Zionist operative, Jones is fed just enough Israeli intelligence via STRATFOR to make bold terror predictions a few months, weeks, or days prior a terror event transpiring in realty. In all documented cases, Jones never cares to substantiate his predictions with hard evidence as to why he is making a given prediction, only stating that he “knows how the government thinks” and that “after analyzing the enemy profile” he is able to ascertain that certain events will happen.

Domestic Terror Threat Imminent
On March 18, 2013, it was reported that the Southern Poverty Law Center (SPLC) had advised the U.S. government that there is an imminent “domestic terror threat” posed by political conservatives, patriots and conspiracy theorists. The March 5, 2012, SPLC letter to the U.S. Departments of Justice and DHS, refers to its 2013 report entitled “The Year in Hate and Extremism” in which it allegedly found an almost 1000% upsurge in “militias and radical antigovernment groups … from 149 in 2008 to 1,360 in 2012.” In October 1994, the SPLC’s “KlanWatch” program issued a similar warning to the federal government on the purported threat of militias. Six months later on April 19, 1995, the Murrah Federal Building in Oklahoma City was bombed by the ATF and FBI. False-flag domestic terror to demonize gun loving patriotic Americans is being planned and school busses appear to be the intended target.

American Landmarks Set-Up for Demolition
While a mass shooting is the most likely domestic false-flag event, almost every single major landmark in America has either undergone recent “construction” projects, “facelifts”, “renovations” or “restorations”. Whether or not these unprecedented “construction” jobs have ultimately undermined the structural integrity of these iconic and historic American landmarks is yet to be known, but the timely nature of these projects could have theoretically provided cover for the installation of demolition explosives in and around the aforementioned landmarks. These explosives could then be detonated via remote-control at a later date in a calculated attempt to give the appearance of coordinated terrorist attack.

ENCLOSED CHAPTERS:

1. Impending U.S. Civil War
2. Hutaree/Michigan Terror
3. Oklahoma City Terror 2.0
4. California Screaming
5. The Hoover Dam

1. IMPENDING U.S. CIVIL WAR:

1.1: The “Gun Confiscation False-Flag”
The goal of domestic terror is to garner political support for Obama domestically, cause unprecedented race related division and turmoil within the United States, and foment a violent “civil war” between gun owning Americans and the U.S. military. The next domestic terror attack will likely be the “Gun Confiscation False-Flag” that all awake gun owners know is coming, and it will be used by the U.S. government to foment Civil War in American between patriotic gun owners and the U.S. military. When this happens, we can expect something very similar to what happened in Australia on April 28, 1996, when the Port Arthur Massacre occurred in resulting in 35 dead and 23 wounded. Immediately after this event, new gun laws were passed and millions of Australian guns were confiscated and destroyed. Like 9/11, Oklahoma City and Sandy Hook, overwhelming evidence has shown that Port Arthur was just another act of state-sponsored terror. Unlike Australians, Americans have been socially programmed by their Freemasonic Founding fathers and the Bill of Rights laid out in the U.S. Constitution, namely the 2nd Amendment, to fight their government if and when they lose the right to bear arms. While this sounds good in theory, it is exactly what the government wants and has been planning for. The reality is that even if every American had the latest assault rifle with unlimited ammunition, it would be no match for U.S. governments tanks, planes and bombs.

1.2: American Civil War
The goal of the Zionists who control America is to get America to destroy herself the same way that Russia was destroyed under Stalin. This is done by dividing and then collapse society upon itself by baiting the gun-owning American public into a violent revolution against their own police and military while the Zionist terrorists sit off-shore and pull the strings. In order to accomplish this, they must pain the U.S. government as the aggressor.

1.3: Boston False-Flag “Revolution” Bait
The Boston Marathon Bombings were slated to be the first wave of Iranian terror attacks that would eventually culminate in nuclear-like attacks on U.S. nuclear reactors and the U.N. Headquarters in NYC. The nation of Iran was initially blamed for the Boston attack, but after Truther.org exposed the terror plot, intelligence agencies went to Plan B. Plan B was essentially Sandy Hook Déjà vu in which alleged STRATFOR agent and Zionist operative Alex Jones began incessantly hyping that notion that the U.S. government and Navy SEALS were behind the attacks. Although this is most certainly true, it is all part of a far greater plan to suck Americans into a violent revolution by making Obama appear as the terrorist. While most of America and the world believe the Boston Bombers to be from Chechnya, there are four obvious points which were purposely disseminated in the aftermath of the attacks which would indicate otherwise:

A. Family Guy Episode: In the Family Guy episode entitled “Turban Cowboy” which aired on March 17, 2013, the popular cartoon depicted twin bombings via cell phone and a bloody massacre at Boston Marathon, all just weeks before the event transpired in reality.
B. Boston Bomb Drill: On the day of the Boston Marathon, there was a bomb drill being run either by the FBI or Boston Police in which bomb sniffing dogs were at the start and finish lines law enforcement spotters on the roofs.
C. FBI Knew Suspects: Four days after the Boston Bombings, the FBI admitted that they had in fact knew both suspects. The mother of the brothers stated that the FBI “knew what he was doing on Skype” and that they counseled him “every step of the way.” The FBI is known to set-up terror suspects on a regular basis, so Boston was just par for the false-flag terror course.
D. Navy SEALS with Backpacks: Surveillance camera footage of the Boston Marathon crowd appears to depict Navy SEALs wearing heavy backpacks. This story was “broken” by Infowars and is meant to show clear government involvement in the attacks.

1.4: Don’t Be a Sucker
In order for gun-owning Americans to take the “bait” of starting what they think will be a successful second American Revolution, Obama must look corrupt, evil, illegitimate and a terrorist worthy of removal. Just like the Sandy Hook Hoax four months prior, the Boston Marathon Bombings was the “revolution bait” if you will. The attack was purposely sloppy and an obvious act of state sponsored terror meant to condition the American gun-owning public to revolt if and when the witness another obvious next terror attack by the Obama administration. In the aftermath of this impending Obama terror attack, whether it be false-flag or “real”, Zionist operative such as Alex Jones, Michael Savage, Sean Hannity, Bill O’Reilly and Rush Limbaugh will attempt to bait gun-owning Americans into taking up arms against the U.S. government. Predictably, these intelligence operatives will blame Obama for either ordering the acts of terror himself, or allowing the “terrorists” to commit the attacks.

2. HUTAREE/MICHIGAN TERROR:

2.1: Hutaree Terror Militia
According to Wikipedia,
the Hutaree Militia is a militia movement group adhering to the ideology of the Christian Patriot movement, based near Adrian, Michigan. The group was formed in early 2006. The name “Hutaree” appears to be a neologism; the group’s web site says that it means “Christian warriors”. The group became widely known in 2010 after the FBI prosecuted them in federal court for an alleged plan for violent revolt. The prosecution said this was to have involved killing a police officer and attacking the funeral with bombs. The presiding judge dismissed these charges. Three members pled guilty to possessing a machine gun and were sentenced to time served.

2.2: Michigan Home to Largest Arab/Muslim Population
U.S. based militia terror attacks will inevitably be tied to “Muslim Extremists” and Michigan is the perfect place for that. Aside from being home to the Weather Underground Organization (WUO) in the 1970’s and the Hutaree Militia today, they also have the most Arabs and Muslims in America. According to the 2010 U.S. Census, the city with the largest percentage of Arab Americans is Dearborn, Michigan, a southwestern suburb of Detroit, at nearly 40%. The Detroit metropolitan area is home to the largest concentration of Arab Americans (403,445), followed by the New York City Combined Statistical Area (371,233), Los Angeles (308,295), Chicago (176,208), and the Washington D.C area. (168,208)

2.3: “The Company You Keep” Michigan Terror Propaganda
Prior to a high-profile militia terror attack by Michigan based terrorists, the public must be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. Hollywood movie propaganda is a slick way of showing that yes, it can happen. “The Company You Keep” (2012) is a film (see trailer) in which a group of domestic terrorists rendezvous at a secret hideout in Michigan. The film depicts a drama involving member of the Weather Underground Organization (WUO), commonly known as the Weather Underground, which was founded on the Ann Arbor campus of the University of Michigan. In 1970 the group issued a “Declaration of a State of War” against the United States and subsequently conducted a campaign of bombings through the mid-1970s.

2.4: USA Today Terror
In the movie “The Company You Keep” (2012), USA Today newspapers boxes are featured prominently throughout the film. USA Today is the widest circulated print newspaper in the United States and if hundreds or thousands of these USA Today newspaper boxes were rigged with explosives across America, it would forever terrorize Americans in all 50 states. After all, every time someone walked by a newspaper box or saw a USA Today newspaper, fear would inevitably strike. The notion of attacking a newspaper is not new. On October 2, 1910, the purposeful dynamiting of the Los Angeles Times building in Los Angeles, California, occurred killing 21 and injuring more than 100. The newspaper bombing was termed the “crime of the century”. In what could be an ominous sign of things to come, on April 20, 2013, it was reported that Allen H. Neuharth, the founder of USA TODAY, died at his home in Cocoa Beach, Florida. USA Today has been attacked twice, albeit only online, but they were hacked on July 12, 2002 and September 25, 2011.

2.5: “Red Dawn” Michigan Terror Propaganda
Prior to a high-profile militia terror attack by Michigan based terrorists, the public must be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. Hollywood movie propaganda is a slick way of showing that yes, it can happen. “Red Dawn” (2012) is a film (see trailer) in which a group of young white American “terrorists” who go by the name of “Wolverines” attack government building and military installations. The name “wolverines” is synonymous with the University of Michigan and its sports teams who have won 33 official NCAA Division I titles. According to Wikipedia, Jed, one of Red Dawn’s main characters, announces that he intends to fight calling themselves the “Wolverines”. After acquiring weapons and establishing a base in an abandoned mine, the “Wolverines” begin a series of guerrilla attacks against soldiers and collaborators. Near the end of the movie, some of the “Wolverines” decide to stay and continue to fight and start recruiting more members to raid prisoner camps in an effort to continue to repel the occupation. The last scene of the movie is an American flag being carried while the freed American prisoners chant “Wolverines”.

3. OKLAHOMA CITY TERROR 2.0:

3.1: OKC Memorial Marathon
On April 19, 2013, it was reported that in the wake of the Boston Terror Attacks, leaders in Oklahoma City are taking extra precautions to ensure a safe race for the Oklahoma City Memorial Marathon which is schedule for Sunday, April 28, 2013. According to the report, race organizers say they have always had a comprehensive security plan in place, but they will revisit that plan to see if any adjustments are needed. Oklahoma City police are learning what went wrong in Boston and say they don’t plan on taking any chances. “We are prepared for what we believe could be a worst-case scenario,” Capt. Dexter Nelson with Oklahoma City police said. That preparation means ramping up security in all areas, according to Nelson. It also means keeping bomb techs in place along the marathon route. Oklahoma City Mayor Mick Cornett says the city is in close contact with the FBI.

Latest Oklahoma Headlines:

1. April 16, 2013: Series Of Moderate Earthquakes Shakes Central Oklahoma
2. April 20, 2013: Oklahoma Man Missing In Oregon Was Hallucinating, Sheriff Says

[Does not purport to be a full or complete list of events]

3.2: NBA Terror
The Obama administration appears ready to recycle the tired and desperate domestic terror narrative in order to demonize patriots and fend off political opposition. Based on current seeding in the NBA playoffs, a matchup between the Oklahoma City Thunder and the Miami Heat in the 2013 NBA Finals is very possible. This matchup would likely be one of the highest rated NBA championships ever on television and may be exploited for terror by a very desperate Obama administration.

3.3: NBA & DHS Terror Partnership
On February 15, 2011, the U.S. Secretary of Homeland Security Janet Napolitano today joined National Basketball Association (NBA) Commissioner David Stern to announce a new partnership between the Department of Homeland Security’s (DHS) “If You See Something, Say Something™” public awareness campaign and the NBA—an effort that will help ensure the security of fans, players and employees by encouraging fans to identify and report suspicious activity. “Every citizen plays a critical role in identifying and reporting suspicious activities and threats,” said Secretary Napolitano. “Our partnership with the NBA to bring the “If You See Something, Say Something™” campaign to professional basketball events throughout the nation is a vital part of our efforts to ensure the safety of players, employees and fans.” Was this terror partnership, made roughly a week after the failed nuclear terror attack at Super Bowl XLV, an indication that there will be a terror attack at an NBA game?

3.4: NBA in OKC?
Why the Seattle Sonics moved  to Oklahoma City in 2008 is still unknown and it begs the obvious question, “Why?” Why would the NBA commissioner David Stern allow the Seattle Sonics to move to the Midwest when the Seattle area has a large NBA fan base, the team had a group of young rising NBA stars, and the city was willing to do just about anything to keep the team? Is it possible that something more sinister was going on beneath the surface, and if so, what was the real motive for moving a predominantly black NBA franchise to an all-white area known Oklahoma City, Oklahoma? The name “Oklahoma City”, now synonymous with domestic terror, is constantly rehashed in the minds of the American public on a regular basis and the Thunder’s arena even has a sign which reads “Homeland…A fresh experience”. Curiously, the name of the Oklahoma City team is the “Thunder”. After lighting/terror strikes, as it did in 1995 during the Oklahoma City Bombing, it takes a while before the so called “thunder” booms. The thunder is always much louder than the initial strike and in aftermath of the next domestic terror attack, the “thunder” is most likely a violent revolution.

3.5: OKC Bombing: A Noble Lie (2011)
Prior to another high-profile militia terror attack in America, the gun-owning America public must be psychologically prepared and conditioned to blame in the after-math. Zionist movie propaganda is a slick way of showing that yes, it can happen. “A Noble Lie” (2011) is a film (see trailer) which untimely depicts the U.S. government as the perpetrators of the 1995 Oklahoma City Bombing. Although the facts surrounding the act of state-sponsored terror are quite clear and there is no new news, developments or evidence in the case to report, the makers of “A Noble Lie” who partnered with Alex Jones in the production of the movie, have gone on an incessant and endless media campaign to promote the film. Since the film came out in December of 2011, Jones has had the “A Noble Lie” filmmakers in studio for multiple sit-down interviews, has conducted numerous radio interviews with tem and has repeatedly played the movie trailer on his show in a quest to rehash the Oklahoma City Bombing to his millions of radio listeners. Why is Jones so concerned with an attack that occurred almost 20 years ago? It’s obvious that Jones is in the know and that a new Oklahoma City bombing has been planned and he is prepping his audience on how to respond in the aftermath.

4. CALIFORNIA SCREAMIN
:

4.1: California Terror “Blinking Red”
On the April 19, 2013, broadcast of the Alex Jones show, Alex stated that “Most of my crew is out in California right now”. This statement obviously begs the question, “Why is most of the Infowars crew in California while all the action and terror attack aftermath is 3,000 miles away in Boston, Massachusetts? Although  one can only speculate as to where the 20,000 stolen U.S.-origin M-16 assault rifles will make their terror debut, based on recent news and events, California is the most likely location. Saddleback Church in Forest Lake, California, an NBA game at the Staples Center in Los Angeles, California, or a school or university appears to be the most likely locations.

Latest Southern California Headlines:

1. April 6, 2013: 13 Injured After Metrolink Train Collides With Truck (Los Angeles, CA) 
2. April 6, 2013:
Pastor Rick Warren’s Son Commits Suicide (Lake Forest, CA)
3. April 15, 2013:
California Man Set On Fire In Front Of Convenience Store Dies (Long Beach, CA)
4. April 15, 2013: Police: Man Dies In Explosion On Front Lawn (Costa Mesa, CA)
5. April 18, 2013: Hooters Bomb Threat Shuts Down Hollywood Boulevard (Los Angeles, CA)
6. April 18, 2013: No Bomb Found At Cal State Campus Following Evacuation (Los Angeles, CA)

[Does not purport to be a full or complete list of events]

4.2: Twilight Massacre
The notion that Los Angeles could be home to a major massacre was previously when on November 16, 2012, only 5 days after a Truther.org terror warning about the possibility of a mass shooting at the Twilight Premier in Los Angeles, police arrested a man they say was planning an Aurora-style shooting during a weekend screening of “Twilight: Breaking Dawn.” According to the report, Blaec  Lammers, 20, was arrested by local authorities after they were allegedly contacted by his mother, who said she was concerned that he purchased weapons similar to the ones used in a mass murder at a Batman screening in Colorado in July of 2012. Lammers said he had bought tickets to a Sunday screening of the last installment of the Twilight series and intended to shoot people in attendance.

California Terror Drills:

1. January 25, 2012: LAPD: Joint Military Drills In Downtown LA (Los Angeles, California)
2. April 2, 2013: “Active Shooter” Drill Comes Amid Debate Over School Safety (Cerritos, California)
3. April 15, 2013:
Military Police Conduct Close Combat Bomb Exercise (Monterey, California)
4. April 18, 2013: Hooters Bomb Threat Shuts Down Hollywood Boulevard (Los Angeles, CA)
5. April 19, 2013: U.S.-Los Angeles Emergency Bomb Training Drill (Los Angeles, California)
6. May 18, 2013: Riverside County City To Conduct Disaster Drill (Canyon Lake, California)

[Does not purport to be a full or complete list of events]

4.3: Church Terror “Blinking Red”
A recent string of church attacks, threats and scares along with a rash of church thefts have left American churches feeling unsafe and vulnerable to attack. On September 23, 2012, it was reported that an Al Shabaab suicide bomber attacked a church in northern Nigeria killed 2 and injured at least 22. A week later on September 30, 2012, an explosive device was set off at a Sunday school class in Nairobi, killing one child and seriously wounded three. A few weeks later on October 25, 2012, there was a terror shooting at a mega-church in Atlanta, Georgia, setting the stage for future church terror in America.

4.4: Saddleback Church
Saddleback Church is an evangelical Christian mega-church located in the city of Lake Forest in Orange County, California. The church was founded in 1980 by Pastor Rick Warren whose weekly church attendance averages over 20,000 people. Rick Warren is known nationally as President Barack Obama’s pastor and gave his inaugural invocation on January 20, 2009. Roughly 4 years later on April 6, 2013, it was reported that Pastor Rick Warren’s son committed suicide. The death of Matthew Warren appears to be a warring to Rick Warren to shut-up and go along with a terror plot to terrorize his church’s congregation, most likely via a mass shooting that would most likely be called the “Saddleback Massacre”. The motive for the attack on Warren and his church would likely be touted as hatred for Obama and his anti-gun policies.

4.5: Alex Jones & The L.A. Times

On April 18, 2013, an interesting article was published in the L.A. Times by David Horsey entitled “Alex Jones has a sick theory about the Boston Marathon bombings”. The article features Jones as a large rat with his smaller rats representing his audience saying that the Boston Marathon Bombings were carried out by the U.S. government. Jones has been incessantly harping on the article since it was published and could serve as the motive for an attack by one of Jones’ listeners on the L.A. Times. Roughly 103 years ago, America was shocked by the Los Angeles Times Bombing. According to Wikipedia, the purposeful dynamiting of the Los Angeles Times building in Los Angeles, California, occurred on October 1, 1910. The bomb’s explosion started a fire which subsequently killed 21 and injured more than 100. The newspaper bombing was termed the “crime of the century” by the Times and could be repeated in the near future.

4.6: Media Terror Trending
Prior to a major terror attack on a media facility such as the L.A. Times, the public must first be psychologically programed that this is in fact possible. Starting in January of 2012, there has been an unprecedented wave of media related terror hoaxes and threats have occurred at media related events and facilities worldwide, including two events in Los Angeles, in September and October of 2012. Taken collectively, these events ultimately conclude that media related terror is blinking red on every level.

Media Terror Timeline:

1. March 25, 1997: Radio Station Gets Bomb Threat (Miami, Florida)
2. July 12, 2004: Bomb Threat on TBC Radio station (London, England)
3. September 28, 2004:
Man Makes Radio Station Bomb Threat (Dallas, Texas)
4. December 8, 2007: Radio Station Gets Bomb Threat (North Cotabato, Philippines)
5. May 30, 2011: Man Threatens To Bomb TV Station (New York, New York)
6. January 26, 2012:
Radio Station Receives Bomb Threat (Jakarta, Indonesia)
7. September 22, 2012: Riot Outside MTV Event In Madrid (Madrid, Spain)
8. September 25, 2012:
Radio Stations Evacuated Over Beeping Package (Los Angeles, California)
9. September 30, 2012:
Shots Fired In Parking Lot Of BET Awards (Atlanta, Georgia)
10. October 8, 2012: FBI Investigating Suspicious Package At CBS TV Studio (Los Angeles, California)
11. October 17, 2012:
NatGeo Bombarded With Terror Threats (Washington D.C.)
12. November 2, 2012: Chemical Bomb Threat At CNN Center (Atlanta, Georgia)
13. November 30, 2012: CBS Radio Building Hit By Gunfire (Dallas, Texas)
14. February 12, 2013: Radio Station Bomb Threat Reported (Melbourne, Australia)
15. March 29, 2013:
Man Arrested For Threat To Blow Up TV Station (Niigata, Japan)
16. March 30, 2013: Eiffel Tower Radio Tower Receives Bomb Threat (Paris, France)

[Does not purport to be a full or complete list of events]

4.7: Los Angeles Ready for Terror
Should a major gun related massacre occur in Los Angeles, it should come as no surprise. Aside from being ground zero in the Rodney King riots which started on April 29, 1992, the city of L.A. appears to be getting ready for major earthquakes, terror attack race riots and mayhem. On February 8, 2012, it was reported that the Los Angeles Police Department (LAPD) opened a new high-tech war room which “gives it eyes all over the city”. LAPD Chief Charlie Beck stated that “We are targets on our own soil…We have to be ready.” Located in the heart of downtown Los Angeles, the new intelligence hub is interestingly called RACR. Should domestic terror strike Southern California, LAPD will be ready.

5. THE HOOVER DAM:

5.1: The Hoover Dam

The Hoover Dam is a concrete arch-gravity dam in the Black Canyon of the Colorado River, on the border between the U.S. states of Arizona and Nevada. On January 15, 2013, it was reported that the federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) had found 58 violations at Nevada’s Hoover Dam, the hydroelectric power plant east of Las Vegas. According to the report, OSHA found numerous superficial violations but stated that “none of the violations jeopardized the safety of the public or threatened the structural integrity of the dam or its operations”. A month later on February 12, 2013, a 5.2 Magnitude Earthquake struck Tonopah Junction, Nevada, just 215 miles north of Las Vegas. If a man-made “natural disaster” or terrorist attack strikes anywhere near the 77 year old Hoover Dam, it will likely “crack” (with a little help from demolition explosives) resulting in a massive local tidal wave and an electrical power blackout blanketing California, Arizona and Nevada. With no power, no airport, no gambling, no air conditioning, no sewage system and no way out, tourists and locals alike would begin looting as riots and mayhem would breakout almost instantaneously. Needless to say, without power, Las Vegas and Los Angeles would turn into an unprecedented biological cesspool almost overnight.

5.2: Dead Men Tell No Tales
The notion that the Hoover Dam could be targeted with a man-made “natural disaster” or terror attack was first exposed in a March 31, 2013, report entitled “Apocalyptic “Doomsday Asteroid” Hoax Planned For 2013”. A week later on April 7, 2013, William McCune, Nevada’s chief insurance examiner, was found dead wrapped in a blanket and bound with duct tape in a river in Carson City, Nevada. In the aftermath of a “natural disaster” or terrorist attack against the Hoover Dam, McCune, head of the division’s corporate and financial affairs section, would most likely be responsible for the massive insurance payouts to private utility companies in Nevada, Arizona, and California that would inevitably sustain catastrophic losses as a result of the Hoover Dam’s electrical power being cut-off for a lengthy period of time. According to the report, authorities suspected foul play after finding evidence of a bloody and violent struggle in McCune’s apartment in Carson City. As expected in any government related assassination, the report was clear to lead its readers astray by pointing out that “investigators continue to believe McCune’s death concerned “personal” matters and was not work-related”. It was likely that McCune was either privy to insider information about the Hoover Dam terror plot or was terminated in his unwillingness to go along with the Hoover Dam terror plot.

About the Author
David Chase Taylor, the editor-in-chief of Truther.org, is an American journalist living in Zürich, Switzerland, where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with stopping a false-flag/state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon America. Taylor has also released The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the coming global bio-terror pandemic. Taylor has also been credited with exposing numerous terror plots including the 2012 DNC Terror Plot, the “Twilight” Premier Terror Plot, and the Alex Jones links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to prevent terror attacks by drawing unwanted global attention to these terror plots prior to their fruition. Terror related assertions, forecasts and predictions made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility they could theoretically happen based on the cumulative terror related data. Historically, once a major false-flag terror plot is exposed (see: Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot), the terror plot is immediately canceled or postponed. State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the true perpetrators of terror. By first identifying and then connecting the dots of the terror related paper trail, Truther.org has successfully blown the whistle on numerous terror related plots. Please spread the word in helping make terrorism a thing of the past. Namaste.

Iran Nuclear 911

Please Download & Forward PDF

UPDATE 1: Two days before before this Truther.org report was published, the first ever simulated terrorist attack drill on a U.S. nuclear power plant occurred at the Three Mile Island Nuclear Generating Station near Harrisburg, Pennsylvania. Suspiciously, this top-secret terror drill was not reported until April 19, 2013, the day after Iranian nuclear terror plot was exposed. A terrorist attack on Three Mile Island would have left most of the East Coast “radioactive” and was likely chosen by the “terrorists” to invoke memories of the nuclear “accident” which occurred there on March 28, 1979—widely considered the worst nuclear disaster in American history.

UPDATE 2:On April 19, 2013, exactly one day after this Truther.org report was publishedthe top aide to the chief of the U.N. nuclear agency unexpectedly resigned citing “tensions among the organization’s top leadership”. According to the report, the resignation by IAEA Assistant Director General Rafael Mariano Grossi came at a “critical time” for the International Atomic Energy Agency who was the world’s “only window [into] Iran’s nuclear program, which some nations fear is close to the ability to make atomic arms”. The report further stated that the U.N. was “trying to kick-start a probe of suspicions that Iran has secretly worked on developing nuclear weapons after more than five years of stagnation”. Although impossible to know for certain, it would appear that Grossi was the man responsible for executing the would be Iranian nuclear attack upon the U.N. Headquarters in New York City.

UPDATE 3: On April 19, 2013, exactly one day after this Truther.org report was published, the U.S. Coast Guard proposed an unprecedented and permanent “United Nations Security Zone” in the East River extending out 175 yards offshore around the U.N. Headquarters in New York City. The unprecedented security zone, which wasn’t reported until April 21, 2013, was most likely established prior to the planned U.N. nuclear detonation based on classified “intelligence” which indicated that there was a real terror threat to the U.N. building. By secretly preparing for a specific terror attack in advance, it gives government officials “plausible deniability” in the aftermath of a similar terror attack by making it publically appear that they did all they could to prevent the attack.

David Chase Taylor

April 18, 2013
Truther.org

Ever since the failed nuclear terror attack on Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas, on February 6, 2011, the Obama administration and its Zionist puppeteers have desperately been trying to engineer a “Nuclear 9/11” within the United States to ultimately declare Obama dictator and usher in World War III.

During the 2013 Jewish holiday known as Purim, the state of Israel was caught red-handed celebrating the success of its 9/11 terror operation against the U.S. Therefore, it should come as no surprise that they are itching to once again terrorize America, only this time it will be nuclear. In a recent and rather strange report, it was revealed that an Iranian scientist has invented a “Time Machine”, one which will apparently take the America back to September 11, 2001.

Download & Forward PDF

Based on the latest terror related data, news and propaganda, a full blown Iranian nuclear attack and/or dirty bomb attack on American cities and nuclear reactors appears imminent. A nuclear attack on one or more of America’s 104 nuclear reactors would render the United States economically radioactive and would most likely appear visually similar to these 5 nuclear reactors being destroyed in a controlled demolition fashion. Back in 2011, Iranian diplomats were allegedly involved in plotting cyber-attacks against U.S. nuclear power plants, so the notion that Iran could attack U.S. nuclear reactors is already par for the U.S.-Iran war course. The notion of planes flying into nuclear reactors was the theme of a Greenpeace campaign, and will likely transpire in reality shortly.

Aside from strictly American targets, it is possible that Iran could target the United Nations Headquarters in New York City whereby on multiple occasions, Iranian President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad has been blatantly disrespected. As luck would have it, the U.N. Headquarters is currently “under construction”. Whether or not the apparently continuous “construction” job will ultimately undermine the structural integrity of the U.N. building is not known, but the timely renovation project could have theoretically provided cover for the installation of demolition explosives in and around the United Nations Headquarters. These explosives could then be detonated via remote control at a future date in a calculated attempt to give the appearance of a coordinated Iranian terrorist attack.Lastly, on April 5, 2011, the U.N. building in New York City served as a staging ground for a massive terror drill with the main focus being on nuclear terrorism.

Iranian Nuclear Attack Scenarios:

1. Nuclear/dirty bomb attack on American cities (Boston, New York, Washington D.C., etc.)
2. Nuclear/dirty bomb attack on America’s Nuclear Reactors (Indian Point, Three Mile Island, etc.)
3. Nuclear/dirty bomb attack on
United Nations Headquarters in New York City, New York

Coincidentally, President Barack Obama made his first and only visit to Israel on March 20, 2013, in an apparent move which solidified the U.S-Israeli “grand war plan” for Iran. In an ominous sign, it was reported that Obama downplayed expectations for a Mideast peace breakthrough stating to Jewish leaders that he won’t be carrying a “grand peace plan” when he arrives in the region. According to the March 8, 2013, report, Marc Stanley, chairman of the National Jewish Democratic Council, said Obama reiterated his “unshakeable support for Israel” and that he will “be focused on discussing with his Israeli counterparts the critical issues facing the Jewish state, including Iran”.

Aside from the fact that Iran is openly being implicated in the Boston terror attacks, they have allegedly just tested a major nuclear bomb underground, which subsequently resulted in 7.8 magnitude earthquake, sparking local fears about nuclear radiation leaks. Also, on Israel’s 65th Independence Day, the U.S. Senate Foreign Relations Committee adopted “Senate Resolution 65″ which stipulates the U.S. will assist Israel diplomatically, economically and militarily if the Jewish state is “attacked” by Iran, never mind that Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s “Secret Iranian War Plan” had already been leaked!

The endgame of Iranian terror attacks is to destroy America physically, financially and of course psychologically. These nuclear attacks will most likely consist of 9/11 style aerial attacks and/or suicide bombings against the aforementioned targets as well as American landmarks, most of which have already been slated for demolition. With each passing phase of terror, U.S. President Barack Obama will seize more and more power until he is ultimately declared dictator and martial law is enacted.

The goal of the Zionist controllers of America, who are directly responsible for setting-up the U.S. versus Iran war scenario, is to get America to destroy herself the same way that Russia was destroyed under Stalin. This is done by dividing and then collapse society upon itself by baiting the gun-owning American public into a violent revolution against their own police and military while the Zionist terrorists sit off-shore and pull the strings. In the aftermath of a bloody wave of real or staged Iranian terror attacks, Zionist operative such as Alex Jones, Michael Savage, Sean Hannity, Bill O’Reilly, and Rush Limbaugh will attempt bait gun-owning Americans into taking up arms against the U.S. government. Predictably, these intelligence operatives will blame Obama for either ordering the acts of terror himself, or allowing Iran to commit the attacks.

ENCLOSED CHAPTERS:

1. A Nuclear Iran
2. Nuclear Reactor Terror
3. The Palestine Angle
4. United Nations Terror (New York)
5. Airport Terror Programing
6. Airplane Terror Programing
7. Airplane Crash Programing

Arab Provocation

Just prior to an Iranian nuclear attack on the U.S., whether false-flag or real, the Arab world must first be enraged as to complete the Zionist narrative that Muslims hate America and therefore have resorted to acts of terror in their quest for revenge. While it is impossible to know which form the future Arab provocation will take, recent history gives us some potential clues. On December 27, 2012, it was reported that
Zionist Rupert Murdoch had warned his followers on Twitter that the U.S. film Zero Dark Thirty, about the hunt for Osama bin Laden, “could inflame the Arab world“. Four months later on April 9, 2013, it was reported that U.S. pastor Terry Jones has once again announced plans to desecrate and burn Islam’s holy book the Qur’an. According the Iranian news report, the move by Jones will “spark worldwide outrage”. Jones’ organization has announced that members of the group will hold an event which they call “International Burning of 2,998 Qur’ans” to mark the 12th anniversary of 9/11 attacks. The 2,998 reportedly represents the number of people who were killed in the attacks that destroyed the World Trade Center towers in New York. Films, movies and Qur’ran burnings have been beta-tested over the last few years and will likely be used just prior to a major Middle East based false-flag terror attack.

1. A NUCLEAR IRAN:

1.1: Iran’s New Nuclear Bomb
In apparent foreshadowing of the explosive power unleashed by the new Iranian nuclear bomb, on April 16, 2013, exactly one day after the Boston Bombings, a 7.8 earthquake hit Iran and neighboring Pakistan, killing at least 37 people and injuring hundreds more. As reported on February 12, 2013, the nation of North Korea allegedly caused a 4.9- and 5.1-magnitude earthquake after conducting their 3rd underground nuclear test. Due to the magnitude and location of the April 16, 2013, Iranian earthquake, it stands to reason that this is in fact aman-made earthquake due to underground nuclear testing. In the immediate aftermath of the quake, Gulf Arab states raised fears about nuclear radiation following the earthquake which struck near Bushehr, the home of Iran’s only nuclear power plant. According to the report, Hussein al-Qahtani, spokesperson of the Presidency of Meteorology and Environment (PME), told the Saudi Gazette that, “We have been repeatedly saying that such a reactor is totally undesirable in the region. The Bushehr reactor is closer to some Gulf states than it is to Iran’s capital.”

1.2: Iran Behind Boston Terror Attacks?
Although alleged STRATFOR operative Alex Jones is hyping that notion that Navy SEALS were behind the Boston Bombings and U.S. federal authorities have hinted that a Saudi national was responsible, an April 16, 2013, report citing a source within Iranian intelligence services has stated that the Islamic regime was behind the Boston terror attacks. According to the report, the source said the bombs were planted near the end of the race so that the horrific images of the blasts would be captured by all the media there and be replayed over and over throughout the world. A senior commander in Iran warned less than two months ago that terrorism was coming to America. Iranian deputy chief of staff, Brig. Gen. Masoud Jazayeri, stated in an interview with Fars News Agency that “If the people of America and Europe do not confront the aggressive policies of their governments, they cannot then remain far from the possible future events (terror attacks).

1.3: Netanyahu’s “Secret” Iran War Plan Leaked
Only 5 days after President Barack Obama made his first and only visit to Israel, it was reported on March 25, 2013, that Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s “Secret Iranian War Plan” had been leaked. According to the report, “The Israeli attack will open with a coordinated strike, including an unprecedented cyber-attack which will totally paralyze the Iranian regime…Then a barrage of tens of ballistic missiles would be launched from Israel toward Iran. 300km ballistic missiles would be launched from Israeli submarines in the vicinity of the Persian Gulf…The missiles will strike their targets—some exploding above ground like those striking the nuclear reactor at Arak–which is intended to produce plutonium and tritium—and the nearby heavy water production facility; the nuclear fuel production facilities at Isfahan and facilities for enriching uranium-hexaflouride. Others would explode under-ground, as at the Fordo facility…A barrage of hundreds of cruise missiles will pound command and control systems, research and development facilities, and the residences of senior personnel in the nuclear and missile development apparatus….IAF war planes which participate in the attack will damage a short-list of targets which require further assault. Among the targets approved for attack—Shihab 3 and Sejil ballistic missile silos, storage tanks for chemical components of rocket fuel, industrial facilities for producing missile control systems, centrifuge production plants and more.”

1.4: Iran War Coalition
In a another sign that a U.S.-Iran war is on the horizon, it was reported on April 11, 2013, that the United States is seeking to form a regional war coalition against the Islamic Republic of Iran. According to the report, an unnamed security official said in an interview with the Israeli news website Walla that the recent visit by U.S. Secretary of State John Kerry to the Middle East aimed to create an anti-Iran axis in the region. The anti-Iran axis would include Israel, Turkey, Jordan and the Persian Gulf states, the official said. According to the source, the U.S.-led regional coalition would be tasked with supporting the harsh Western sanctions against Tehran and backing a potential military attack against the Islamic Republic in a worst-case scenario.

1.5: Iran Warns of World War III
Prior to an Iranian terror attack, whether false-flag or real, Iran has ratcheted up its vitriol against Israel and the United States. On April 14, 2013, it was reported that Iran has warned that an attack on the Islamic regime’s nuclear facilities could lead to global war. “Iran will not stand by in the face of such aggression,” stated Ali Ahani, Iran’s ambassador to France. “This can entail a chain of violence that may lead to World war III. A potential Israeli attack against Iran with an objective of destroying its scientific and nuclear facilities is sheer madness. Its consequences are disastrous and uncontrollable.” According to the report, the deputy chief of staff of Iran’s armed forces, Brig. Gen Masoud Jazayeri, warned the United States that Iran would continue its nuclear program. “We would not trade off our rights,” he said, adding that Iran would stand with North Korea in its faceoff with America. “Whenever necessary, we would stop the U.S. excessive demands,” he said. “The Islamic Revolution will never leave its past and present friends. The U.S. and its allies will suffer great losses if a war breaks out in this region.” The regime’s PressTV ran an op-ed analysis on Saturday with a headline “Iran deals deathblow to U.S. global hegemony”.

1.6: “U.S. Senate Resolution 65″
In what appears to be the final nail in the U.S.-Iran war coffin, on April 17, 2013, it was reported that on Israel’s 65th Independence Day, the U.S. Senate Foreign Relations Committee adopted “Senate Resolution 65,” stipulating that the U.S. will assist Israel diplomatically, economically and militarily if the Jewish state is compelled to take military action against Iran “in its defense of its territory, people, and existence.”  This treasonous resolution paves the way for a U.S. led invasion against Iran; all that is currently missing from the equation is the false-flag terror attack. Whatever Israel does to provoke a war with Iran, America’s blood and treasure will be dispensed in the aftermath. This resolution also conveniently circumvents the formal procedure of passing a war resolution against Iran in the U.S. Congress, essentially streamlining the future U.S. invasion of Iran.

1.7: Israel: Iran “Nightmare for Western World”
In more pre-Iranian war media propaganda, on April 17, 2013, it was reported that Israeli Defense Minister Moshe Ya’alon warned in an Independence Day speech that the Iranian nuclear program could lead to “an arms race in the Middle East, and cause nuclear weapons to spread to terror organizations.” Ya’alon said the situation with Iran “could be a nightmare for the Western world.” According to the report, Ya’alon also emphasized that Iran continues to enrich uranium, which indicates that Iran’s government “is not impressed” by existing sanctions from the West. “The world must lead the campaign against Iran, but Israel must prepare for the possibility that it will have to defend itself with its own powers,” Ya’alon said.

1.8: Iran’s “Secret” Nuclear Facility  
If and when Iran attacks America in a nuclear fashion, the weapon(s) will have had to have originated at some nuclear facility. On March 20, 2013, it was reported that Iranian scientists are working to perfect nuclear warheads at an underground site unknown to the West, according to a high-ranking intelligence officer of the Islamic regime. The nuclear site, approximately 14 miles long and 7.5 miles wide, consists of two facilities built deep into a mountain along with a missile facility that is surrounded by barbed wire, 45 security towers and several security posts. The new secret nuclear site, named Quds (Jerusalem), is almost 15 miles from another site, previously secret but exposed in 2009, the Fordow nuclear facility. As of three months ago, the source said, there were 76 kilograms of 20 percent enriched uranium stock at the site and 48 kilograms of over 40 percent enriched uranium. The report further stated that Iran is working on 17 Shahab 3 missiles in preparation of arming them with nuclear warheads and that the operational and technical aspect of the delivery system is 80 percent completed.

1.9: Iran Denies “Secret” Nuclear Facility
The nuclear facility entitled “Quds”, apparently meaning “Jerusalem”, was openly denied in report from April 10, 2013, in which the head of
Iran’s Atomic Energy Organization denied the existence of the secret uranium enrichment site where Iran is allegedly making great progress in creating nuclear warheads for an array of long-range missiles. According to the report, all major Iranian media reported on the press conference with the headline, “The existence of a nuclear site with the name of Quds is not accurate.” Fereidoon Abassi, head of Atomic Energy Organization of Iran, is quoted as saying, “The existence of the Quds site 15 meters (50 feet) northeast of Fordow is not correct.” The [nuclear] site actually sits 15 kilometers, or 9.3 miles, to the northeast of the previous secret site of Fordow.

1.10: Iran’s Nuclear Program “Blinking Red”
Complementing the aforementioned Iranian nuclear test of April 16, 2013, it was reported the day after on April 17, 2013, that two diplomats had stated that Iran has tripled installations of high-tech machines at its main enrichment facility to more than 600 in three months — machines that could be used in a nuclear weapons program. According to the report, the machines are not yet producing enriched uranium and some may be only partially installed. Still the move is the latest sign that 10 years of diplomatic efforts have failed to persuade Tehran to curb its uranium enrichment program.

1.11: Nuclear Terror Programing
Prior to a high-profile nuclear related terror attack on American soil, the public must first be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. As depicted below, nuclear related headlines are beginning to construct the government/media narrative of impending nuclear terror. The quantity and intensity of “nuclear” related headlines are sure to increase as the fruition of this given nuclear terror plot nears.

Latest Nuclear Headlines:

1. November 29, 2013: Nuclear Christmas, False Flag In America To Blame On Iran
2. January 22, 2013:
Indian Police Warn Kashmir Residents Of Possible Nuclear Attack
3. February 17, 2013:
‘No Immediate Risk’: Nuclear Waste Tank Leaking In Washington
4. February 21, 2013:
Mission To Transport 23,000 Liters Of Bomb-Grade Uranium From Canada To US
5. February 23, 2013:
6 Tanks Leaking Radioactive Waste At Washington Nuclear Site
6. February 23, 2013:
Oregon Senator To Ask For GAO Probe Of Hanford Nuclear Site
7. February 25, 2013:
Radiation Panic Grips Mumbai
8. February 26, 2013:
Nuclear Waste Leak In Wash. “Scandalous,” Expert Says
9. March 15, 2013:
Dirty Bomb Material Secured In Philadelphia, Thousands Of Sites Remain In U.S.
10. March 15, 2013:
Feds Swarm Metra Train After Detecting Nuclear Risk
11. April 2, 2013:
Nuclear Board Warns Of Washington Tank Explosion Risk
12. April 12, 2013:
Nuclear Waste Barrels Strewn Across Floor Of English Channel
13. April 18, 2013:
‘Like A Nuclear Bomb’: Deadly Fertilizer Plant Blast Devastates Texas Town

[Does not purport to be a full or complete list]

1.12: Iranian Assassination Plot

In an ominous sign that America may be targeted for assassination by Iran, on October 11, 2011, U.S. officials accused the Iranian government of a plot to assassinate Saudi ambassador Adel al-Jubeir in the United States. The plot was referred to as the “Iran assassination plot” or the “Iran terror plot” in the media, while the FBI named the case “Operation Red Coalition”. According to Wikipedia, Iranian nationals Manssor Arbabsiar and Gholam Shakuri were charged in federal court in New York with plotting to assassinate Al-Jubeir.U.S. officials stated that the two planned to kill Al-Jubeir at a restaurant with a bomb and subsequently bomb the Saudi embassy and the Israeli embassy in Washington, D.C.Arbabsiar was arrested on September 29, 2011, at John F. Kennedy International Airport in New York while Shakuri remained at large. While it is impossible to know why the assassination plot became such a media fire-storm, especially considering a number of foreign officials and analysts found it laughable, it was most likely concocted to show convince Americans that Iran does indeed have Quds Force “terrorists” force operating within the borders of the United States.

Latest Iran War Headline:

1. December 16, 2012: Iran Making Anthrax At Secret Plant
2. March 2, 2013:
Seized Chinese Weapons Raise Concerns On Iran
3. March 20, 2013:
Revealed! Evidence Iran Crossed Nuclear ‘Red Line’
4. March 20, 2013:
Tell President Obama And Congress: No War With Iran
5. March 24, 2013:
New Cold War Takes Shape In Arabian Gulf
6. March 25, 2013:
Dangerous Crossroads: Threat Of Pre-Emptive Nuclear War Directed Against Iran
7. March 25, 2013:
Leaked Document Outlines Israel’s “Shock And Awe” Plan To Attack Iran
8. March 25, 2013:
War On Iran Would Mean World War III
9. March 25, 2013:
Obama Sets Stage For War With Iran
10. April 10, 2013:
Iran: Nuclear Weapons Site? What Nuclear Weapons Site?
11. April 11, 2013:
Kerry In Mideast To Form Anti-Iran War Coalition: Report
12. April 13, 2013:
Report: Iran Successfully Tests Three New Missiles
13. April 14, 2013:
Iran Warns Of World War III
14. April 16, 2013:
To Prevent War With Iran, Give Israel Fuel Tankers
15. April 16, 2013:
Israel May Have to Attack Iran Alone
16. April 17, 2013:
Senate Committee: US Will Aid Israel If It Strikes Iran
17. April 17, 2013:
Diplomats: Iran Ups Nuke Technology
18. April 18, 2013:
Ahmadinejad Slams ‘foreign presence’ In Persian Gulf As Iran Marks Army Day

[Does not purport to be a full or complete list]

1.13: Iranian Bio-Terror Attack?

Although an Iranian based nuclear attack on America is the most likely false-flag, a report from
December 16, 2012, states that  Iran is now making “anthrax” at a secret bio-terror plant. What exactly the anthrax is for is purely speculative, but three months later on March 8, 2013, an article entitled “Is The Middle East Brewing The Perfect Storm For A Health Epidemic?” was published potentially foreshadowing a Middle East spawned pandemic. In the immediate aftermath of the Boston Bombings, which Iran was allegedly responsible for, it was reported on April 17, 2013, that envelopes addressed to President Obama and a  U.S. Senator had tested positive for the bio-terror agent known as Ricin. Whether or not Iran will decide to lace their impending nuclear attacks with a bio-terror agent is not known, but a bio-terror pandemic is planned for 2013.

2. NUCLEAR REACTOR TERROR
:

2.1: Nuclear Reactor Terror “Blinking Red”
On March 11, 2011, exactly 33 days after the failed nuclear terror attack of February 6, 2011, there was an attack on the Fukushima Daiichi Nuclear Power Plant in Ōkuma, Japan. According to Japanese scientists, the 2011 Tōhoku earthquake and tsunami, which allegedly caused the Fukushima nuclear disaster, was actually the result of an underwater explosion. As with all airports used in the 9/11 attacks, Fukushima was also conveniently “secured” by an Israeli company shortly before the incident. In the wake of the Fukushima disaster , there have been approximately 50 nuclear reactor “emergencies”, “closures”, “leaks” and other major incidents clearly setting the stage for coming nuclear reactor terror on an unimaginable scale. Complementing the unprecedented nuclear reactor emergencies are multiple cases of “terrorists” attempting to breach nuclear reactors, repeated lapses in nuclear reactor security, as well as countless propaganda articles indicating that a Fukushima-level event inside the United States is a foregone conclusion.  Aside from blatant programming of the 2012 Hollywood nuclear reactor disaster film entitled “Chernobyl Diaries”, a recent Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) panel recommended that the U.S. government customize emergency plans for each of America’s 65 nuclear power plants, a change would “expand” the standard 10-mile evacuation zone surrounding nuclear reactors. Also, in a letter submitted to internal investigators at the NRC, a whistleblower engineer within the agency accused regulators of deliberately covering up information relating to the vulnerability of U.S. nuclear power facilities that sit downstream from large dams and reservoirs.

Top Nuclear Reactor Targets:

1.
Indian Point Energy Center (Buchanan, New York) “Fukushima Warning
2.
Oconee Nuclear Station (Seneca, South Carolina) “Fukushima Warning
3.
San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station (San Diego County, California) “False-Flag Terror Warning
4.
Pilgrim Nuclear Generating Station (Plymouth, Massachusetts) “Security Recently Tightened
5.
Seabrook Station Nuclear Power Plant (Seabrook, New Hampshire) “Security Recently Tightened

2.2: Nuclear Reactor Revenge Attack?
The notion that Iran could attack U.S. based nuclear reactor facilities was first disclosed  on December 13, 2011, when it was reported that U.S. officials were investigating reports that Iranian diplomats in Mexico were involved in planned cyber-attacks against U.S. targets, including nuclear power plants. According to the report, allegations about the cyber-terror plot were aired in a documentary on the Spanish-language TV network Univision, which included secretly recorded footage of Iranian diplomats being briefed on the planned attacks and promising to pass information to their governments. The impeding attack on U.S. nuclear facilities will most likely be touted a “revenge” attack based on the document history (see below) of U.S. and Israeli attacks on Iranian nuclear facilities.

Attacks Iran’s Nuclear Facilities:

1. November 22, 2010: Stuxnet ‘Hit’ Iran Nuclear Plans
2. June 21, 2012:
Iran: ‘Massive Cyber Attack’ Detected On Nuclear Facilities
3. July 24, 2012:
Dirty Deeds: Iranian Nuclear Program Hit By ‘AC/DC Virus’?
4. April 13, 2012: Stuxnet Delivered To Iranian Nuclear Plant On Thumb Drive
5. September 22, 2012:
Iran Accuses Siemens Of Nuclear Sabotage
6. September 23, 2012:
Spy Rock Explodes Near Secret Iranian Nuclear Compound
7. December 25, 2012:
Iran Media Report New Cyberattack By Stuxnet Worm
8. February 26, 2012:
Symantec Discovers 2005 US Computer Virus Attack On Iran Nuclear Plants

[Does not purport to be a full or complete list]

2.3: All 104 US Nuclear Reactors Should Be Replaced
In an apparent sign that American nuclear reactors are doomed, it was reported on April 9, 2013, that the former chairman of the US Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Gregory B. Jaczko, had stated that all 104 nuclear reactors currently operational in the U.S. have irreparable safety issues and should be taken out of commission and replaced. The comments, made during the Carnegie International Nuclear Policy Conference, are “highly unusual” for a current or former member of the safety commission, according to The New York Times. Asked why he had suddenly decided to make the remarks, Jaczko implied that he had only recently arrived at these conclusions following the serious aftermath of Japan’s tsunami-stricken Fukushima Daichii nuclear facility. “I was just thinking about the issues more, and watching as the industry and the regulators and the whole nuclear safety community continues to try to figure out how to address these very, very difficult problems,” which were made more evident by the 2011 Fukushima nuclear accident in Japan, he said. “Continuing to put Band-Aid on Band-Aid is not going to fix the problem.”

2.4: Nuclear Reactor Terror Programing
Prior to a high-profile nuclear reactor terror attack on American soil, the public must first be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. As depicted below, nuclear reactor headlines are beginning to construct the government/media narrative of impending nuclear reactor terror. The quantity and intensity of “nuclear reactor” related headlines are sure to increase as the fruition of this given nuclear-terror plot nears.

Latest Nuclear Reactor Headlines:

1. December 21, 2012: Engineers Warn: Two US Nuclear Plants May Cause New Fukushima
2. January 2, 2013:
Iran To Citizens Flee City Over Reported Nuclear Leak (Isfahan, Iran)
3. January 23, 2013:
Nuclear Power Plant Causes Freak Snowstorm (Shippingport, Pennsylvania)
4. February 3, 2013:
Nuke Plant Operator Disputes Safety Claim (San Onofre, California)
5. February 9, 2013:
Outage Shuts Down Nuclear Power Plant (Plymouth, Massachusetts)
6. February 26, 2013:
Symantec Discovers 2005 US Computer Virus Attack On Iran Nuclear Plants
7. March 13, 2013:
Nuclear Power Plant Taken Off Line Over Generator Malfunction (Bushehr, Iran)
8. March 16, 2013:
US Gov’t Concerned About Solar Storms Impacting Nuclear Plants
9. March 18, 2013:
Power Outage At Nuke Plant Leaves Fuel Pools Without Cooling (Fukushima, Japan)
10. March 25, 2013:
‘Rat-Like Animal’ Caused Massive Fukushima Power Outage (Fukushima, Japan)
11. April 1, 2013:
Accident At Arkansas Nuclear Site Kills Man (Russellville, Arkansas)
12. April 5, 2013:
Cooling System At Japan Nuclear Plant Back Working (Fukushima, Japan)
13. April 6, 2013:
Japan’s Fukushima Nuclear Plant Leaks Contaminated Water (Fukushima, Japan)
14. April 9, 2013:
‘Irreparable’ Safety Issues: All US Nuclear Reactors Should Be Replaced
15. April 10, 2013:
Gulf States Fear Nuclear Radiation Leak After Iran Earthquake (Bushehr, Iran)
16. April 15, 2013:
Pilgrim Nuclear Plant Forced To Shut Down (Plymouth, Massachusetts)
17. April 16, 2013:
Two US Nuke Plants Tighten Security After Blasts(Massachusetts & New Hampshire)

[Does not purport to be a full or complete list]

2.5: Nuclear Reactor Trial

In what appears to be post-nuclear reactor terror programming, on February 3, 2013, it was reported that the
group of anti-nuclear activists who trespassed onto the National Security Complex in Oak Ridge, Tennessee in July of 2012, will face a May 7, 2013 trial. According to the report, Megan Rice, now 83, Michael Walli, 63, and Greg Boertje-Obed, 57, all face a series of federal charges, including unauthorized entry to the Y-12 National Security Complex, destroying or attempting to destroy property on the site and committing depredation against U.S. property. In the after-math of nuclear reactor terror, the trial, which will most likely be televised, will present a dramatic narrative of how three activists navigated the weak security protocols as the nuclear facility.

3. THE PALESTINE ANGLE:

3.1: Palestinian Airlines Activated 
Should America suffer a “Nuclear 9/11”, the Zionist state of Israel will likely find some way to implicate Palestine in the attack. On May 28, 2012, it was reported that Palestinian Airlines was resuming flights after their seven-year hiatus. According to reports, the airline will make two flights per week with just two planes and one hub. The airline will conduct biweekly flights between El Arish, a city on Egypt’s Sinai peninsula adjacent to the border with Gaza, and Marka airbase, located outside Jordan’s capital Amman. Should a new 9/11 style terror attack occur, it is possible that the plane(s) used in the attack could allegedly originate from Palestine in a desperate attempt by Israel to demonize the Palestinian people who currently have the sympathy of entire gentile world.

3.2: UN Palestinian Statehood Vote
 
Even before Palestine could present their 
bid for official statehood, predictions that Palestinians would turn violent began to circulate. Committing acts of terror just prior to or right after a U.N. vote is counterproductive and is obviously not in the best interest of Palestine. This type of propaganda only makes sense when it is understood that Israel is in fact the occupying and terrorizing force in Gaza. Israel is violently opposed to a Palestinian state and will do anything and everything in its power to destroy any notion of Palestinian statehood. If and when Palestine is rejected for statehood by the U.N., the rejection could easily serve as an alleged motive for a future terror attack against the U.N. itself. Palestine is Israel’s #1 enemy, so if the Israeli Mossad has a chance to set-up Palestine for an international terror attack, they will do it.

3.3: July 31, 2013 Israeli/Palestine Football Game
Should Iran and Palestine be implicated in a nuclear terror attack against America, the upcoming high-profile football match featuring the Barcelona football club versus a combined team of Palestinians and Israelis to “promote peace” could be used as a staging ground for Israeli terror. According to the February 21, 2013, report, the venue and date for the match has not been officially disclosed, but Israeli media have reported the exhibition game will take place July 31, 2013, possibly at Ramat Gan Stadium near Tel Aviv. Although one would hope that the gesture of peace by Barcelona is genuine, sporting events are increasingly being used by “terrorists” due to the fact that they are widely televised and they already have a large and live unsuspecting sitting audience.

4. UNITED NATIONS TERROR:

4.1: United Nations Terror
Given the current geopolitical climate, there is a real possibility that the
United Nations Headquarters in New York City, which is currently “under construction”, may be the site of a major false-flag terror attack. The motives for a U.N. terror attack would be multifaceted in that it would garner support for Obama at home, demonize America abroad, and give the United Nations a reason to move the World Headquarters to Geneva, Switzerland. Based on its location, timely “construction” and terror drills, a high profile 9/11 style attack (plane into building, building comes down) on the U.N. building may be in order.

4.2: U.N. Disrespected Iran
On multiple occasions, 
Iranian President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad has been blatantly disrespected at the U.N. by Israeli, American and European politicians, dignitaries and ambassadors who stood up and walked out of his speech to U.N. General Assembly. Although Ahmadinejad didn’t seem to mind the distraction, the individuals which left cited Ahmadinejad’s rhetoric in respect to Zionism, Israel’s genocidal policy towards Palestine and the truth behind 9/11 as the justification for their rude behavior. Should a terror attack strike the United Nations it is possible that Iran and Ahmadinejad will be scapegoated for wanting revenge for previously being so publically disrespected.

4.3: The U.N. “Remodel” 
Is the U.N. conveniently being renovated just prior to its scheduled destruction? According to a
Press Core report, “Like the World Trade Center Towers the presence of asbestos has made the renovations of the U.N. headquarters too expensive and impractical. The cost to safely remove the asbestos from the ceilings of the building doubled the initial projected cost of $1.2 billion. That is the official revised cost. The actual cost is much higher. Some estimates put it as much as 10 times more expensive. Now that they have discovered that the U.N. pipes are also lined with asbestos the cost to remove and replace all of the piping in the building makes the UN building a perfect site for another CIA false flag attack.” On March 11, 2011, it was reported that the U.N. has already used $2 billion and is asking for $3 billion more to finish the remodel, ultimately keeping the New York building an continuously open construction site whereby demolition explosives could be easily installed any time.

4.4: U.N. False-Flag Chatter
On October 31, 2011, an alternative new source stated that the U.N. could possibly be a false-flag terror target intended to take America and the world to war with Iran. According to the report, the CIA is preparing to destroy the asbestos condemned United Nations building in New York by posing as construction contractors. Just like in the controlled demolition of the World Trade Center Towers on 9/11, the CIA is preparing to place a small tactical nuke in an excavated hole in the center of the U.N. building’s basement. Like the WTC tower, the presence of asbestos has made the renovations of the U.N. headquarters too expensive with initial costs projected at $1.2 billion. The report goes on to state that the US Congress has already financed this false flag attack by providing $2.65 billion to FEMA on September 29, 2011.

4.5: U.N. Terror Attacks
In August of 2011, the 
United Nations disclosed that they were a victim of cyber terrorism. The cyber security company McAfee stated that the cyber-attack came from a “state actor” but declined to name it. Eventually, the “state actor” will be ousted and chances are the nation of Iran will be implicated. More recently, on August 15, 2012, a bomb has exploded near a fuel truck outside a hotel where U.N. observers were staying in Syria. Although this was not a direct attack on the U.N., it may be an indication that the U.N. will be targeted in the near future.

4.6: U.N. WMD Drill  
On April 5, 2011, the 
U.N. building in New York City served as a staging ground for a massive terror drill with the main focus being on nuclear terrorism. The drill began at the U.N. and then moved to other locations throughout New York City. The week-long series of terror drills involved dozens of agencies and first responders and focused on one of the great concerns of the post-9/11 era: nuclear terrorism. According to report, the NYPD and 70 other law enforcement agencies tested their ability to detect radiological materials and prevent an attack orchestrated by four fictional terror cells intent on targeting New York City with a “dirty bomb”.

5. AIRPORT TERROR PROGRAMING
:

5.1: Airport Terror Blinking Red
In 1968,
Israeli terrorists blew up 13 civilian airliners at the airport in Beirut, Lebanon. Since then, airport terror has spread worldwide and it is highly likely that it will make its way to American shores any day now. In 2012 alone, there have been over 50 major terror threat or terror related events at airports worldwide, something unprecedented in aviation history. Needless to say, airport terror is blinking red on every level and should Iran attack America, they will likely have to “hijack” airplanes at an airport prior to loading them with nuclear weapons.

5.2: Airport Security Compromised
Despite all the new airport security protocols put in place since 9/11, airport security is now more compromised more than ever before. On September 26, 2012, it was reported that
airport security workers at JFK airport have stated that security inspections are routinely rushed so that flights will not be delayed, ultimately raising the risk of missing weapons, explosives and drugs. Three days later on September 29, 2012, it was reported that a convicted TSA Agent who stole more than $800K worth of goods from passengers stated that stealing from bags in “very common”. A day later on September 30, 2012, it was reported that the TSA had allowed a loaded gun through security on two separate occasions during the same week in airports in New Orleans, Louisiana, and Newark, New Jersey. On October 16, 2012, it was reported that a JFK baggage handler had received life in prison for his part in an airport drug-smuggling ring. A month later on November 14, 2012, it was reported that an American Airlines employee was found to be on the government’s terrorist “No-Fly List”. A day later on November 15, 2013, it was reported that two thieves looted nearly 4,000 new iPad minis from a John F. Kennedy Airport in New York, New York. A day later, a woman allegedly was able to drive her car onto an active runway at an airport in Phoenix, Arizona. Four months later on March 22, 2013, it was reported that a man impersonating a pilot reached the plane’s cockpit at the airport in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Needless to say, these events were orchestrated to demonize America and pave the way for future terror attacks.

5.3: Airport Related Terror Events
Prior to an airport terror attack stemming from Iran, the public must first be psychologically programed that airport terror on a grand scale is in fact possible. Starting in February of 2012, an unprecedented wave of airport related terror has occurred worldwide. Based on the
51 documented airport terror hoaxes, threats and scares conducted by airlines, government agencies, the media and military in the span of roughly 14 months, there is absolutely no other conclusion that can be reached other than that there is a deliberate and concerted campaign to terrorize the public in every conceivable way.

Airport Terror Timeline:

1. December 31, 2011:Explosives Found In Bag During Screening (Midlands, Texas)
2. February 25, 2012:
10 Air Traffic Controllers Sleeping And Texting (White Plains, New York)
3. March 9, 2012:
Air Controller Involved In 2 Potential Collisions (Gulfport, Mississippi)
4. March 29, 2012:
Bomb Found On Man Trying To Pass Security (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania)
5. April 20, 2012:
Airliner Crashes While Trying To Land At Airport Killing 127 (Islamabad, Pakistan)
6. August 1, 2012:
Airport Evacuated Over Bomb Threat (San Antonio, Texas)
7. August 29, 2012:
Airport Closed After WW II Bomb Found (Amsterdam, Netherlands)
8. September 22, 2012:
Naked Woman Arrested At Airport (Orlando, Florida)
9. September 25, 2012:
Kenya Bombs Somali Airport Held By Militants (Kismayo, Somalia)
10. September 30, 2012:
Loaded Gun Allowed Past TSA Security (New Orleans, Louisiana)
11. September 30, 2012:
Loaded Gun Allowed Past TSA Security (Newark, New Jersey)
12. October 9, 2012:
Man Arrested With Weapons And Body Armor At LAX (Los Angeles, California)
13. October 9, 2012:
17 Flights Diverted Due To Air Traffic Control “Glitch” (Manila, Philippines)
14. October 11, 2012:
Indiana Woman Disappears From Airport (Dallas-Ft. Worth, Texas)
15. October 14, 2012:
Airport Evacuated After Traveler Cracks Bad Joke (Anchorage, Alaska)
16. October 15, 2012:
Miami Plane Causes Typhoid Scare At Airport (New Orleans, Louisiana)
17. October 16, 2012:
Airport Worker Gets Life In Prison For Drug-Smuggling (New York, New York)
18. October 30, 2012:
92 Flights Canceled After Bomb Found At Airport (Sendai, Japan)
19. November 2, 2012:
Man Found Shot Near Airport (Burbank, California)
20. November 6, 2012:
Pilot Accused Of Stealing Car Near Sea-Tac Airport (Seattle, Washington)
21. November 14, 2012:
American Airlines Employee Put On “No Fly List” (Miami, Florida)
22. November 15, 2012:
4,000 Apple iPads Stolen From JFK Airport (New York, New York)
23. November 15, 2012:
Flights Grounded After United Suffers Computer “Glitch” (USA)
24. November 16, 2012:
Man Arrested With Suicide Bomb Materials At Airport (Oakland, California)
25. November 16, 2012:
Airport Workers Set To Strike On Thanksgiving Eve (Loa Angeles, California)
26. November 16, 2012:
Woman With Child Drives Onto Airport Runway (Phoenix, Arizona)
27. November 19, 2012:
Passenger Detained After Threats Against Flight (New York)
28. November 23, 2013:
French Riot Police Clash With Airport Protesters (Nantes, France)
29. November 26, 2012:
Airport Evacuated After Dynamite Threat (Miami, Florida)
30. December 1, 2012:
Airport Rapist Is Sentenced To 6 years To Life (Denver, Colorado)
31. December 3, 2012:
Violence Near Airport Forces Flight Back To Egypt (Damascus, Syria)
32. December 7, 2012:
Syrian Rebels Say Airport Are Legitimate Targets (Damascus, Syria)
33. December 10, 2012:
Man Arrested Smuggling 26 Stun Guns Through Airport (New York, New York)
34: December 12, 2012:
Woman Arrested With Cocaine Breast Implants At Airport (Barcelona, Spain)
35. December 14, 2012:
TSA Detains ‘Explosive-Laced’ Girl In Wheelchair (Dallas-Ft Worth, Texas)
36. December 14, 2012:
JFK Airport Strike Authorized Amid Holiday Travel (New York, New York)
37. December 24, 2012:
Lighter Mistaken For Grenade Causes Security Scare At Airport (Miami, Florida)
38. January 4, 2013:
Battery-Powered Toothbrush Prompts Airport Security Scare (Atlanta, Georgia)
39. January 15, 2013:
18 Human Heads Found At O’Hare Airport (Chicago, Illinois)
40. January 30, 2013:
Smoking Bag Prompts Airport To Close Four Gates (Dallas-Ft Worth, Texas)
41. February 2, 2013:
Syrian Rebels Advance Near Airport (Aleppo, Syria)
42. February 6, 2013:
Live Cannonball In Luggage Forces Airport Evacuation (Ft. Lauderdale, Florida)
43. February 15, 2013:
Plane Carrying Political Delegation Crashes Near Airport (Charlesville, Liberia)
44. February 17, 2013:
Police Arrest Man With Loaded Gun At Airport (Newark, New Jersey)
45. February 19, 2013:
NFL Player Caught With Gun At Airport (New York, New York)
46. March 12, 2013:
Syrian Rebels In Battle With Syrian Troops Over Airport (Aleppo, Syria)
47. March 20, 2013:
Airport Concourses Evacuated After Security Breach (Seattle, Washington)
48. March 22, 2013:
Falling Sign Kills 10-Year Old Boy At Airport (Birmingham, Alabama)
49. March 22, 2013:
Fake Pilot Reaches Plane’s Cockpit At Airport (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania)
50. April 1, 2013:
Airport Terminal Evacuated After Suspicious Device Found (Detroit, Michigan)
51. April 2, 2013:
Airport Drug Smuggler Sentenced To 12 Years In Prison (San Francisco, California)
52. April 8, 2013:
Feds: 4 Airports Didn’t Follow Safety Training Rules (New York/New Jersey)
52. April 9, 2013:
Airport Employee Charged With Stealing Guns From Luggage (Minneapolis, Minnesota)
52. April 13, 2013:
Smoke From Forest Fires Forces Closure Of Airport (Tegucigalpa, Honduras)
53. April 16, 2013:
Airport Terminal Evacuated After Suspicious Package Found (New York, New York)

[Does not purport to be a full or complete list]

6. AIRPLANE TERROR PROGRAMING:

6.1: Airplane Terror Blinking Red
The first act of air piracy in the history of civil aviation was carried out by Israel in December of 1954 when a civilian Syrian airliner was forced down in Tel Aviv and its passengers and crew were held for days by Israeli terrorists.  Despite international condemnation, the Israeli terrorists refused to release the hostages. Since then, real airplane terror events like 9/11 are few and far between but terror related headlines, hoaxes and scares are now at an all-time high. This is due to the fact that fake and exaggerated headlines, stories and propaganda are just as effective in terrorizing the population and are a lot easier to clean up after than a real terror operation. 

6.2: TSA Announces Biggest Loosening of Security Since 9/11
In another U.S. government decision to make acts of alleged Iranian terror easier to conduct; rules in respect to weapons being allowed on planes have been suddenly changed.  On March 6, 2013, it was reported that that the TSA will be allowing air passengers to bring pocketknives (blades shorter than 2.36 inches), golf clubs and hockey sticks on flights and in the passenger cabin starting on April 25, 2013. According to the report, the policy changes were made to conform to international rules and shorten the amount of time checkpoint officials spend confiscating items.  The TSA only stated that, “This is part of an overall risk-based security approach, which allows transportation security officers to better focus their efforts on finding higher-threat items such as explosives”. The Flight Attendants Union Coalition reacted to the new rules by stating that “these proposed changes will further endanger the lives of all flight attendants and the passengers we work so hard to keep safe and secure” and described the TSA decision as “poor and shortsighted”.

6.3: Airplane Terror Hype
Prior to numerous airplane terror attacks stemming from Iranian terrorists, the public must first be psychologically programed that airplane terror on the 9/11 scale is again possible. Starting in April of 2012, an unprecedented wave of airplane related terror has occurred worldwide. Based on the 65 documented airplane terror hoaxes, threats and scares conducted by airlines, government agencies, the media and military in the span of roughly 15 months, there is absolutely no other conclusion that can be reached other than that there is a deliberate and concerted campaign to terrorize the public in every conceivable way. Lastly, there were a number of “celebrities” who were involved in high-profile airplane terror related incidents, ultimately amplifying the notion of airplane terror globally as well as shocking and terrorizing the entire fan base of these respective “celebrities”.

Airplane Terror Timeline:

1. January 6, 2011: Hijack Attempt Foiled Aboard Turkish Air Flight (Istanbul, Turkey)
2. May 12, 2011:
Bomb “Hoax” On Board Trans-Atlantic Virgin Flight (Atlantic Ocean)
3. September 4, 2011:
U.S. Terror Warning For Small Planes, But Says No Plots Known
4. December 28, 2011:
NORAD F-16′s Intercept Airplane Over U.S. Capitol (Washington D.C.)
5. January 17, 2012:
British Airways Flight Tells Passengers Plane Will Crash (Atlantic Ocean)
6. January 17, 2012:
Military Jets Escort Trans-Pacific Plane After Hijacking Scare (Seattle, Washington)
7. April 10, 2012:
Bomb Threat On Trans-Pacific Light Require Military Escort (Vancouver, Canada)
8. April 20, 2012:
Landing Aborted As Australian Pilot Was Busy Texting (Changi Airport, Singapore)
9. April 30, 2012: Officials Watch For Terrorists With Body Bombs On US-Bound Planes
10. June 17, 2012:
Pilot Attempts To Hijacks  CRJ200 Jet Aircraft—Commits Suicide (St. George, Utah)
11. June 30, 2012:
Passengers And Crew Foil Hijack Attempt (Xinjiang, China)
12. August 7, 2012:
Man Arrested With U.S. Customs, Coast Guard And CIA Uniforms (Miami, Florida)
13. August 16, 2012:
Bomb Threat Forces Trans-Atlantic Flight To Land In Iceland (Atlantic Ocean)
14. August 21, 2012:
Afghan Militants Hit U.S. Military Chief’s Plane (Kabul, Afghanistan)
15. September 23, 2012:
Fake Pilot Who Joined Cabin Crew Arrested (Turin, Italy)
16. September 20, 2012:
Plane Makes Emergency Landing After Smoke On Board (Jacksonville, Florida)*
17. September 20, 2012:
Fight Between Flight Attendants Delays Flight (New York, New York)
18. September 22, 2012:
Police: Flight Attendant Stole Passenger’s iPad (Oregon City, Oregon)
19. September 23, 2012
:
Flight Attendant Bring Loaded Gun Through Security (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania)
20. September 26, 2012:
Plane Diverted After Flight Attendant Altercation (Morrisville, North Carolina)
21. October 1, 2012:
Second Flight Returns To JFK After Row Of Seats Comes Loose (AA)
22. October 2, 2012:
American Airlines Pulls More Jets Following 3rd Seat Incident (AA)
23. October 3, 2012
:
Plane Lands Safely In After Bird Strike (Windsor, Connecticut)
24. October 9, 2012:
“Terror Threats” Ground 2 Flights Headed For Beijing (China)
25. October 9, 2012:
17 Flights Diverted Due To Air Traffic Control “Glitch” (Manila, Philippines)
26. October 17, 2012:
Man Tries To Open Exit Door After Flight Lands  (Salt Lake City, Utah)
27. October 19, 2012:
U.S. Forces Turkey To Down Syrian Passenger Plane
28. October 21, 2012:
Bomb Threat On Trans-Atlantic Flight Prompts Search (Los Angeles, California)
29. October 28, 2012:
Interior Panel Of American Airlines Plane Falls Off In Flight (Miami, Florida)
30. October 31, 2012:
Court Sentences Man To Life In Prison For 2009 Hijack Scare (New Deli, India)
31. November 11, 2012:
Plane Slides Off Taxiway At Airport (Denver, Colorado)
32. November 13, 2012:
Wheel Of Plane Catches Fire During Takeoff (Johannesburg, South Africa)
33. November 19, 2012:
Turbulence On Cuba-Miami Flight Leaves 30 Bruised (Miami, Florida)
34. November 19, 2012:
Flight Loses Cabin Pressure Oxygen Masks Used (Dallas, Texas)
35. November 24, 2012:
NORAD Sends F-16 Jets To Escort Cessna (Charleston, South Carolina)
36. November 28, 2012:
Shotgun Shell Found On Seat Delays Flight (Milwaukee, Wisconsin)
37. December 25, 2012:
Small Fire Breaks Out Jet At Airport (Phoenix, Arizona)
38. January 2, 2013:
Flight From Brazil Diverted When Woman Dies On Plane (Houston, Texas)
39. January 3, 2013:
Drunk Pilot Removed From Airliner While Trying To Depart (Minneapolis, Minnesota)
40. January 3, 2013:
Plane Bursts Into Flames At Airport (Las Vegas, Nevada)
41. January 5, 2013:
Airline Crew Binds Man To Seat After He Goes Berserk (New York, New York)
42. January 13, 2013:
Japan Airlines Reports New Fuel Leak In Boeing 787 (Tokyo, Japan)
43. January 14, 2013:
Plane Lands After Fire Reported On Flight (Windsor Locks; Connecticut)
44. January 14, 2013:
Bird Strikes Force 2 Planes To Return To JFK Airport (New York, New York)
45. January 14, 2013:
Prime Minister Praises Plane Just Before It Breaks Down (Oxfordshire, England)**
46. January 16, 2013:
All Boeing 787 Jets Grounded After  Burning Smell Reports (Japan)
47. January 21, 2013:
Plane From New York Blows 4 Tires Veers Off Runway (Newark, New Jersey)
48. January 22, 2013:
Jetliner Blows 3 Tires On Runway (Denver, Colorado)
49. January 24, 2013:
Video Of Plane Barely Missing 2 People Prompts FAA Probe (Lancaster, Texas)
50. January 28, 2013:
Italian Court: Missile Caused 1980 Plane Crash
51. February 1, 2013:
Pilot Locked Out Of Cockpit While Co-Pilot Slept (Amsterdam, Netherlands)
30. February 1, 2013:
Flight Diverts To Denver Due To “Unruly Passenger” (Denver, Colorado)
52. February 4, 2013:
Flight Diverted After Pilot Loses Consciousness Midair (Portland, Oregon)
53. February 8, 2013:
Trans-Atlantic Flight Diverted After Smoke In Cockpit (Shannon, Ireland)
54. February 12, 2013:
Pakistani Plane Has Tire Malfunction On Landing (Muscat, Oman)
55. February 12, 2013:
British Airways Staff In Boozy Rampage On Flight (Washington D.C)
56. February 12, 2013:
Passenger Pronounced Dead When Plane Lands (Salt Lake City Utah)
57. February 15, 2013:
Flight From GITMO Naval Base Makes Emergency Landing (Miami, Florida)
58. February 18, 2013:
Plane Makes Emergency Landing Due To Mechanical Fault (Harbin, China)
59. February 22, 2013:
Flight Skids Off Runway At Airport(Cleveland, Ohio)
60. March 4, 2013:
Small Plane Makes Emergency Landing At Airport (St. Louis, Missouri)
61. March 5, 2013:
Mysterious Drone Over JFK Airport Almost Causes Crash (New York, New York)
62. March 7, 2013:
Engine Trouble Forces Plane To Make Emergency Landing (Chicago, Illinois)
63. March 11, 2013:
Jet Gets Stuck In Grass Off Airport Runway (Houston, Texas)
64. March 13, 2013:
Plane Pulled From Muddy Field After It Skids Off Runway (Katowice, Poland)
65. March 30, 2013:
Police Find Body Of Man Ejected From Plane (Apison, Tennessee)
66. April 16, 2013:
American Airlines Systems Outage Leaves Flights Grounded Nationwide (U.S.)

[Does not purport to be a full or complete list]

Celebrity Plane Scares
:

*
Baltimore Oriels Plane
**
Prime Minister David Cameron
***
Chicago Bulls Plane

7. AIRPLANE CRASH PROGRAMING:

7.1: Airplane Crashes
Prior to numerous airplane crashes stemming from a Iranian Nuclear 9/11, the public must first be psychologically programed that airplane terror on a 9/11 scale is again possible. Starting in February of 2012, an unprecedented wave of airplane crash related terror has occurred worldwide. Of the
55 documented airplane crashes in the span of roughly 15 months, there is little doubt that most if not all of these airplane “accidents” were in fact man-made acts of terror. Lastly, there were a number of “celebrities” who were involved in high-profile airplane crashes, ultimately amplifying the notion of airplane crashes globally as well as shocking and terrorizing the entire fan base of these respective “celebrities”.

Airplane Crash Timeline:

1. June 23, 2011:Russian Airliner Crashes—“Technical Malfunction”: 45 Dead (Petrozavodsk, Russia)
2. February 12, 2012:
Plane Crashes En-Route To Goma: 11 Dead (Bukavu, Congo)
3. April 4, 2012:
Small Airplane Crashes Into Florida Publix Store: 5 Injured (Deland, Florida)
4. April 20, 2012:
Pakistani Airliner Crashes Trying To Land At Airport: 127 Dead (Islamabad, Pakistan)
5. April 21, 2012:
2 Commuter Planes Crash Into Each Other At Airport (Los Angeles, California)
6. May 31, 2012:
American Eagle Jet Crashes Into Boeing 747 (Chicago, Illinois)
7. June 3, 2012:
Plane Crashes Trying To Land At Airport: 153 Dead (Lagos, Nigeria)
8. August 26, 2012:
Small Plane Crashes Shortly After Take-Off (Lake Tahoe, California)
9. September 25, 2012:
Small Plane Crashes Trying To Land At Airport (Albuquerque, New Mexico)
10. September 28, 2012:
Small Plane Crashes After Take-Off: 19 Dead (Kathmandu, Nepal)
11. September 29, 2012:
Small Plane Crashes After Take-Off 2 Dead (Fredericksburg, Virginia)
12. September 30, 2012:
Small Plane Crashes After Take-Off: 1 Dead (Granite Quarry, North Carolina)
13. October 3, 2012:
Small Plane Crashes En-Route To Tennessee: 1 Dead (Gary, Indiana)
14. October 17, 2102:
Sudanese Military Plane Crashes—“Technical Fault” : 13 Dead (Khartoum, Sudan)
15. October 20, 2012:
Small Plane Crashes Trying To Land At Airport (Indian Trail, North Carolina)
16. November 1, 2012:
Small Plane Crashes Trying To Land At Airport (Caldwell, North, Carolina)
17. November 10, 2012:
Small Plane Crashes En-Route To Nebraska: 2 Dead (Shaver Lake, California)
18. November 14, 2012:
Small Plane With 3 Pilots Crashes After Take-Off: 3 Dead (Jackson, Mississippi)
19. November 15, 2012:
U.S. F-22 Jet Fighter Crashes At Air Force Base (Panama City, Florida)
20. November 16, 2012:
Small Plane Crashes After Take-Off: 3 Dead (Owls Head, Maine)
21. November 19, 2012:
Small Plane Crashes Trying To Land At Airport (Burlington, Wisconsin)
22. November 21, 2012:
Egyptian MiG-21 Jet Fighter Crashes In Training (Aswan, Egypt)
23. November 21, 2012:
Yemenis Military Plane Crashes After Take-Off: 10 Dead (Sanaa, Yemen)
24. November 28, 2012:
Plane Crashes In Indian Ocean: 29 Survive (Moroni, Comoros Islands)
25. December 1, 2012:
Small Plane Crashes After Engine Misfires (Mount Ulla, North Carolina)
26. December 8, 2012:
U.S. F-22 Jet Fighter Crashes At Air Force Base (Pearl Harbor, Hawaii)
27. December 9, 2012:
Small Plane Crashes Shortly After Take-Off: 7 Dead (Nuevo Leon, Mexico)*
28. December 25, 2012:
Kazakhstani Military Plane Crashes: 27 Dead (Shymkent, Kazakhstan)
29. December 26, 2012:
Plane Crashes Trying To Land At Airport: 2 Dead (He’Ho, Myanmar)
30. December 29, 2012:
Russian Jetliner Crashes Trying To Land At Airport: 13 Dead (Moscow, Russia)
31. December 30, 2012:
Small Plane Crashes After Take-Off: 3 Dead (Santee, California)
32. January 1, 2013:
Plane Crashes Into Airbus A320 On Runway-Taxi (Fort Lauderdale, Florida)
33. January 2, 2013:
Small Plane Crashes After Take-Off: 3 Dead (Jasper, Alabama)
34. January 4, 2013:
Small Plane Crashes Into House Trying To Land: 3 Dead (Palm, Coast, Florida)
35. January 5, 2013:
Small Plane Crashes After-Take Off: 5 Dead (Grenoble, France)
36. January 6, 2013:
Small Plane Crashes After-Take Off  (Los Roques, Venezuela)**
37. January 13, 2013:
Small Plane Crashed After Take-Off (Paris, Texas)
38. January 17, 2013:
Airbus Crashes Into Air France 777-300 At Gate (Miami, Florida)
39. January 22, 2013:
Small Plane Crashed After Take-Off: 3 Survive (Danbury, Connecticut)
40. January 24, 2013:
Small Plane Goes Crashes: 3 Dead (Terra Nova Bay, Antarctica)
41. January 27, 2013:
Small Plane Crashes Into Hudson River: 2 Survive (Yonkers, New York)
42. January 29, 2013:
U.S. F-16 Fighter Jet Crashes Near Italy: 1 Dead (Adriatic Sea)
43. February 10, 2013:
Small Plane Crashes After Take-Off: 5 Dead (Brussels, Belgium)
44. February 11, 2013:
Guinea Government Plane Crashes: 10 Dead (Monrovia, Liberia)***
45. February 14, 2013:
Plane Crashes Trying To Land: 4 Dead: 41 Survive (Donetsk, Ukraine)
46. February 18, 2013:
Small Plane Crashes After Take-Off: 3 Dead (Vero Beach, Florida)****
47. February 21, 2013:
Small Jet Crashes After Take-Off: 5 Dead: (Thomson, Georgia)*****
48. March 4, 2013:
Planes Crashes Trying To Land At Airport: 36 Dead: 4 Survive (Goma, Congo)
49. March 5, 2013:
Small Plane Crashes: 3 Dead (Rainy Pass, Alaska)
50. March 9, 2013:
Air India Aircraft Crashes Into JetBlue Airliner (New York, New York)
51: March 12, 2013:
U.S. Navy Plane Crashes After Take-Off: 3 Dead (Spokane, Washington)
52. March 16, 2013:
Small Plane Crashes In Parking Lot After Take-Off: 3 Dead (Ft. Lauderdale, Florida)
53. March 18, 2013:
Small Plane Crashes Into 3 Houses Trying To Land: 2 Dead (South Bend, Indiana)
54. March 18, 2013:
Mauritanian Military Plane Crashes: 1 Dead (Aoujeft, Mauritania)
55. March 31, 2013:
Small Plane Crashes: 6 Survive (Kisbey, Saskatchewan, Canada)
56. April 13, 2013:
Boeing 737 Passenger Plane Crash Into Sea (Denpasar, Bali)

[Does not purport to be a full or complete list]

Celebrity Plane Victims:

*Jenni Rivera, Mexican Pop Star
**
Vittorio Missoni, Italian Fashion Designer
***
Kelefa Diallo, Guinea Army Chief
****
Buffalo Bill’s Great-Grandsons
*****
Dr. Steven Roth, Vein Guys Co-Founder
******
Steve Davis, Former Oklahoma QB

7.2 EMP Related Airplane Crashes?
Based on the aforementioned 55 documented airplane crashes, a second look at the cause of these unprecedented plane disasters is in order. In a majority of the cases, the planes have either crashed on take-off or while trying to land, ultimately indicating that their engines are being rendered powerless by some sort of EMP like device at or near the airport. Although an independent investigation must be conducted prior to coming to any concrete theories as to the root cause of these plane crashes, it would appear on the surface that the EMP-like weapon/gun responsible for the engine failures and subsequent crashes is some sort of an electronic device which is most likely located high off the ground with a 360 degree rotational view at or near the top of the air traffic control tower, airport or an adjacent building structure. While this EMP weapon is most likely camouflaged to look like a benign piece of standard electronic equipment such as satellite dish, it likely has dual use capability that is currently unknown to pilots, the airport and the local government. This EMP weapon can then be accessed autonomously by a third party who apparently takes great pleasure in crashing airplanes and killing people.

About the Author

David Chase Taylor, the editor-in-chief of Truther.org, is an American journalist living in Zürich, Switzerland, where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with stopping a false-flag/state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon America. Taylor has also released The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the coming global bio-terror pandemic. Taylor has also been credited with exposing numerous terror plots including the 2012 DNC Terror Plot, the “Twilight” Premier Terror Plot, and the Alex Jones links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to prevent terror attacks by drawing unwanted global attention to these terror plots prior to their fruition. Terror related assertions, forecasts and predictions made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility they could theoretically happen based on the cumulative terror related data. Historically, once a major false-flag terror plot is exposed (see: Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot), the terror plot is immediately canceled or postponed. State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the true perpetrators of terror. By first identifying and then connecting the dots of the terror related paper trail, Truther.org has successfully blown the whistle on numerous terror related plots. Please spread the word in helping make terrorism a thing of the past. Namaste.

 

UN Pandemic

Please Download & Forward PDF

David Chase Taylor
April 14, 2013
Truther.org

As depicted in the 
Bio-Terror Bible, various islands may be used as the initial staging ground for the genesis of a global pandemic. Islands serve as a controlled environment whereby video footage of the sick and dying could then be broadcast worldwide in order to convince humanity that there is indeed a real biological pandemic.

After a short time, the pandemic would of course “spread” off the island thus giving the impression that the virus was airborne, had mutated or had somehow found its way onto the mainland via bird, ship, fish, plane or raft. Numerous islands including Haiti and the Philippines have been home to suspicious bio-terror drills, war games, and outbreaks which may indicate that islands could be targeted with bio-terrorism in the near future. As luck would have it, both Haiti and the Philippines have Level 3 Bio-Safety Labs. These labs are an obvious health risk and will likely serve as the original source of the pathogen responsible for a global pandemic.

Download & Forward PDF

The Coming Pandemic Migration
The notion of a simulated/staged bio-terror outbreak on an island was recently drilled by the U.S. government. On February 10, 2013, it was reported that the U.S. Army and U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS) ran a week long bio-terror like drill off the coast of the Guantanamo Bay U.S. Naval Base which simulated a wave of Caribbean migrants sailing to America due to political upheaval or a natural disaster in the region. According to the report, “The participants would not disclose the script they [were] working from, and the fictional migrants [were] identified only as hailing from Country One and Country Two”. In 2007, a similar migration drill was held in Miami, Florida which featured a mass exodus of Cubans fleeing to America as a “mystery virus” spread amongst the refugee camps. The concept of infected islanders in rafts heading to the United States to spark a global pandemic appears to be the current working government/media narrative.  

U.S. “Raft” Rescues Increasing
Prior to a high-profile pandemic related mass migration to the U.S., the public must first be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. As depicted below, headlines containing the words “Coast Guard”, “raft” and “rescue” are beginning to construct the government/media narrative of islanders/immigrants floating to American shores via rafts. The quantity and intensity of “raft” related headlines are sure to increase as the fruition of this given bio-terror plot nears.

U.S. “Raft” Rescue Headlines:

1. April 13, 2013: Coast Guard Interviews Rafters Rescued By 2 Cruise Ships (Key West, Florida)
2. April 14, 2013:
Coast Guard Rescues 4 From Life Raft Off Coast (Big Sur, California)

Made-For-TV Bio-Terror “Event*
As revealed in the report entitled “
Red Alert: Mass Bio-Terror Pandemic Imminent”, the genesis of the 2013 bio-terror pandemic will be a “made-for-TV event” whereby millions will witness a bio-terror outbreak on live television. This so called bio-terror “event” will likely occur when the agents known as anthrax (Bacillus anthracis) or smallpox (Variola major) are released into a controlled environment, such as a dome stadium or island. The bio-terror “event” could be a direct terror attack on a Bio-Safety Lab (BSL) or a man-made “natural disaster” such as an earthquake, flood, hurricane or tsunami which would then conveniently allow for a “natural” outbreak and subsequent pandemic to arise. Regardless of the trigger, the coming bio-terror pandemic can only be stopped by a conscious and informed public.  

ENCLOSED CHAPTERS:

1. Haiti (Island Bio-Terror Plan A)
2. The Philippines (Island Bio-Terror Plan B)
3. Breaking Bio-Terror News
4. The Aftermath of Bio-Terror
5. Bio-Terror: The Good News  

1. Haiti:

1.1: U.N. Created Haitian Pandemic of 2010
In the aftermath of the 2010 Haiti Earthquake, various diseases reportedly spread quickly throughout the small island. According to reports, the earthquake in Haiti allegedly brought back cholera as more than 4,500 Haitians allegedly perished from the disease. Health experts also warned that diseases such as tetanus, gangrene, measles and meningitis could also breakout in Haiti. Interestingly, the source of the cholera according to thousands of Haitians was the U.N., who was directly blamed for the outbreak. The same treachery is to be expected in any country where the United Nations goes to “help” out.

1.2: Haiti Bio-Safety Lab
According to the CDC, the island of Haiti will have a “permanent Bio Safety Level (BSL) 3 Laboratory” completed by late 2012. Level 3 BSL labs contain deadly pathogens such as Francisella tularensis, Leishmania donovani, Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Bacillus anthracis, Chlamydia psittaci, West Nile virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, Eastern equine encephalitis virus, SARS coronavirus, Coxiella burnetii, Rift Valley fever virus, and the Rickettsia rickettsii, virus. Should another “natural disaster” strike Haiti, deadly disease won’t have to be imported by the U.N. as the island will already have plenty to choose from in their new and “permanent Bio Safety Level (BSL) 3 Laboratory”.

1.3: DynCorp Gets $48.6 Million Haiti U.N. Contract
Just prior to a mass pandemic on the island of Haiti, major government contracts are being issued to keep law and order on the island in the wake of an engineered pandemic. On April 9, 2013, it was reported that the Virginia-based DynCorp International had received a contract from the U.S. State Department’s Bureau of International Narcotics and Law Enforcement Affairs for up to $48.6 million that will help support a U.S. contingent to the United Nations peacekeeping mission in Haiti. According to the report, DynCorp will recruit and finance up to 100 officers to join the U.N.’s police unit affiliated with the mission, known as UN Pol, and 10 U.N. correction advisers. The contract also means that DynCorp will provide logistical support to Haiti’s police academy, along with five French- and Haitian Creole-speaking experts to advise senior police officials. The DynCorp contract has a one-year base period with three, one-year options which carries a total value of $48.6 million.

1.4: Government Assassinated Outside Home
Just prior to a mass pandemic on the island of Haiti, key government officials are being assassinated with little or no explanation. On March 25, 2013, it was reported that an aide to Haiti’s prime minister was slain in a drive-by shooting by two masked men on a motorcycle. According to the report, the office of Prime Minister Laurent Lamothe stated that Georges Henry Honorat was killed at his house in the Delmas district in Port-au-Prince. Assassination by way of motorcycle is the hallmark of the Israeli Mossad terror group. The assassination of key government officials more easily allows for the hijacking of the Haitian government in the aftermath of an engineered bio-terror pandemic.

1.5: 2nd Haiti Cabinet Member Steps Down In 2 Days
Just prior to a mass pandemic on the island of Haiti, key government officials are stepping down from their given positions with little or no explanation. On April 11, 2013, it was reported that Haiti’s communications minister resigned from her post, becoming the second Haitian Cabinet member to step down in as many days. According to the report, Communications Minister Regine Godefroy quit without saying why she was leaving.She previously had been director of the country’s postal service.News of Godefroy’s resignation came one day after Marie Carmelle Jean-Marie resigned as Haiti’s finance minister. Jean-Marie also failed to speak to the press about her abrupt resignation. The resignation of these key government officials more easily allows for the hijacking of the Haitian government in the aftermath of an engineered bio-terror pandemic.

2. The Philippines
:

2.1: The Philippines
The tiny island nation of the
Philippines has had more than its fair share of bio-terror related events, “natural disasters” and acts of terror. Starting in 2001, it was reported that the Philippines suffered a major “anthrax scare”. Four years later in 2005, it was reported that the Philippines was “not ready for a bio-terror attack” and that a chemical or biological attack would leave the country’s security forces completely helpless. In 2008, the Philippines were home to an 8 nation bio-terror drill. Since 2012, the Philippines have suffered unprecedented biological outbreaks including: Schistosomiasis, Leptospirosis, Cholera, Hepatitis A, Dengue Fever, Chikungunya and Anthrax. Also since 2012, the Philippines suffered numerous natural and man-made disasters including: 7.6 earthquake in September, 2012, massive flooding in September of 2012, a 6.5 earthquake in November of 2012, a typhoon in December of 2012, a major hotel fire in January of 2013, and a 6.2 earthquake in February of 2013. Based on recent news and events, the Philippines have been systematically and psychologically prepped for bio-terror on every level.

2.2: Philippine Terror Headlines

Since 2011, the Philippines have had numerous high-profile terror headlines including: “
Philippine Police Bust Hacking Ring Financed By Terror Group”, “Embassy Warns US Citizens In Manila Of Possible Security Threat”, “3 Countries Join U.S. Security Alert In Philippines”, “Philippines, Muslim Rebels Announce Preliminary Peace Pact After Marathon Talks”, “Emerging Peace Deal In Philippines Could Turn Rebel Lairs Into Hostile Ground For Terrorists”, “Gunman Kills 9 In House-To-House Rampage In Philippine Town”, “Suspected US Drone Found Floating In Philippines”, “Man Accused Of Opening Fire In Philippine Court Building, Killing 2” “Robbers Spark Panic Among Shoppers In Huge Philippine Shopping Mall To Cover Their Escape”, “Al-Qaida-Linked Gunmen Free 2 Filipino Hostages In Philippines But Still Hold Foreign Captives” and “Malaysia Charges 8 Filipinos With Terrorism Offenses Over Deadly Armed Siege In Borneo”. Based this shocking terror escalation, an Al Qaeda/Muslim extremist type terror attack on a biological facility in the Philippines is likely in the terror cards.

2.3: Philippine Bio-Safety Lab 3
According to a document published by the Biological and Toxin Weapons Convention Meeting of Experts in August of 2009,
“UP Manila is building a BSL 3 laboratory”. Whether or not a level 4 BSL lab exists in the Philippines is not known. Regardless, level 3 BSL labs contain deadly diseases such as Francisella tularensis, Leishmania donovani, Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Bacillus anthracis, Chlamydia psittaci, West Nile virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, Eastern equine encephalitis virus, SARS coronavirus, Coxiella burnetii, Rift Valley fever virus, and the Rickettsia rickettsii, virus. Should this BSL 3 lab be attacked by Islamic “terrorists”, a pandemic could theoretically spread across the Philippines, Asia and the world within days.

3. Breaking Bio-Terror News:

3.1: Breaking Bio-Terror News
Prior to an international bio-terror attack and outbreak, the public must first be psychologically programed that this is in fact possible. Starting in November of 2012, there has been an unprecedented wave of bio-terror plots, bio-security breaches, mysterious death surrounding infectious disease scientists, and as well as bio-terror patsies taken into police custody. Taken collectively, these events ultimately indicate bio-terror is “blinking red” on every level.

Recent Bio-Terror Headlines:

1. November 27, 2012:Indictments Expected Against Disgraced Chemist (Boston, Massachusetts)
2. January 22, 2013:
Bio-Doctor Found Burned To Death In Home (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
3. February 8, 2013:
FDA Shoots 15-Year-Old Boy Outside Lab (Bothell, Washington)
4. March 24, 2013:
Vial Containing Hemorrhagic Fever Virus Goes “Missing” (Galveston, Texas)
4. March 28, 2013:
Teacher Says Two Students Poisoned Her (Newport, Virginia)
5. April 2, 2013:
4 Men Arrested In Sarin Nerve Agent Plot (Maastricht, Netherlands)
6. April 2, 2013:
Man Acquitted Of Planning Chemical Attack (London, England)

3.2: Guards Shoot 15-Year-Old Boy Outside Ant-Bio-Terror Lab
On February 8, 2013, it was reported that two guards under contract of the Federal Protective Service, a division of the Department of Homeland Security, shot and wounded a teen boy outside the Pacific Northwest National Laboratory, whose stated cause is to “prevent and counter acts of terrorism through applied research in information analysis, cyber security, and the non-proliferation of weapons of mass destruction. This shooting gives the appearance that bio-labs are under threat and may be attacked in the near future.

3.3: CDC Bioterror Labs Negligent
On February 26, 2013, it was reported that bio-laboratories at the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) had been repeatedly cited in private government audits for failing to properly secure potential bioterror agents such as anthrax and plague. According to a 2010 report by the Department of Health and Human Services’ inspector general, “These weaknesses could have compromised [CDC's] ability to safeguard select agents from accidental or intentional loss and to ensure the safety of individuals”. According to the audit, CDC labs a) “failed to ensure the physical security of bioterror agents or restrict access to approved individuals”, b) “failed to ensure that those working with and around potential bioterror agents received the required training”, and c) “failed to ensure that only approved individuals accepted packages containing potential bioterror agents arriving from other outside labs”.

3.4: Bio-Terror Virus “Missing” in Galveston, Texas
On March 24, 2013, it was reported that a
vial containing the hemorrhagic fever virus, also known as the Guanarito virus, had “gone missing”  from a research facility in Galveston, Texas”. According to the report, “the virus, native to Venezuela, is transmitted only through contact with Venezuelan rats.” Interestingly, the President of Venezuela, Hugo Chávez, died mysteriously on March 5, 2013, just 19 days before the Venezuelan Guanarito virus went missing. Needless to say, Venezuela is now front and center in the minds of millions worldwide, especially in South America. On March 25, 2013, exactly one day after the bio-terror vial went “missing”, the Government Accountability Office (GOA) released a report finding that security risks at U.S. biological labs are high.

3.5: GAO: Bio-“Laboratory Accidents Happen”
Exactly one day after the
Guanarito virus vial suddenly went “missing” from a BSL lab in Galveston, Texas, a U.S. government report was released in a calculated and premeditated attempt to provide plausible deniability to government officials in the after-math of an “accidental” release of a highly contagious pathogen from a BSL lab. The March 25, 2013, report by the U.S. government’s Government Accountability Office (GOA) entitled “High-Containment Laboratories: Assessment Of The Nation’s Need Is Missing”, states that a) there is “no single federal agency was responsible for assessing overall laboratory needs”, b) there is an “absence of national standards for laboratory design, construction, commissioning, operations, and maintenance” which ultimately “exposes the nation to risk”, c) the notion of “a single government agency to assume responsibility for all bio-labs was “not in the best interests of national security”, and that d) Office of Science and Technology Policy (OSTP) officials “did not agree that a single entity should be charged with government-wide strategic evaluation of high-containment laboratories” as this “assessment was considered to be unnecessarily broad and cumbersome.” The GAO report concludes that “there is no reliable source of the total number of high-containment laboratories in the United States”, that “the number of registered high-containment laboratories (BSL-3 and BSL-4) has increased from 1,362 in 2008 to 1,495 in 2010” with “each laboratory’s risk adds to the overall risk of an accident happening nationwide”, that “the risk associated with any single laboratory is non-zero” and that “laboratory accidents happen”. By not nominating a single government agency responsible for BSL lab safety, the blame post-pandemic (as witnessed in the aftermath of 9/11 attacks), will not be allocated to any one agency or person, ultimately allowing all the perpetrators of bio-terror to escape prosecution.

4. The Aftermath of Bio-Terror:

4.1: The Aftermath of Bio-Terror
If and when a bio-war or bio-terror attack occurs, it will most likely be masterminded by the Center for Biosecurity located at the University of Pittsburgh Medical Center who have been directly responsible for funding and conducting numerous bio-terror related war games. Aside from having the means, the motive and the opportunity to conduct a major bio-terror attack, the government is the only entity with the resources to organize, plan, drill and execute a major bio-terror false-flag operation. In the aftermath of a bio-terror attack and subsequent pandemic, there will be mass confusion, fear, and hysteria. In this chaotic environment, there will be political and governmental agencies and institutions that will attempt to take advantage of the situation by declaring martial law and potentially forcing billions of people worldwide to take the lethal vaccines issued by the military and medical establishments in  the aftermath of the bio-terror attack.

5. Bio-Terror: The Good News:

5.1: The Good News
The good news is that the
reality of bio-terror is almost 100% opposite of what the public has been led to believe. According to top scientists, the use of bio-weapons for mass terror is a very difficult process and totally unreliable. Steve Emmett, an expert on nerve agents at Oxford University stated that, “It’s easy to play up the risks and encourage panic,” but “In fact the risks of mass poisoning [from any chemical agent] are very low”. Emmett went on to state that smallpox can be passed on from person to person only by close physical contact, not simply by being in the same room as someone who is infected. Jonathan Tucker, an authority on unconventional arms with California’s Monterey Institute of International Studies, stated, “Regardless of what people say, [bio-terror] is very difficult to do, to inflict mass casualties with chemical or biological weapons”. Despite the non-stop government propaganda, the true nature of the bio-war and bio-terror threat is very low and almost theoretically impossible. So long as people refuse vaccines, they really don’t have anything to worry about.

About the Author
David Chase Taylor, the editor-in-chief of Truther.org, is an American journalist living in Zürich, Switzerland, where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with stopping a false-flag/state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon America. Taylor has also released The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the coming global bio-terror pandemic. Taylor has also been credited with exposing numerous terror plots including the 2012 DNC Terror Plot, the “Twilight” Premier Terror Plot, and the Alex Jones links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to prevent terror attacks by drawing unwanted global attention to these terror plots prior to their fruition. Terror related assertions, forecasts and predictions made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility they could theoretically happen based on the cumulative terror related data. Historically, once a major false-flag terror plot is exposed (see: Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot), the terror plot is immediately canceled or postponed. State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the true perpetrators of terror. By first identifying and then connecting the dots of the terror related paper trail, Truther.org has successfully blown the whistle on numerous terror related plots. Please spread the word in helping make terrorism a thing of the past. Namaste.

 

 

Landmark Terror

Please Download & Forward PDF

David Chase Taylor
April 14, 2013
Truther.org

As Emma Bull once stated, “Coincidence is the word we use when we can’t see the levers and pulleys”. This statement couldn’t be more true when looking at America’s historic landmarks and national treasures, almost all of which have either undergone recent “construction” projects, “facelifts”, “renovations”, “restorations” and/or have been specifically targeted with terrorism.

Is it just mere coincidence that the San Francisco–Oakland Bay Bridge, the Brooklyn Bridge, Cowboys Stadium, the Federal Reserve Bank, the “Freedom Tower”, also known as “One World Trade Center (1 WTC)”, the Gateway Arch, the Georgia Dome, the Golden Gate Bridge, the Hoover Dam, Independence Hall, the Liberty Bell, Mall of America, the Mount Rushmore National Memorial, the National Mall in Washington D.C., the 104 nuclear reactors within the United States, The Pentagon, the Sears Tower (Willis Tower), the Space Needle, the Statue of Liberty, Times Square, the United States Capitol building, the U.S. Supreme Court Building, the USS Arizona Memorial in Pearl Harbor, Hawaii, the Washington Monument, the Washington Square Arch, and the White House all just happen to be simultaneously “blinking red” for controlled demolition and/or terrorism?

Download & Forward PDF

American history shows that the World Trade Center received a timely “elevator renovation” just prior to 9/11, and that The Pentagon also underwent a renovation project in the exact location where it was later attacked on 9/11. Whether or not these unprecedented “construction” jobs have ultimately undermined the structural integrity of these iconic and historic American landmarks is yet to be known, but the timely nature of these projects could have theoretically provided cover for the installation of demolition explosives in and around the aforementioned landmarks. These explosives could then be detonated via remote-control at a later date such as July 4th in a calculated attempt to give the appearance of coordinated terrorist attacks or a foreign invasion.

A glimpse of how the American landmark terror scenario might play out in reality occurred on October 24, 2012, when the government sponsored terror group known as “Anonymous” stated that they had planted a bomb in an undisclosed U.S. government building that would eventually be detonated on November 5, 2012, the day before the U.S. Presidential election. If and when a series of coordinated high-profile false-flag/state-sponsored terror attacks against American landmarks comes to fruition, the United States and her people will likely be held hostage as “terrorists” begin to systematically blow up American landmarks. As this process plays itself out, the American publically will be humiliated on the global stage as the symbols of Americana might and prosperity are ultimately turned into ash and rubble.

The goal of these landmark terror attacks is to destroy America physically, financially and of course psychologically. These attackswill most likely consist of 9/11 style aerial attacks and/or suicide bombings against the landmarks identified herein. With each passing terror attack, U.S. President Barack Obama will seize more and more power until he is ultimately declared dictator and martial law is enacted. These attacks will then be scapegoated onto alleged Islamic “terrorists” such as Al Qaeda, Al Shabaab or Iran, the nation of China, or white American militia members such as the U.S. government funded Hutaree terror group.

The goal of America’s Zionist controllers, who are ultimately responsiblefor setting-up the American Landmark Terror Plot, is to get America to destroy herself the same way that Russia was destroyed under Stalin. This is done by dividing and then collapse society upon itself by baiting the gun-owning American public into a violent revolution against their own police and military while the real terrorists sit off-shore and pull the strings. In the aftermath of a bloody wave of state-sponsored terror attacks against American landmarks, Zionist operative such as Alex Jones, Michael Savage, Sean Hannity, Bill O’Reilly, and Rush Limbaugh will attempt bait gun-owning Americans into taking up arms against the U.S. government.

1. U.S. Landmarks Slated for Demolition:

1.1: Bay Bridge (San Francisco, California)
The San Francisco–Oakland Bay Bridge (known locally as the Bay Bridge) is a pair of bridges spanning San Francisco Bay of California, in the United States. Aside from being partially demolished in the 1989 Loma Prieta Earthquake, the Bay Bridge recently underwent an emergency “repair”. On January 7, 2013, it was reported that an oil tanker had struck a tower in the middle of the San Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge. According to the report, the 752-foot tanker rammed the bridge tower as it headed out to sea damaging a 30 to 40 foot fender of steel on base of the bridge. Whether or not the suspicious ship accident and subsequent “repair” job will ultimately undermine the structural integrity of the bridge is not known, but the timely construction project could have theoretically provided cover for the installation of demolition explosives in and around the Bay Bridge.These explosives could then be detonated via remote control at a future date in a calculated attempt to give the appearance of a “natural disaster” event or a coordinated terrorist attack.

1.2: Brooklyn Bridge (New York, New York)
The Brooklyn Bridge is a bridge in New York City and is one of the oldest suspension bridges in the United States. According to reports, the Brooklyn Bridge is currently undergoing a four-year, $500 million safety and aesthetic improvement program that will be completed in 2014. Aside from being under construction, on April 27, 2011, it was reported that a long-standing plot by al-Qaida to take down the Brooklyn Bridge had been revealed in classified documents obtained by the New York Times. In 2012 alone, there were at least 5 suspicious closings of the Brooklyn Bridge which may potentially indicate that the bridge has already been set-up and rigged for demolition. Whether or not these suspicious “closures” will ultimately undermine the structural integrity of the bridge is not known, but the timely closures could have theoretically provided cover for the installation of demolition explosives in and around the Brooklyn Bridge. These explosives could then be detonated via remote control at a future date in a calculated attempt to give the appearance of a “natural disaster” event or a coordinated terrorist attack. Prior to a high-profile terror attack on the Brooklyn Bridge, the public must be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. Hollywood movie propaganda is a slick way of showing that yes, it can happen. “The Dark Knight Rises” (2012) is a film (see trailer) which depicts the Brooklyn Bridge as the target of a major terror attack.

1.3: Cowboys Stadium (Dallas, Texas)
Cowboys Stadium is a stadium in Arlington, Texas, which serves as the home of the NFL’s Dallas Cowboys. The stadium has had numerous terror related threats and was the chosen location of the 2011 Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot. According to reports, Cowboys Stadium is currently in the running for the Super Bowl L. If selected, there is a very high probability that the stadium will again be targeted with state-sponsored nuclear terrorism by the Obama administration in 2016.

1.4: Federal Reserve Bank (12 U.S. Locations)
The 12 Federal Reserve Banks form a major part of the Federal Reserve System, the central banking system of the United States. Long before alleged terrorist Quazi Mohammad Rezwanul Ahsan Nafis reportedly attempted to detonate a 1,000-pound bomb in front of the Federal Reserve building in New York City in October of 2012, the U.S. government conducted numerous terror drills on the Federal Reserve in August of 2012. According to the report, the Federal Reserve terror exercises were executed by U.S. Special Operations Command. The elite unit trained for two weeks on the Federal Reserve terror drills which were held between 7 p.m. and midnight and reportedly involved three Black Hawk helicopters hovering over the Federal Reserve’s parking lot with four smaller helicopters landing on the bank’s roof. Should Federal Reserve terror strike America, it will happen at one or more of the Federal Reserve’s 12 locations (Boston, New York, Philadelphia, Cleveland, Richmond, Atlanta, Chicago, St. Louis, Minneapolis, Kansas City, Dallas and San Francisco). Coincidentally, in September of 2012, Alex Jones of Infowars released a new magazine whose maiden cover featured the Federal Reserve building on fire, further indicating that the alleged STRATFOR intelligence operation known as Infowars has inside information that false-flag Federal Reserve terror is currently being planned.

1.5: Freedom Tower (New York, New York)
The “Freedom Tower”, also known as “One World Trade Center (1 WTC)”, is the main building of the new World Trade Center complex in New York City. The World Trade Center in New York was previously attacked in 1993 and 2001, and therefore a third attack on the new “Freedom Tower” by alleged “Islamic Terrorists” who hate freedom is highly likely and would surely be used as the rallying cry for the invasion of another Middle Eastern country by the U.S. According to Wikipedia, Larry Silverstein of Silverstein Properties is the leaseholder and developer of the Freedom Tower complex and remains “actively involved in most aspects of the site’s redevelopment process”. Silverstein is the same Zionist operative who first bought, insured and then profited off the demolition of the Twin Towers in the 9/11 terror attacks to a tune of $4.6 Billion. According to a June 29, 2005, report, the Freedom Tower is “bomb proof” and is “draped in a reinforced mixture of stainless steel and titanium, providing a reflective security shield capable of withstanding a major blast.” Properly translated, this statement likely means that the Freedom Tower has been constructed with built-in demolition capabilities hidden within the very structure itself. Make no mistake; the Freedom Tower is a ticking false-flag terror time bomb. 

1.6: Gateway Arch (St. Louis, Missouri)
The
Gateway Arch is an arch that is the centerpiece of the Jefferson National Expansion Memorial in St. Louis, Missouri. It was built as a monument to the westward expansion of the United States. On December 15, 2011, it was reported that the Gateway Arch in St. Louis, Missouri, would undergo a facelift renovation with the aid of $20 million grant from the federal government with the goal of finishing improvements to the landmark by 2015, the 50th anniversary of when the Gateway Arch was completed. Whether or not the “renovation” job will ultimately undermine the structural integrity of the historic American landmark is not known, but the timely construction project could have theoretically provided cover for the installation of demolition explosives in and around the Gateway Arch. These explosives could then be detonated via remote control at a future date in a calculated attempt to give the appearance of a “natural disaster” event or a coordinated terrorist attack. Coincidentally, the St. Louis landmark has a rich history of terror related legislation and events. According to Wikipedia, the 1995 Oklahoma City bombing propelled a counterterrorism program and $1 million grant was instituted which trained park officials to note the activity of tourists and funded the installation of inconspicuous electronic detection devices. After the 9/11 attacks of 2001, the park checkpoint was moved to the entrance of the visitor center where visitors are screened by magnetometers and x-ray equipment. The arch then became one of several U.S. monuments placed under restricted airspace during 2002 Fourth of July celebration, and in 2003, a number of 10-feet long, 32-inch high, 4100-lbmovable Jersey barrierswere installed to impede terrorist attacks on the arch. Then in 2006, arch officials suspiciously hired private “physical security specialist(s)” to replace public law enforcement officers. The alleged responsibilities of the specialist include “risk assessment, testing the park’s security system, increasing security awareness of other employees, and working with other government agencies to improve the arch’s security procedures”. Privatization of arch security more easily allows for a terrorist attack as well as the cover-up of any subsequent investigation.

1.7: Georgia Dome (Atlanta, Georgia)
The Georgia Dome is a domed stadium located in Atlanta, Georgia, United States. On March 7, 2013, it was reported that Atlanta mayor Kasim Reed and the Atlanta Falcons had reached an agreement on key aspects of a deal regarding the construction of a new stadium in Atlanta, Georgia. According to the report, the terms of the new stadium deal had not been announced as several key “aspects” of the agreement still needed to be approved by the Atlanta city council after a memorandum of understanding was reached with the Georgia World Congress Center Authority board and the owners of the Georgia Dome. According to Wikipedia, “If a [stadium] deal is reached, the Georgia Dome would then be demolished”. The “memorandum of understanding” was likely based upon the execution of a bio-terror anthrax attack on the Georgia Dome slated for April 8, 2013, which was ultimately exposed and foiled, subsequently putting the new stadium deal in jeopardy. The racially motivated bio-terror attack on the 2013 NCAA Final Four at the Georgia Dome was slated to be scapegoated onto white American militia members who attacked in response to the African-based terror attacks exposed in the report entitled “Operation Northwoods 2.0 Authorized By Obama: Guantanamo Bay Prison Break And Miami, Florida Terror Attacks Imminent”. In the aftermath of this unprecedented bio-terror attack, America was scheduled to suffer even further by the hand of Zionist Hollywood cinematic terror propaganda with “Under The Dome” (2013), a 13 week television mini-series scheduled to premiere on June 24, 2013, exactly 11 weeks after the would-be NCAA bio-terror attack of April 8, 2013. The new television show (see trailer) is based on the 2009 Steven King book by the same name which depicts the chaotic and deadly life experienced by Americans who are suddenly forced to live under a dome with no way out. Had the NCAA Final Four bio-terror plot been executed as planned, it is likely that anthrax would have been used in the attack. This would have ultimately “forced” the CDC to quarantine the entire Georgia Dome, subsequently trapping the entire record crowd of 74,000 inside the dome with no way out. In the aftermath of the bio-terror attack, the Georgia Dome would have been eventually deemed a biohazard and a demolition of the premises would have been in order.

1.8: Golden Gate Bridge
(San Francisco, California)
The
Golden Gate Bridge is a suspension bridge spanning the Golden Gate, the opening of the San Francisco Bay into the Pacific Ocean. On February 23, 2012, it was reported that the Golden Gate Bridge in San Francisco, California, would undergo a renovation project that will “take years to complete”. According to the report, the project involves repainting the two main suspension cables which are responsible for holding the bridge in place. Whether or not the suspicious “renovation” project will ultimately undermine the structural integrity of the bridge is not known, but the timely construction could have theoretically provided cover for the installation of demolition explosives in and around the Golden Gate Bridge. These explosives could then be detonated via remote control at a future date in a calculated attempt to give the appearance of a “natural disaster” event or a coordinated terrorist attack. Prior to a high-profile terror attack or “natural disaster” resulting in the demolition of the Golden Gate Bridge, the public must be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. Hollywood movie propaganda and government propaganda is a slick way of showing that yes, it can happen. On June 2, 2009, the Onion ran a story which openly joked about a “horrific attack on San Francisco’s Golden Gate Bridge, which “left thousands missing and assumed dead”. A year later on June 17, 2010, the NBA basketball team entitled the Golden State Warriors inexplicably changed their logo to include the image of the Golden Gate Bridge. Two years later, Hollywood released “Rise of the Planet of the Apes” (2012), a film (see trailer) in which a monkey literally destroys the Golden Gate Bridge.  The following year, a new television series (see trailer) entitled “Red Widow” (2013) prominently features the image of red iconic Golden Gate Bridge.

1.9: Hoover Dam (Boulder City, Nevada)
The Hoover Dam is a concrete arch-gravity dam in the Black Canyon of the Colorado River, on the border between the U.S. states of Arizona and Nevada. On January 15, 2013, it was reported that the federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) had found 58 violations at Nevada’s Hoover Dam, the hydroelectric power plant east of Las Vegas. According to the report, OSHA found numerous superficial violations but stated that “none of the violations jeopardized the safety of the public or threatened the structural integrity of the dam or its operations”. A month later on February 12, 2013, a 5.2 Magnitude Earthquake struck Tonopah Junction, Nevada, just 215 miles north of Las Vegas. If a man-made “natural disaster” strikes anywhere near the 77 year old Hoover Dam, it will likely “crack” (with a little help from demolition explosives) resulting in a massive local tidal wave and an electrical power blackout blanketing California, Arizona and Nevada. With no power, no airport, no gambling, no air conditioning, no sewage system and no way out of the desert, tourists and locals alike would begin looting as riots and mayhem would breakout almost instantaneously. Needless to say, without power, Las Vegas would turn into an unprecedented biological cesspool almost overnight.

Dead Men Tell No Tales
The notion that the Hoover Dam could be targeted with a man-made “natural disaster” or terror attack was first exposed in a March 31, 2013, report entitled “Apocalyptic “Doomsday Asteroid” Hoax Planned For 2013”. A week later on April 7, 2013, William McCune, Nevada’s chief insurance examiner, was found dead wrapped in a blanket and bound with duct tape in a river in Carson City, Nevada. In the aftermath of a “natural disaster” or terrorist attack against the Hoover Dam, McCune, head of the division’s corporate and financial affairs section, would most likely be responsible for the massive insurance payouts to private utility companies in Nevada, Arizona, and California that would inevitably sustain catastrophic losses as a result of the Hoover Dam’s electrical power being cut-off for a lengthy period of time. According to the report, authorities suspected foul play after finding evidence of a bloody and violent struggle in McCune’s apartment in Carson City. As expected in any government related assassination, the report was clear to lead its readers astray by pointing out that “investigators continue to believe McCune’s death concerned “personal” matters and was not work-related”. It was likely that McCune was privy to insider information about the Hoover Dam terror plot and was terminated in the wake of the plots exposure.

1.10: Liberty Bell Center (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania)
Located in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, the Liberty Bell Center includes Independence Hall, where the Declaration of Independence was signed, and the Liberty Bell, two of America’s most treasured national monuments. On February 15, 2012, it was reported that after 18 months of rehabilitation, the iconic clock tower at Independence Hall was completed. Whether or not the “rehabilitation” job will ultimately undermine the structural integrity of the historic American landmark is not known, but the timely construction project could have theoretically provided cover for the installation of demolition explosives in and around the Liberty Bell Center. These explosives could then be detonated via remote control at a future date in a calculated attempt to give the appearance of a “natural disaster” event or a coordinated terrorist attack. Coincidentally, on January 26, 2013, Philadelphia police arrested a man for “threatening to blow up Philadelphia’s iconic Liberty Bell”. According to the report, the unidentified man left two black backpacks and a bomb squad was called in to secure the scene. Although the bags did not contain explosives, the case serves as a psychological splinter in the minds of the public for future reference in the aftermath of terror related attacks against American landmarks.

1.11: Mall of America (Minneapolis, Minnesota)
The Mall of America (MoA) is a shopping mall located in Bloomington, Minnesota (a suburb of the Twin Cities), across the interstate from the Minneapolis–St. Paul International Airport. Although a terror attack could theoretically occur in any mall or retail outlet in America, it will most likely happen in “Mall of America”. Mall of America has allegedly been the target of numerous terror plots since 9/11, and according to Maureen Bausch, vice president of Mall of America, “Mall of America, is attractive to people that want to hurt America”. The entity responsible for terror security at Mall of America is the Israeli security firm entitled Rozin Security Consulting, LLC, who has been drilling various terror scenarios in Mall of America since 2005. Rozi’s infamous “lockdown drills” are executed monthly and are designed to trap the terrorists and the shoppers together inside the mall, ultimately allowing for a greater number of victims as well as the eventual escape of the real Israeli Mossad terrorists. The “lockdown” drills also allow for the elimination of potential witnesses and enable the terrorists to kill indiscriminately with no interference from citizens or law enforcement personal outside the building. On October 21, 2012, it was reported that Jordanian authorities had foiled an Al Qaeda plot to attack shopping malls and Western diplomatic missions using suicide bombers, booby-trapped cars and rockets. According to the reports, the attacks would come on a date terrorists dub “9/11 the second.”

1.12: Mt. Rushmore (Black Hills, South Dakota)
The Mount Rushmore National Memorial is a sculpture carved into the granite face of Mount Rushmore near Keystone, South Dakota, which features the heads of four United States presidents: George Washington, Thomas Jefferson, Theodore Roosevelt and Abraham Lincoln. On September 18, 2012, it was reported that Mt. Rushmore was a potential terror target and that the U.S. government had released a security related terror assessment of the Mount Rushmore National Monument. According to the report, the government conducted a study in 2008 on the psychosocial impacts of a terrorist attack on a national monument such as Mr. Rushmore. Curiously, some of the findings in the study have been blacked out. On July 3, 2005, it was reported that Mt. Rushmore has been targeted for terror on multiple occasions:

Mt. Rushmore Terror Timeline:

1. Between 1970 and 1973, members of the American Indian Movement made several attempts to occupy and deface the monument.
2.In 1975, a bomb went off in front of the visitor center prior to visitors’ morning arrival.
3.In 1987, the environmental group Greenpeace climbed the mountain with plans to unfurl a 160-by-50-foot protest banner reading “We the people say no to acid rain” over the presidents’ faces.
4. In 1991, the Park Service received threats to assassinate then-President George H.W. Bush during a celebration marking the monument’s 50th anniversary of completion.
5.In 1999, a Colorado man was arrested for threatening to blow up the mountain.

1.13: National Mall (Washington D.C.)
The
National Mall is an open-area national park in downtown Washington, D.C. The term National Mall commonly includes areas that are officially part of West Potomac Park and Constitution Gardens to the west, and often is taken to refer to the entire area between the Lincoln Memorial and the U.S. Capitol, with the Washington Monument providing a division slightly west of the center. On September 1, 2012, it was reported that construction workers had finally taken down the construction fence which had marred the view of the Lincoln Memorial Reflecting Pool for nearly two years. According to the report, the renovation costing $34 million gave the pool a new steel reinforced foundation as well as a new filtration system that pumps water from the Potomac Tidal Basin. Whether or not the “renovation” job will ultimately undermine the structural integrity of the historic Washington D.C. landmarks is not known, but the timely construction project could have theoretically provided cover for the installation of demolition explosives in and around the National Mall. These explosives could then be detonated via remote control at a future date in a calculated attempt to give the appearance of a “natural disaster” event or a coordinated terrorist attack. Is an apparent ominous sign of things to come, on April 11, 2013, it was reported that a body a man was pulled from the Potomac River near the Roosevelt Memorial. According to the report, this was the second time within a week a body has been discovered in National Mall area. These random deaths serve as a psychological splinter in the minds of the public for future reference in the aftermath of terror related attacks against American landmarks.

1.14: Nuclear Reactors (104 U.S. Locations)
There are currently 104 nuclear reactors within the United States, one of which was featured in the  November 3, 2013, report entitled “San Diego False-Flag Terror Blinking Red On Every Level”. As stated in the report, ever since the Fukushima Daiichi Nuclear Disaster of 2011, there have been approximately 50 nuclear reactor “emergencies”, “closures”, “leaks” and other major incidents clearly setting the stage for upcoming nuclear reactor terror on an unimaginable scale. Complementing the unprecedented nuclear reactor emergencies are multiple cases of “terrorists” attempting to breach nuclear reactors, repeated lapses in nuclear reactor security, as well as countless propaganda articles indicating that a Fukushima-level event inside the U.S. is a foregone conclusion. Prior to a high-profile nuclear reactor event, whether by a man-made “natural disaster” or terrorist attack, the public must be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. Hollywood movie propaganda is a slick way of showing that yes, it can happen. “Chernobyl Diaries” (2012) is a film (see trailer) in which a group of young adults go for an “extreme tour” of the abandoned town of Pripyat which sits in the shadow of the disastrous Chernobyl Nuclear Power Plant. A recent Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) panel recommended that the U.S. government customize emergency plans for each of America’s nuclear power plants, a change would “expand” the standard 10-mile evacuation zone surrounding nuclear reactors.

1.15: Pentagon (Washington D.C.)
The Pentagon is the headquarters of the United States Department of Defense, located in Arlington County, Virginia. As a symbol of the U.S. military, “the Pentagon” is often used metonymically to refer to the U.S. Department of Defense rather than the building itself. Just prior to the 9/11 terror attacks, the Pentagon suspiciously underwent a renovation project in the exact location where it was later attacked. The most recent renovation is openly called “The Pentagon Renovation Project” and was allegedly initiated in the 1990’s, but was only concluded in June of 2011. Whether or not the “renovation” job will ultimately undermine the structural integrity of the Pentagon is not known, but the timely construction project could have theoretically provided cover for the installation of demolition explosives in and around The Pentagon. These explosives could then be detonated via remote control at a future date in a calculated attempt to give the appearance of a “natural disaster” event or a coordinated terrorist attack. On September 28, 2011, it was reported that a Massachusetts man with a degree in physics was arrested for plotting to blow up the Pentagon with homemade drones. According to the report, Rezwan Ferdaus planned to fill two remote-controlled model airplanes with C-4 explosives and hand grenades and direct them into the iconic Washington buildings.

1.16: Sears Tower/Willis Tower (Chicago, Illinois)
The Willis Tower, formerly named, and still commonly referred to as, Sears Tower, is a 108-story, 1,451-foot (442 m) skyscraper in Chicago, Illinois. Aside from the fact that the Mayor of Chicago, Rahm Emanuel, is the son of a Israeli Zionist terrorist, the Sears Tower (Willis Tower) was the main target of a 2006 terror plot and was also depicted by Zionist shill David Dees as being a future terror target. In the 2006 Sears Tower Terror Plot, the Mayor of Chicago, Richard M. Daley, the Governor of Illinois Rod Blagojevich, and the DHS director Michael Chertoff, colluded in heading up terror exercises that were rehearsing the demolition of Sears Tower in Chicago. Thankfully, an alert whistleblower sounded the alarm and a few weeks later the patsies, a group of African-Americans from Florida, were indicted for the terror plot to blow up the Sears Tower. A few years later, Blagojevich was indicted on federal charges and has since been sentenced to 14 years in federal prison in an apparent attempt to silence him from speaking out about the failed terror plot. Lastly, the Sears Tower is allegedly owned by Larry Silverstein, the same Zionist operative who first bought, insured and then profited off the demolition of the Twin Towers in the 9/11 terror attacks to a tune of $4.6 Billion.

1.17: Space Needle
(Seattle, Washington)

The
Space Needle is a tower in Seattle, Washington and a major landmark of the Pacific Northwest region of the United States. On February 21, 2001, it was reported that former CIA officials has stated that Seattle’s Space Needle was a target of a foiled 1999 millennium bombing attack financed by alleged terrorist Osama bin Laden. Eleven years later in April of 2012, it was reported that the Space Needle got a new paint job that will return it to its original color of retro “Galaxy Orange”. Whether or not the “paint job” will ultimately undermine the structural integrity of iconic Space Needle is not known, but the timely paint project could have theoretically provided cover for the installation of demolition explosives in and around the Space Needle. These explosives could then be detonated via remote control at a future date in a calculated attempt to give the appearance of a “natural disaster” event or a coordinated terrorist attack.

1.18: Statue of Liberty (New York, New York)
The
Statue of Liberty is a colossal neoclassical sculpture on Liberty Island in New York Harbor and quite possibly the United States’ most famous landmark. On October 26, 2012, it was reported that the Statue of Liberty will reopen on the 126th anniversary of its dedication after a year-long renovation project. According to the report, the $30 million renovation allegedly improved fire alarms, sprinkler systems and exit routes to bring Lady Liberty in line with New York City safety codes. Five months later on March 19, 2013, it was reported that the Statue of Liberty has now been rescheduled to reopen by Independence Day, July 4, 2013, about eight months after it was inexplicably closed because of Superstorm Sandy. Whether or not the “renovation/repair” job will ultimately undermine the structural integrity of iconic statue is not known, but the timely construction project could have theoretically provided cover for the installation of demolition explosives in and around the Statue of Liberty. These explosives could then be detonated via remote control at a future date in a calculated attempt to give the appearance of a “natural disaster” event or a coordinated terrorist attack. On November 18, 2008, it was reported that terror suspect Aafia Siddiqui was taken into custody following her capture in Afghanistan on charges of attempted murder following revelations of a “Mass Casualty Attack” that listed various landmarks in New York, including the Statue of Liberty.

1.19: Times Square (New York, New York)
Times Square is a major commercial intersection in Midtown Manhattan, New York City, and is often iconified as “The Crossroads of the World” or “The Center of the Universe”. As detailed in an October 5, 2012, report entitled “Obama’s “Dirty Bomb” Terror Plot Exposed”, Times Square in New York City was unmistakably targeted with a dirty bomb. According to the report, the Obama administration was caught red-handed attempting to execute the logistics of a terror plot which planned to detonate a “dirty bomb” in Times Square during its famous New Year’s Eve celebration which is televised worldwide. Although the terror plot was ultimately exposed and subverted, it is likely that Times Square will again be targeted with terror in the near future.

1.20: U.S. Capitol Building (Washington D.C.)
The
United States Capitol is the meeting place of the United States Congress, the legislature of the federal government of the United States, and is located atop Capitol Hill in Washington, D.C. On June 14, 2012, it was reported that the U.S. Capitol dome will undergo its first major face-lift in more than 50 years, costing $19 million in repairs to the lower portion of the dome. According to the American Institute of Architects, American Society of Civil Engineers and other groups, “The U.S. Capitol is not merely Congress’ work space; it is also an attraction for millions of visitors from around the world…and a potential target for those who wish to do us harm“. Whether or not the “facelift” job will ultimately undermine the structural integrity of iconic dome is not known, but the timely construction project could have theoretically provided cover for the installation of demolition explosives in and around the United States Capitol. These explosives could then be detonated via remote control at a future date in a calculated attempt to give the appearance of a “natural disaster” event or a coordinated terrorist attack. On September 28, 2011, it was reported that a Massachusetts man with a degree in physics was arrested for plotting to blow up the US Capitol with homemade drones. According to the report, Rezwan Ferdaus planned to fill two remote-controlled model airplanes with C-4 explosives and hand grenades and direct them into the iconic Washington buildings. Three months later on December 5, 2011, it was reported that the Israeli Knesset and Jerusalem anti-terror police conducted a terror exercise in which a plane crashes into the Knesset, Israel’s congressional building. According to the report, the drill simulated a crashed plane containing “dangerous materials” so it was necessary for Israeli security officers to wear “protective clothing for radiation and biological contamination”. This drill is significance because the U.S. Capitol was first targeted for terror by an Israeli suicide bomber in 1998. Roughly 8 months later on August 20, 2012, it was reported that the U.S. Air Force and Coast Guard will fly “intercept and identification” exercises entitled “Falcon Virgo” over Washington D.C. as part of efforts to prevent suicide aircraft attacks or other threats to the U.S. capital. Six months later on February 17, 2013, it was reported that authorities had arrested and charged a Virginia man on his way to what he thought would be a suicide attack on the U.S. Capitol. According to the report, Amine El Khalifi allegedly expressed interest in conducting a suicide attack and was subsequently charged in U.S. District Court with attempting to use a weapon of mass destruction. Roughly two months later on April 8, 2013, it was reported that a Florida man is under arrest after police say he brought unregistered guns and ammunition onto the grounds of the U.S. Capitol Building.

1.21: U.S. Supreme Court
(Washington D.C.)
The
Supreme Court Building is the seat of the Supreme Court of the United States and is situated in Washington, D.C. On May 22, 2012, it was reported that the U.S. Supreme Court is getting a “facelift” and that workers have now started a two-year Supreme Court renovation project on the building’s marble facade. According to the report, the decision for the 2012 renovation was due to a November 2005 incident, in which 80 pounds of marble fell from the Authority figure of Robert Aitken’s sculpture of “Liberty Enthroned. Why the U.S. government waited 7 years to allegedly repair one of its most precious landmarks is highly suspicious. Whether or not the “facelift” job will ultimately undermine the structural integrity of iconic structure not known, but the timely construction project could have theoretically provided cover for the installation of demolition explosives in and around the Supreme Court Building. These explosives could then be detonated via remote control at a future date in a calculated attempt to give the appearance of a “natural disaster” event or a coordinated terrorist attack.

1.22: USS Arizona Memorial (Pearl Harbor, Hawaii)
The USS Arizona Memorial, located at Pearl Harbor in Honolulu, Hawaii, marks the resting place of 1,102 of the 1,177 sailors and Marines killed on the USS Arizona during the attack on Pearl Harbor on 7 December 1941 by Japanese imperial forces and commemorates the events of that day. On May 30, 2012, it was reported that the USS Arizona Memorial in Pearl Harbor, Hawaii, was in dire need of funds to finish its restoration project which was started back in 2007. Whether or not the “restoration” job will ultimately undermine the structural integrity of the historic American landmark is not known, but the timely construction project could have theoretically provided cover for the installation of demolition explosives in and around the USS Arizona Memorial. These explosives could then be detonated via remote control at a future date in a calculated attempt to give the appearance of a “natural disaster” event or a coordinated terrorist attack. Prior to a high-profile terror attack on the USS Arizona Memorial, the public must be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. Hollywood movie propaganda is a slick way of showing that yes, it can happen. “Red Dawn” (2012) is a film (see trailer) in which the United States is the victim of a red-dawn surprise attack by military aircraft from North Korea. “Battleship” (2012) is another film (see trailer) in which the U.S. Navy and the State of Hawaii are taken by surprise and viciously attacked. In a March 31, 2013, report entitled “Chinese “Kamikaze” Done Attack On Pearl Harbor Hawaii Imminent”, it was revealed that based on recent Chinese military drills and maneuvers, an attack by China on the U.S. island of Hawaii (President Obama home state) is highly likely. On October 15, 2012, it was reported that China held a joint military drill involving infantry, artillery and air forces to improve the ability of Chinese paratroops to land on and capture an island.

1:23: Wall Street (New York, New York)
Wall Street is the financial district of New York City, named after and centered on the eight-block-long street running from Broadway to South Street on the East River in Lower Manhattan. 93 years ago, the Wall Street bombing occurred at 12:01 pm on Thursday, September 16, 1920, in the Financial District of New York City. The terrorist attack killed 38 and seriously injured 14. With the rise of the Occupy Wall Street movement and the ever increasing hatred of banks and their usury practices, it is highly likely that Wall Street will once again be targeted for terror. On November 18, 2008, it was reported that terror suspect Aafia Siddiqui was taken into custody following her capture in Afghanistan on charges of attempted murder following revelations of a “Mass Casualty Attack” that listed various landmarks in New York, including Wall Street. Prior to a high-profile terror attack on Wall Street, the public must be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. Hollywood movie propaganda is a slick way of showing that yes, it can happen. “The Dark Knight Rises” (2012) is a film (see trailer) which depicts Wall Street as the target of a major terror attack.

1.24: Washington D.C. (District of Columbia)
The city of Washington, D.C., formally the District of Columbia and commonly referred to as Washington, “the District”, or simply D.C., is the capital of the United States. On October 26, 2012, it was reported that historical American artifacts were stolen from the U.S. National Archives in Washington D.C., including the Wright Brothers airplane patent, the bombing maps for the nuclear attack on Japan, and photos allegedly taken by astronauts on the moon.  The shocking news was then complemented by reports that Washington D.C.’s Pennsylvania Avenue, also known as “America’s Main Street,” was now being listed among the nation’s endangered landscapes because of neglect and deferred maintenance, despite the fact that almost every major historical building, landmark or monument in Washington D.C. has either recently undergone renovation or is still currently under construction.  The notion that Washington D.C. is doomed is complemented by recent government terror drills which are preparing the capital for future acts of terror. On February 22, 2012, it was reported that a new security project to lock down gateways to the U.S. Capitol is being planned, aimed at targeting gang assaults and lone wolf attackers. According to the report, officials are warning lawmakers and Capitol security against a developing type of assault called a “blended attack” that combines a physical attack against a target along with a cyber-attack against the same or different targets.

1.25: Washington Monument (Washington D.C.)
The
Washington Monument is an obelisk on the National Mall in Washington, D.C., built to commemorate George Washington, commander-in-chief of the Continental Army and the first American president. On August 24, 2011, it was reported that due to an earthquake, the Washington Monument had suffered a crack near the pyramid-shaped tip and had monument been permanently tilted. Although this report was later denied by officials, the Washington Monument is currently closed due to construction and is not scheduled to re-open until 2014. Whether or not the “repair” job will ultimately undermine the structural integrity of the historic American landmark is not known, but the timely construction project could have theoretically provided cover for the installation of demolition explosives in and around the Washington Monument. These explosives could then be detonated via remote control at a future date in a calculated attempt to give the appearance of a “natural disaster” event or a coordinated terrorist attack. Prior to a high-profile terror attack or man-made “natural disaster” on the Washington Monument, the public must be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. Hollywood movie propaganda is a slick way of showing that yes, it can happen. “Olympus Has Fallen” (2013) is a film (see trailer) in which the Washington Monument is attacked by an ex-North Korean terrorist with military aircraft, suicide bombers and cyber warfare.

1.26: Washington Square Park Arch (New York, New York)
The Washington Square Arch is a marble triumphal arch in Washington Square Park, Greenwich Village, Manhattan, New York. On January 10, 2013, it was reported that a man had been keeping bomb-making materials in his Greenwich Village apartment with the goal of blowing up the Washington Square Park Arch. According to the report, police had been informed that Aaron Greene was seen sprinkling white powder on the sidewalk inside the park and trying to ignite it, stated Paul Browne, the chief spokesman for the New York Police Department. Investigators believe the powder was hexamethylene triperoxide diamine, or HMTD, a highly explosive ingredient used in bomb making that was discovered last month in the apartment Greene shared with his girlfriend, Morgan Gliedman. Obviously, no one in their right mind would attempt to detonate a concrete and steel structure in this manner, but the oddity and sheer stupidity of the case serves as a psychological splinter in the minds of the public for future reference in the aftermath of terror related attacks against American landmarks.

1.27: White House (Washington D.C.)
The
White House is the official residence and principal workplace of the President of the United States, located at 1600 Pennsylvania Avenue Northwest, Washington, D.C. On September 12, 2012, it was reported that after nearly two years and $86 million worth of construction, the West Wing of the Obama White House has emerged from its visual seclusion “remarkably unchanged”. According to the report, the construction project began in September of 2010 with the excavation of a huge multistory pit in front of the West Wing. Whether or not the “construction” job will ultimately undermine the structural integrity of America’s most famous residence is not known, but the timely construction project could have theoretically provided cover for the installation of demolition explosives in and around the White House. These explosives could then be detonated via remote control at a future date in a calculated attempt to give the appearance of a “natural disaster” event or a coordinated terrorist attack. Aside from its suspicious construction, the White House has been the target of a number of high-profile terror plots and threats. On January 18, 2012, it was reported that an Occupy Wall Street protester threw a smoke bomb over the fence of the White House. Two months later on March 8, 2012, it was reported that a top hacker and committed anarchist who worked closely with the LulzSec, openly spoke of burning down the White House. Six months later on September 30, 2012, it was reported that the White House was attacked by hackers allegedly linked to China’s government. The unprecedented cyber-terror attack targeted the U.S. government’s most sensitive computer networks, ultimately breaching a system used by the White House Military Office for nuclear commands. A month later on October 21, 2012, it was reported that a year-long investigation by the Investigative Project on Terrorism (IPT) has found that scores of known radical Islamists made hundreds of visits to the Obama White House, meeting with top administration officials. Prior to a high-profile terror attack on the White House, the public must be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. Hollywood movie propaganda is a slick way of showing that yes, it can happen. “Olympus Has Fallen” (2013) is a film (see trailer) in which the White House is attacked by an ex-North Korean terrorist with military aircraft, suicide bombers and cyber warfare.

About the Author
David Chase Taylor, the editor-in-chief of Truther.org, is an American journalist living in Zürich, Switzerland, where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with stopping a false-flag/state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon America. Taylor has also released The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the coming global bio-terror pandemic. Taylor has also been credited with exposing numerous terror plots including the 2012 DNC Terror Plot, the “Twilight” Premier Terror Plot, and the Alex Jones links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to prevent terror attacks by drawing unwanted global attention to these terror plots prior to their fruition. Terror related assertions, forecasts and predictions made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility they could theoretically happen based on the cumulative terror related data. Historically, once a major false-flag terror plot is exposed (see: Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot), the terror plot is immediately canceled or postponed. State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the true perpetrators of terror. By first identifying and then connecting the dots of the terror related paper trail, Truther.org has successfully blown the whistle on numerous terror related plots. Please spread the word in helping make terrorism a thing of the past. Namaste.

Atlanta Bio-Terror

Please Download & Forward PDF

David Chase Taylor
April 6, 2013
Truther.org

With the recent exposure of the “Operation Northwoods 2.0” terror plot on April 4, 2013, there is now a real and distinct possibility that the Atlanta Bio-Terror Plot exposed herein may be executed and ultimately blamed on American “militia” personal, namely the Hutaree militia group from the state of Michigan.

Based on evidence and events surrounding the 2011 mock trial of the Hutaree militia, as well as alleged STRATFOR tool and Zionist operative Alex Jones’ rabid defense of the right-wing ultra-Christian militia group, it appears that the Hutaree militia is in fact a U.S. government funded and operated domestic terror group consisting of paid terror operatives that will commit future acts of terror within the United States in a calculated attempt to further demonize, disparage and ultimately set-up innocent American patriots and gun-owners.

One such act of terror may be a bio-terror or acid terror attack on the mostly African-American players participating in the NCAA Final Four college basketball championship games held at the Georgia Dome in Atlanta, Georgia, on April 6-8, 2013. Suspiciously, the Georgia Dome has been slated for demolition since the authorization of a new stadium in Atlanta, making it all the more likely that the building could be attacked by “terrorists”. Although a racially motivated militia bio-terror attack is the most likely terror scenario, it is also possible that suicide bombers could be used in an attack.

In 2011, four Georgia militia men were implicated in a bio-terror plot involving the biological agent known as Ricin. Suspiciously, 2 of the 4 men arrested in the bio-terror plot were former U.S. government employees, potentially suggesting that it was yet another U.S. government staged terror plot and trial executed with the goal of demonizing American militia members and gun owners. Just as the World Trade Center was attacked in 1993 prior to the 9/11 attacks, the 2011 Georgia Bio-Terror Plot conveniently sets-up the pretext and narrative for secondary and far more deadly militia based bio-terror attack in the state of Georgia. Also, on August 27, 2012, it was reported that U.S. Army soldiers had formed a militia group in Georgia and had plotted to assassinate U.S. President Barack Obama and overthrow the U.S. government. In other words, there are is a litany of potential militia scapegoats for the government to choose from in the immediate after-math of a bio-terror event.

Other potential militia terror targets include Atlanta’s Hartsfield–Jackson Atlanta International Airport, the world’s busiest airport, the CDC (The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention) which houses numerous deadly bio-terror pathogens including anthrax and smallpox, as well as the CNN Center in Atlanta, Georgia. Just prior to or just after an attack on the aforementioned targets, it is conceivable that the CNN Center could be hijacked by militia members which would then have unfettered access to a global television audience via the CNN networks. A potential preview of how militia members might secure the CNN Center occurred on November 2, 2012, when a “caller” phoned in a bio-terror threat about the possibility that chemicals had been being placed inside the CNN Center, resulting in a mass evacuation of the premises. Although not directly stated, it was insinuated that the caller was some sort of militia member, ultimately indicating that the CNN Center may be targeted with terror in the near future.

Since Atlanta, Georgia, is home to both the CDC (Center for Disease Control and Prevention) and CNN (Cable News Network), if and when a bio-terror “outbreak” occurs in Georgia, the necessary entities of worldwide media control (CNN) and the agency responsible for tracking and responding to the alleged outbreak (CDC) are conveniently located in the same city and state. This ultimately allows for complete control and jurisdiction over any false-flag bio-terror operation and the engineered pandemic that will shortly follow. To add even more mystery to the bio-terror plot, on November 21, 2008, it was reported that there are a massive amount of FEMA coffins located near the Hartsfield–Jackson Atlanta International Airport in Atlanta, Georgia.

ENCLOSED CHAPTERS:

1. The CNN Center (Atlanta, Georgia)
2. The Georgia Dome (Atlanta, Georgia)
3. The NCAA Final Four (Atlanta, Georgia)
4. The CDC (Druid Hills, Georgia)
5. Georgia Bio-Terror History
6. Hartsfield–Jackson Atlanta International Airport (Atlanta, Georgia)
7. Suicide Terror at Sporting Events
8. Homegrown Terror Plots & Patsies
9. Militia Terror Scapegoats
10. American “Civil War”

“It’s Going Hot”: Racial False-Flag Planned
On August 29, 2012, a few days before the 2012 Democratic National Convention, it was reported by Douglas J. Hagmann of the North East Intelligence Network that according to his sources at DHS, “It’s going hot”. The Zionist operative Hagmann then added that there was a “racial component” to the upcoming false-flag terror attack. Hagmann made his dire prediction on the alleged STRATFOR agent Alex Jones’ radio program where he elaborated on the Obama terror plot: “What it is, when I say it’s going hot, or when my sources say it’s going hot, a staged event of some kind, or some sort of a false-flag to type of event to garner sympathy to garner support for the president…Whatever “it” is going to be, it’s going to galvanize, it’s going to polarize I should say, various aspects of our country, the rich versus the poor, the black versus  white, it’s going to cover a gambit of things”. Till we hear different from Hagmann and Jones, we can assume that a race-based bio-terror attack is still being planned by Zionist terrorists.

1. CNN Center
:

1.1: CNN Bio-Terror Hoax
On November 2, 2012, it was reported that a “caller” had mentioned that chemicals had been placed at the CNN Center in downtown Atlanta, Georgia, prompting police officers to close streets around the complex in order to conduct a search for the possible chemical bomb. According to the report, the “caller” wanted $15,000 and an airplane. Curiously, the report stated that “It wasn’t clear whether the caller made the demands from CNN or some other entity”. Despite the fact that it appears that CNN was likely in on the hoax, a search of CNN headquarters and the attached Omni Hotel was executed, turning up no sign of any bomb. Two hours after the initial phone call, Atlanta streets were reopened. Atlanta police Capt. Adam Lee III then told reporters that the dispatchers who took the call described the “caller” as “depressed” and stated that the caller was wanted by the federal government for violating some type of federal law. To date, no recording of the alleged call has been released to the public.

1.2: Media Terror Trending
Prior to a major terror attack on a media facility such as the CNN Center, the public must first be psychologically programed that this is in fact possible. Starting in January of 2012, there has been an unprecedented wave of media related terror hoaxes and threats have occurred at media related events and facilities worldwide, including a violent incident in Atlanta, Georgia. Taken collectively, these events ultimately conclude that media related terror is blinking red on every level.

Media Terror Timeline:

1. March 25, 1997: Radio Station Gets Bomb Threat (Miami, Florida)
2. July 12, 2004: Bomb Threat on TBC Radio station (London, England)
3. September 28, 2004:
Man Makes Radio Station Bomb Threat (Dallas, Texas)
4. December 8, 2007: Radio Station Gets Bomb Threat (North Cotabato, Philippines)
5. May 30, 2011: Man Threatens To Bomb TV Station (New York, New York)
6. January 26, 2012:
Radio Station Receives Bomb Threat (Jakarta, Indonesia)
7. September 22, 2012: Riot Outside MTV Event In Madrid (Madrid, Spain)
8. September 25, 2012:
Radio Stations Evacuated Over Beeping Package (Los Angeles, California)
9. September 30, 2012:
Shots Fired In Parking Lot Of BET Awards (Atlanta, Georgia)
10. October 8, 2012: FBI Investigating Suspicious Package At CBS TV Studio (Los Angeles, California)
11. October 17, 2012:
NatGeo Bombarded With Terror Threats (Washington D.C.)
12. November 2, 2012: Chemical Bomb Threat At CNN Center (Atlanta, Georgia)
13. November 30, 2012: CBS Radio Building Hit By Gunfire (Dallas, Texas)
14. February 12, 2013: Radio Station Bomb Threat Reported (Melbourne, Australia)
15. March 29, 2013:
Man Arrested For Threat To Blow Up TV Station (Niigata, Japan)
16. March 30, 2013: Eiffel Tower Radio Tower Receives Bomb Threat (Paris, France)

[Does not purport to be a full or complete list of events]

2. The Georgia Dome:

2.1: Georgia Dome will be “Demolished”
On March 7, 2013, it was reported that Atlanta mayor Kasim Reed and the Atlanta Falcons had reached an agreement on key aspects of a new deal regarding the construction of a new stadium  in Atlanta, Georgia. According to the report, the terms of the new stadium deal have not been announced, as several aspects of the agreement still need to be approved by the Atlanta city council after a memorandum of understanding is reached with the Georgia World Congress Center Authority board and the owners of the Georgia Dome. According to Wikipedia, “If a [stadium] deal is reached, the Georgia Dome would then be demolished”. Based on this stated information, it can be assumed that the new stadium deal is contingent upon the execution of the NCAA terror attack at the Georgia Dome on April6-8, 2013.

2.2: Stadium Scoreboard Hydraulics
On March 20, 2013, it was reported that an NBA basketball game between the Miami Heat and Cleveland Cavaliers at Quicken Loans Arena in Cleveland, Ohio, was postponed after a player spotted liquid leaking onto the floor from the scoreboard attached to the ceiling of the arena. According to the report, the scoreboard was lowered to fix the issue ultimately delaying the start of the NBA game for 45 minutes. “Scoreboard is leaking fluid on to floor. We need to lower scoreboard to fix. Never seen this one before”, tweeted Cleveland Cavaliers owner Dan Gilbert. Game announcers stated in the original television broadcast that the leak was due to “grease” coming from the hydraulics located within the scoreboard, but the Cavaliers team later stated that the issue was from condensation coming off a CO2 container, not a leak in scoreboard.

2.3: Falling Scoreboard Terror
Based on the March 20, 2013, hydraulics related scoreboard incident at the NBA game in Cleveland, Ohio, combined with the sudden rash of incidents (see below) involving people or things falling from high places, it is possible that the massive scoreboard hanging from the ceiling of the Georgia Dome could be sabotaged and dropped by “terrorists” onto unsuspecting NCAA coaches, players or fans in the arena. This “accident” would serve as the initial draw by which millions of people would suddenly tune into the game to witness the mayhem (similarly to the first plane striking the towers on 9/11), only to be blindsided by a string of follow-up terror attacks. Whether or not the falling scoreboard would be outfitted with acid and/or explosives is yet to be determined.

Falling Terror Timeline:

1. December 17, 2012: Sound Of Falling Signs Prompts Panic At Mall (Sacramento, California)
2. January 27, 2013: Secret Service Dog Falls To Its Death From Roof (New Orleans, Louisiana)
3. March 22, 2013: Boy Killed By Falling Sign At Alabama Airport (Birmingham, Alabama)
4. April 2, 2013: Woman Dies After Fall Down Trash Chute (Chicago, Illinois)
5. April 2, 2013: Man Identified In 18 Story High-Rise Death (Sacramento, California)
6. April 3, 2013:
Parolee Throws Police Dog Out Of Second Story Window (Los Angeles, California)
7. April 3, 2013: 7 Dead After Bus Falls From City Highway Bridge (Rio de Janeiro, Brazil)

[Does not purport to be a full or complete list of events]


2.4: Acid Terror Attack

Based on the documented history of acid related terror, especially the 2012 DNC Terror Plot, whereby a plane filled with acid was to be flown into the unsuspecting crowd of Obama supporters at the 2012 Democratic National Convention, the possibility that NCAA Final Four players and fans could be attacked with acid laced explosives at the Georgia Dome is unfortunately a real possibility. Recent acid attacks worldwide are trending up and indicate that a racially motivated acid attack on African-American college students by white alleged militia members is entirely possible.

Acid Terror Timeline:

1. January 18, 2013: Bolshoi Ballet Director Attacked With Acid (Moscow, Russia)
2. February 3, 2013: Woman Scared In Acid Attack (London, England)
3. April 3, 2013: Men Attack 4 Sisters With Acid (Shamli, India)
4. March 29, 2013: Man Puts Acid In Woman’s Shoes (Tokyo, Japan)

[Does not purport to be a full or complete list of events]


2.5: Sports Related Terror
Prior to a major terror attack on a sports facility such as the Georgia Dome, the public must first be psychologically programed that this is in fact possible. Starting in August of 2012, there has been an unprecedented wave of sports related terror accidents, attacks, hoaxes and threats which have occurred at or near sports facilities worldwide, including a stabbing at the Georgia Dome in Atlanta, Georgia. Taken collectively, these events ultimately conclude that sports related terror is blinking red on every level.

Spots Terror Timeline:

1. November 10, 2011: Stabbing In Stadium Lot During Chargers’ Game (San Diego, California)
2. December 20, 2011:
Lights Go Out Twice At Candlestick Park (San Francisco, California)
3. May 22, 2012:
NBA Game Shooting Injures 8 People (Oklahoma City, Oklahoma)
4. August 18, 2012: Man Shot Outside Arizona Cardinals Game (Glendale, Arizona)
5. August 21, 2012: Two Shot, One Attacked, At NFL Pre-Season Game (San Francisco, California)
6. August 23, 2012: Fans Possibly Exposed To Rabies At Ravens Game (Baltimore, Maryland)
7. September 13, 2012: Cops Taser Man At NFL Game On 9/11 Anniversary (New York, New York)
8. September 15, 2012: 1 Dead, 1 Wounded In Shooting Near Chiefs Stadium (Kansas City, Missouri)
9. October 13, 2012:
Man Stabbed At Orange Madness At Carrier Dome (Syracuse, New York)
10. October 15, 2012: Fan Stabbed Outside At Giants-49ers Game (San Francisco, California)
11. October 19, 2012: Fan Attacks Soccer Player Chris Kirkland During Game (Leeds, England)
12. October 28, 2012: Over 100 Injured In Chaos At Nassau Coliseum (Long Island, New York)
13. November 15, 2012:
NFL Coach Victim of Theft At Pittsburgh Stadium (Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania)
14. November 16, 2012: Man Found Dead After Bills Game (Buffalo, New York)
15. December 1, 2012:
NFL Player Kills Self At Arrowhead Stadium (Kansas City, Missouri)
16. December 7, 2012:
Man Falls From Upper Deck At Oakland Raiders Game (Oakland, California)
17. January 10, 2013: 81 Dead In Twin Suicide Blasts On Billiards Hall (Quetta, Pakistan)
18. January 21, 2013: Falcons Fan Stabbed In Throat In Parking Lot (Atlanta, Georgia)
19. February 3, 2013: Super Bowl XLVII Blackout Leaves Superdome Dark (New Orleans, Louisiana)
20. February 20, 2013:  Syria Soccer Player Killed As Mortars Hit Stadium (Damascus, Syria)
21. February 24, 2013: NASCAR Crash Injures 30 Fans As Debris Flies Into Crowd (Daytona, Florida)
22. March 13, 2013: Suicide Bomber Kills Buzkashi Sports Fans (Kunduz, Afghanistan)
23. March 17, 2013: 2 Killed In Crash At California Raceway (Marysville, California)

[Does not purport to be a full or complete list of events]

3. NCAA Final Four: College Basketball Championship:

3.1: 2013 NCAA Final Four
On April 6, 2013, and April 8, 2013, the 2013 NCAA Men’s Division I Basketball Tournament to determine a national champion concludes at the Georgia Dome in Atlanta, Georgia. The 2013 Final Four teams include Wichita State University, University of Louisville, Syracuse University, and Michigan State University. Based on the recent terror marriage between the DHS and the NCAA, as well as the numerous reported biological outbreaks at NCAA campuses nationwide, it is sufficient to say that NCAA bio-terror is imminent.

3.2: DHS & NCAA Terror Partnership
On September 12, 2011, it was reported that the U.S. Department of Homeland Security had officially partnered with the NCAA in an anti-terror public awareness campaign entitled “If You See Something, Say Something”. According to the report, Secretary of Homeland Security Janet Napolitano stated that “Every citizen plays a critical role in identifying and reporting suspicious activities and threats. By expanding the ‘If You See Something, Say Something” campaign we are working together to ensure the safety and security of fans, players, employees, and students”.

3.3: NCAA “March Madness” Suicide Bombers?
On March 12, 2006, it was reported that the Men’s NCAA Basketball tournament was threatened in an alleged terrorist internet posting. According to the report, “No specific, credible threat of a terror attack aimed at college basketball arenas or other sports stadiums… FBI and Homeland Security Department distributed an intelligence bulletin describing the online threat against sporting venues…The online message described a potential attack in some detail, calling it an efficient way to kill thousands of people using homicide bombers armed with explosives hidden beneath their winter clothing”.

3.4: NCAA Bio-Terror

Prior to a major bio-terror attack on an NCAA sanctioned sporting event such as the Final Four, the public must first be psychologically programed that this is in fact possible. Starting in January of 2012, there has been an unprecedented wave of college and university related bio-terror accidents, outbreaks, hoaxes, deaths, and threats which have occurred on campuses nationwide. Taken collectively, these events ultimately indicate that NCAA related bio-terror is blinking red on every level.

University Outbreak Timeline:

1. January 29, 2012: Homemade Acid Bombs Found At Valencia University (Orlando, Florida)
2. August 18, 2012: NCA&T University Student Dies After Mystery Illness (Greensboro, North Carolina)
3. September 20, 2012: UCF Building Evacuated Due To Mace In AC System (Orlando, Florida)
4. September 20, 2012: Gas Leak Closes KCK Community College (Kansas City, Kansas)
5. September 23, 2012: Auburn Student Assistant Dies Before LSU Game (Auburn, Alabama)
6. October 6, 2012:
Hazmat Crews Respond To Acid Spill At AB Tech (Asheville, North Carolina)
7. October 29, 2012:
11 Rice Students Treated For Poisoning (Houston, Texas)
1. November 30, 2013:
Norovirus Outbreak At Fairfield University (Fairfield, Connecticut)
2. December 6, 2012: Michigan University Student Poisons Roommate (Mount Pleasant, Michigan)
1. January 21, 2013: Student Mysteriously Dies At Blackburn College (Carlinville, Illinois)
3. January 30, 2013:
Norovirus Outbreaks At Princeton University (Princeton, New Jersey)
4. February 6, 2013: Purdue University Positive For Typhoid Fever (West Lafayette, Indiana)
5. March 4, 2013: Norovirus Outbreak Strikes UNC-Chapel Hill (Chapel Hill, North Carolina)
6. March 21, 2013: Brown University Experiencing Norovirus Outbreak (Providence, Rhode Island)
3. March 28, 2013: Mumps Outbreak At University Of Richmond (Richmond, Virginia)
4. March 28, 2013: Virginia Commonwealth University Has Mumps Outbreak (Richmond, Virginia)

[Does not purport to be a full or complete list of events]

4. The CDC:

4.1: CDC Atlanta
Recent news and events concerning the security or lack thereof in respect to Bio-Safety labs (BSL) such as the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) headquartered in Druid Hills, Georgia, indicates that a militia deemed terror attack on such a bio-terror facility may be planned. BSL labs like the CDC house numerous infectious diseases such as anthrax and smallpox which “terrorists” could theoretically steal, arm and then attack the public with, subsequently starting a global pandemic.

4.2: DHS Guards Shoot 15-Year-Old Boy Outside Ant-Bio-Terror Lab
On February 8, 2013, it was reported that two guards under contract of the Federal Protective Service, a division of the Department of Homeland Security, shot and wounded a teen boy outside the Pacific Northwest National Laboratory, whose stated cause is to “prevent and counter acts of terrorism through applied research in information analysis, cyber security, and the non-proliferation of weapons of mass destruction. This shooting gives the appearance that bio-labs are under threat and may be attacked in the near future.

4.3: CDC Bioterror Labs Negligent
On February 26, 2013, it was reported that bio-laboratories at the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) had been repeatedly cited in private government audits for failing to properly secure potential bioterror agents such as anthrax and plague. According to a 2010 report by the Department of Health and Human Services’ inspector general, “These weaknesses could have compromised [CDC's] ability to safeguard select agents from accidental or intentional loss and to ensure the safety of individuals”. According to the audit, CDC labs a) “failed to ensure the physical security of bioterror agents or restrict access to approved individuals”, b) “failed to ensure that those working with and around potential bioterror agents received the required training”, and c) “failed to ensure that only approved individuals accepted packages containing potential bioterror agents arriving from other outside labs”.

4.4: Bio-Terror Virus “Missing” in Galveston, Texas
On March 24, 2013, it was reported that a vial containing the hemorrhagic fever virus, also known as the Guanarito virus, had “gone missing”  from a research facility in Galveston, Texas”. According to the report, “the virus, native to Venezuela, is transmitted only through contact with Venezuelan rats.” Interestingly, the President of Venezuela, Hugo Chávez, died mysteriously on March 5, 2013, just 19 days before the Venezuelan Guanarito virus went missing. Needless to say, Venezuela is now front and center in the minds of millions worldwide, especially in South America. On March 25, 2013, exactly one day after the bio-terror vial went “missing”, the Government Accountability Office (GOA) released a report finding that security risks at U.S. biological labs are high.

4.5: GAO: Bio-“Laboratory Accidents Happen”
Exactly one day after the Guanarito virus vial suddenly went “missing” from a BSL lab in Galveston, Texas, a U.S. government report was released in a calculated and premeditated attempt to provide plausible deniability to government officials in the after-math of an “accidental” release of a highly contagious pathogen from a BSL lab. The March 25, 2013, report by the U.S. government’s Government Accountability Office (GOA) entitled “High-Containment Laboratories: Assessment Of The Nation’s Need Is Missing”, states that a) there is “no single federal agency was responsible for assessing overall laboratory needs”, b) there is an “absence of national standards for laboratory design, construction, commissioning, operations, and maintenance” which ultimately “exposes the nation to risk”, c) the notion of “a single government agency to assume responsibility for all bio-labs was “not in the best interests of national security”, and that d) Office of Science and Technology Policy (OSTP) officials “did not agree that a single entity should be charged with government-wide strategic evaluation of high-containment laboratories” as this “assessment was considered to be unnecessarily broad and cumbersome.” The GAO report concludes that “there is no reliable source of the total number of high-containment laboratories in the United States”, that “the number of registered high-containment laboratories (BSL-3 and BSL-4) has increased from 1,362 in 2008 to 1,495 in 2010” with “each laboratory’s risk adds to the overall risk of an accident happening nationwide”, that “the risk associated with any single laboratory is non-zero” and that “laboratory accidents happen”. By not nominating a single government agency responsible for BSL lab safety, the blame post-pandemic (as witnessed in the aftermath of 9/11 attacks), will not be allocated to any one agency or person, ultimately allowing all the perpetrators of bio-terror to escape prosecution.

4.6: Breaking Bio-Terror News
Prior to an international bio-terror attack and outbreak, the public must first be psychologically programed that this is in fact possible. Starting in November of 2012, there has been an unprecedented wave of bio-terror plots, bio-security breaches, mysterious death surrounding infectious disease scientists, and as well as bio-terror patsies taken into police custody. Taken collectively, these events ultimately indicate bio-terror is blinking red on every level.

Bio-Terror Timeline:

1. November 27, 2012: Indictments Expected Against Disgraced Chemist (Boston, Massachusetts)
2. January 22, 2013: Bio-Doctor Found Burned To Death In Home (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
3. February 8, 2013:
FDA Shoots 15-Year-Old Boy Outside Lab (Bothell, Washington)
4. March 24, 2013: Vial Containing Hemorrhagic Fever Virus Goes “Missing” (Galveston, Texas)
4. March 28, 2013:
Teacher Says Two Students Poisoned Her (Newport, Virginia)
5. April 2, 2013:
4 Men Arrested In Sarin Nerve Agent Plot (Maastricht, Netherlands)
6. April 2, 2013: Man Acquitted Of Planning Chemical Attack (London, England)

[Does not purport to be a full or complete list of events]

5. Georgia Bio-Terror:

5.1: The “Dark Winter” Bio-Terror Drill
On June 22-23, 2001, a bio-terror war game entitled “Dark Winter” was executed at Andrews Air Force Base in Maryland by the Johns Hopkins Center for Civilian Biodefense, Center for Strategic and International Studies, ANSER, and the Memorial Institute for the Prevention of Terrorism. In the bio-terror war game, the National Security Council (NSC) plays various roles in a bio-terror attack scenario in which the city of Atlanta and the state of Georgia are specifically mentioned as targets in the bio-terror attack and its subsequent pandemic.

The following excerpts are taken word for word from the “Dark Winter” bio-terror war game:

1. “PRC [China] has announced it is holding US responsible for the re-introduction of smallpox. It has raised the question of lab accident being responsible, given cases appearing in Georgia. Blames US for its decision to continue working on smallpox virus despite near unanimous consent by world community to destroy remaining virus stores.”

2. “In Georgia, efforts by governor to transfer all smallpox patients to a single, designated “smallpox hospital” were abandoned after strenuous legal resistance by the hospitals involved. Small-scale violence has occurred outside a number of hospitals in GA and PA. The Police and National Guard had to be called in to maintain order in some locations around smallpox vaccine distribution sites in both states.”

3. “Former U.S. Senator Sam Nunn of Georgia played the President of the United States”.

4. “There are also suspected cases of smallpox in Georgia and Pennsylvania.”

5. “The Chair of the Deputies Committee, Dr. Tara O’Toole, outlines the progress of the epidemic and says all cases appear related to three initial attacks in Oklahoma, Georgia, and Pennsylvania.”

6. “The initial attack at three shopping malls in Oklahoma City, Philadelphia, and Atlanta, 3,000 people were infected.”

7. “In Atlanta and Philadelphia, most businesses are closed and massive traffic jams are occurring across the state as people try to flee the disease.”

5.2: Georgia Bio-Terror
Prior to a bio-terror attack and outbreak in Georgia, the public must first be psychologically programed that this is in fact possible. Starting in January of 2011, there has been an unprecedented wave of bio-terror drills, plots, patsies, and bio-security breaches which have occurred within the state of Georgia. Taken collectively, these events ultimately indicate Georgia bio-terror is blinking red on every level.

Georgia Bio-Terror Timeline:

1. October 23, 2003: Spanish Flu Reconstructed At University Of Georgia In 1999 (Athens, Georgia)
2. November 21, 2008: FEMA Coffins Located Near Atlanta Airport (Atlanta, Georgia)
3. November 5, 2010:
Anthrax Hoax Near Georgia Capitol (Atlanta, Georgia)
4. January 6, 2011: Drive Through Anthrax Vaccine Dispensing  Tested (Columbia County, Georgia)
5. January 24, 2011: Georgia Simulates Anthrax Attack On School (Columbia County, Georgia)
6. May 24, 2011: U.S. Keeping Secret Stash Of Smallpox At CDC Lab (Atlanta, Georgia)
7. June 24, 2011: Red Dragon 11” Bio-Terror Drill Executed In Georgia (Undisclosed Location, Georgia)
8. July 8, 2011: Georgia Holds Three Day Bioterror Decontamination Course (Tifton, Georgia)
9. November 2, 2011: Georgia Men Accused Of Planning Bio-Terror Attack (Cleveland/Toccoa, Georgia)
10. June 24, 2012: 30 People In 2012 Contract Anthrax In Georgia (Georgia)
11. June 27, 2012: Security Lapses Found At CDC Bioterror Lab In Atlanta (Atlanta, Georgia)
12. November 2, 2012: Chemical Bomb Threat At CNN Center (Atlanta, Georgia)
13. December 3, 2012:
School Evacuated And 48 People Hospitalized (Atlanta, Georgia)
14. February 21, 2013: Feds Indict 4 In Georgia Plant Salmonella Outbreak (Blakely, Georgia)

[Does not purport to be a full or complete list of events]

5.3: Georgia Bio-Terror Militia Plot
According to Wikipedia, the Georgia militia bio-terror plot is as follows: In 2011, the FBI arrested four men in the U.S. state of Georgia, who were allegedly plotting to deploy explosives and biological weapons to kill a number of American politicians, media figures, Internal Revenue Service employees, and innocent civilians. The four men were Frederick Thomas, 73, Dan Roberts, 67; Ray H Adams, 65; and Samuel J. Crump, 68. Thomas is from Cleveland, Georgia; the other three men are from Toccoa. They were members of a domestic militia group and believed they had to commit murder in order to “save this country”. According to The Guardian, Crump had planned to make 10 pounds of ricin and spread it in major cities and along Atlanta, Jacksonville, Newark, Washington D.C., and New Orleans highways and bomb federal buildings in Atlanta.They also discussed dispersing ricin from an airplane in the sky over Washington D.C. and possibly attack other targets with explosives. Adams is a former Agriculture Research Service employee, while Crump used to work at the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. According to court documents, Thomas was inspired by the online pro-militia novel “Absolved” by Mike Vanderboegh, which features small bands of U. S. citizens rising up against the federal government. Vanderboegh denied responsibility for inspiring the attack, saying in a blog post “I am as much to blame for the Georgia Geriatric Terrorist Gang as Tom Clancy is for Nine Eleven.”Earlier, Vanderboegh had attracted controversy after urging health care reform opponents to throw bricks through the windows of Democratic Party offices; several such incidents occurred after Vanderboegh made his statement.

5.4: Georgia Terror
Prior to a major terror attack in Georgia, the public must first be psychologically programed that this is in fact possible. Starting in September of 2012, there has been an unprecedented wave of terror related events which have occurred within the state of Georgia. Taken collectively, these events ultimately indicate that Georgia terror is blinking red on every level.

Georgia Terror Timeline:

1. September 30, 2012: Shots Fired In Parking Lot Of BET Awards (Atlanta, Georgia)
2. November 2, 2012: Chemical Bomb Threat At CNN Center (Atlanta, Georgia)
3. November 4, 2012: Police Helicopter Crash Results In 2 Dead: 2 Dead (Atlanta, Georgia)
4. January 21, 2013: Falcons Fan Stabbed In Throat In Parking Lot (Atlanta, Georgia)
5. February 1, 2013: Student Shot And Wounded At Middle School (Atlanta, Georgia)
6. February 21, 2013:
Deadly Plane Crash In Eastern Georgia Kills 5 (Georgia)
7. March 25, 2013: Baby Murdered In Georgia: 2nd Time Mom Loses A Son (Brunswick, Georgia)
8. April 4, 2013: Explosion At Georgia Power Plant (Euharlee, Georgia)

6. Hartsfield–Jackson Atlanta International Airport:

6.1: Hartsfield–Jackson Atlanta International Airport
Known locally as the Atlanta Airport, the Hartsfield–Jackson Atlanta International Airport, is located seven miles south of the central business district of Atlanta, Georgia. It has been the world’s busiest airport by passenger traffic since 1998, and by number of landings and take-offs since 2005. Prior to a major terror attack on the Atlanta Airport, the public must first be psychologically programed that this is in fact possible. Starting shortly after 9/11, the Hartsfield–Jackson Atlanta International Airport has experienced a number of terror related events. These events, combined with the 50 plus major airport terror related threats and events in 2012, have Atlanta Airport terror is blinking red on every level.

Atlanta Airport Terror Timeline:

1. September 26, 2001:
9/11 Hijackers Took Practice Flights At Atlanta Airport (Atlanta, Georgia)
2. December 7, 2004: Woman Indicted For Fake Airport Terror Claim (Atlanta, Georgia)
3. November 1, 2007: Two Arrested At Airport With Hidden Knives, Razor Blades (Atlanta, Georgia)
4. November 17, 2009: AirTran Flight 297 Suggests Terror “Dry Run” (Atlanta Georgia)
5. October 29, 2010: Airport Steps Up Security After Terror Scare (Atlanta, Georgia)
6. December 12, 2012:
Man Arrested At Atlanta Airport On Terror Charges (Atlanta, Georgia)
7. January 4, 2013: Battery-Powered Toothbrush Prompts Airport Security Scare (Atlanta, Georgia)
8. February 21, 2013: Small Jet Crashes After Take-Of Killing 5 (Thomson, Georgia)

[Does not purport to be a full or complete list of events]

6.2: TSA Announces Biggest Loosening of Security Since 9/11
In a blatant U.S. government decision to make acts of air related terror easier to conduct, rules in respect to weapons being allowed on planes have been suddenly changed.  On March 6, 2013, it was reported that that the TSA will be allowing air passengers to bring pocketknives (blades shorter than 2.36 inches), golf clubs and hockey sticks on flights and in the passenger cabin starting on April 25, 2013. According to the report, the policy changes were made to conform to international rules and shorten the amount of time checkpoint officials spend confiscating items.  The TSA only stated that, “This is part of an overall risk-based security approach, which allows transportation security officers to better focus their efforts on finding higher-threat items such as explosives”. The Flight Attendants Union Coalition reacted to the new rules by stating that “these proposed changes will further endanger the lives of all flight attendants and the passengers we work so hard to keep safe and secure” and described the TSA decision as “poor and shortsighted”.

7. Suicide Terror at Sporting Events
:

7.1: NCAA “March Madness” Suicide Bombers?
The first notion that suicide bombers might attack the NCAA Final Four came on March 12, 2006, it was reported that the Men’s NCAA Basketball tournament was threatened in an alleged terrorist internet posting. According to the report, “No specific, credible threat of a terror attack aimed at college basketball arenas or other sports stadiums… FBI and Homeland Security Department distributed an intelligence bulletin describing the online threat against sporting venues…The online message described a potential attack in some detail, calling it an efficient way to kill thousands of people using homicide bombers armed with explosives hidden beneath their winter clothing”.

7.2: Sports Suicide Terror
In the 2012 Hollywood blockbuster entitled “Act of Valor”, suicide bombers target American sports stadiums, a concept which could transpire in reality at the NCAA Final Four. Recent suicide terror attacks against sports-like facilities and events show that Hollywood propaganda is finally materializing in reality. According to a May 13, 2012, report, security has been stepped up at airports worldwide as surgically-doctored terrorists plot suicide attacks with implanted bombs that would be undetectable to airport body scanners. On August 14, 2012, it was reported that Al Qaeda, under the heading “Area of activity: The planet Earth,” is allegedly seeking jihadists to carry out suicide attacks. Aside from a recent rash of unprecedented suicide terror threats and scares, the U.S. government has also been preparing for suicide terror by conducting multiple suicide terror drills in order to prepare local, state and federal officials for suicide terror.

Sports Suicide Terror Timeline:

1. April 4, 2012: 2 Somali Sports Officials Killed In Suicide Blast That Kills 10 (Somalia)
2. January 10, 2013: 81 Dead In Twin Suicide Blasts On Billiards Hall (Quetta, Pakistan)
3. March 13, 2013: Suicide Bomber Kills Buzkashi Sports Fans (Kunduz, Afghanistan)

[Does not purport to be a full or complete list of events]

7.3: Suicide Bomb Components: 35,000 Feet of Copper  
In what appears to be the alleged metal used in upcoming suicide terror attacks, on April 2, 2012, it was reported that thieves have pulled off the largest single copper-wire heist in the state Department of Transportation’s history. According to the report, up to 35,000 feet of copper wire was taken from light poles along a mile-long stretch of Interstate 15 in Salt Lake City, Utah.  Transportation Department spokesman John Gleason stated that the thieves may have dressed as construction workers so they wouldn’t look suspicious.

7.4: American Suicide Terror Blinking Red
Based on recent suicide terror propaganda, recent suicide terror attacks and the recent high-profile cases of suicide terror plots allegedly being thwarted by public officials, suicide terror in America is now blinking red on every level. Although to date America has remained suicide terror free, in 1998, an Israeli suicide bomber plotted to attack the U.S. Capitol although he was not successful due to faulty wiring.

Suicide Terror Timeline:

1. November 2, 1998: Suicide Bomber Attack Thwarted In U.S. House (Washington, D.C.)
2. February 18, 2010:
Man Flies Into U.S. Federal Building In Kamikaze Suicide Attack (Austin, Texas)
3. October 30. 2011:
American Carries Out Somalia Suicide Bombing  (Mogadishu, Somalia)
4. April 4, 2012:
2 Somali Sports Officials Killed In Suicide Blast That Kills 10 (Mogadishu, Somalia)
5. May 19, 2012: Man Straps Explosives To Body, Storms Ex’s House (Kamloops, British Columbia)
6. July 19, 2012:
Suicide Bomber Killed 8 On Bus With Israeli Tourists (Birgas, Bulgaria)
7. September 6, 2012:
Woman Forced To Wear Explosives In Bank Robbery (Los Angeles, California)
8. September 12, 2012:
Somali Pres. And Kenyan FM Escape Suicide Bomber (Mogadishu, Somalia)
9. September 23, 2012: Suicide Bomb Kills 2 At Nigerian Church (Bauchi, Nigeria)
10. September 26, 2012:
Wires, Gadgets Causes Suicide Terror Scare At Mall (Lawrenceville, Georgia)
11. October 1, 2012:
Halloween Costume Causes Suicide Terror Scare (San Mateo, California)
12. October 4, 2012: Suicide Bomber Kills 14 Afghanis And 3 U.S. Troops (Khost, Afghanistan)
13. October 17, 2012:
Suicide Bomber Attacks Near US-Afghan Military Base (Zurmat, Afghanistan)
14. October 26, 2012: Suicide Bomber Attacks Muslim Mosque (Faryab, Afghanistan)
15. October 29, 2012: Suicide Bomber Kills 7 In Nigerian Church (Kaduna, Nigeria)
16. November 3, 2012:
Suicide Bomber Kills Anti-Taliban Militia Head And 5 Others (Buhner, Pakistan)
17. November 10, 2012:
Twin Suicide Bombings Kill At Least 20 Syrian Troops (Daraa, Syria)
18. November 16, 2012: Man Arrested With Suicide Bomb Materials At Airport (Oakland, California)
19. November 19, 2012:
Female Bomber Attacks Major Pakistani Politician (Mohmand, Pakistan)
20. November 21, 2012: Kabul Suicide Bomb Kills Two Near NATO Base (Kabul, Afghanistan)
21. November 22, 2012: Taliban Suicide Attack Kills 23 In Pakistan (Rawalpindi, Pakistan)
22. November 23, 2012: Suicide Bomber Kills 3, Wounds More Than 90 (Wardak, Afghanistan)
23. November 29, 2012: Suicide Bomber Wounds Pakistani Militant Commander (Wana, Pakistan)
24. December 2. 2012: Taliban Suicide Bombers Attack US-Afghan Base (Jalalabad, Afghanistan)
25. December 2, 2012:
Suicide Bombings At U.S.-Afghan Military Base Kills 5 (Jalalabad, Afghanistan)
26. December 22, 2012:
Twin Suicide Bombings Target 2 Major Telecoms Facilities (Kano, Nigeria)
27. December 23, 2012
: Pakistani Official Targeted, Killed In Suicide Blast (Peshawar, Pakistan)
28. January 7, 2013: Suicide Bombers Kills 5 At Meeting Of Tribal Elders (Spin Boldak, Afghanistan)
29. January 10, 2013: 81 Dead In Twin Suicide Blasts On Billiards Hall (Quetta, Pakistan)
30. January 16, 2013: Suicide Car Bomb Strikes Kurdish Party Office Killing 4 (Kirkuk, Iraq)
31. January 16, 2013: Suicide Bomber Attacks In Afghan Capital (Kabul, Afghanistan)
32. January 16, 2013: Suicide Bomber Kills Iraqi Lawmaker (Falluja, Iraq)
33. January 18, 2913: At Least 12 Dead In Twin Suicide Blasts (Damascus, Syria)
34. January 26, 2013: Suicide Bomber Kills 10 Afghani Military Officers (Kunduz, Afghanistan)
35. January 29, 2013: Suicide Bomber Attacks Office Of Somali Prime Minister (Mogadishu, Somalia)
36. February 1, 2013:
Suicide Bomber Attacks U.S. Embassy, Kills Guard (Ankara, Turkey)
37. February 1, 2013:
Deadly Suicide Blast At Market Kills 23 (Hangu, Pakistan)
38. February 3, 2013:
Suicide Car Bomb Targeting Police Kills At Least 15 (Kirkuk, Iraq)
39. February 4, 2013:
23 Killed, Dozens Wounded In Suicide Bombing (Taji, Iraq)
40. February 8, 2013:
Suicide Bomber Blows Himself Up Near Mali Soldiers (Gao, Mali)
41. February 9, 2013:
Mali Army Arrests 2 Men Wearing Suicide Belts (Gao, Mail)
42. February 11, 2013: Suicide Bomber Attacks Somali Police Commander (Somalia)
43. February 17, 2013: Suicide Bomber Attack On Market Kills 83 (Hazara, Pakistan)
44. February 21, 2013: 2 Suicide Bombings Kill At Least 3 (Maiduguri, Nigeria)
45. March 1, 2013: Suicide Bomber Attacks Seaside Restaurant, 2nd Such Attack (Mogadishu, Somalia)
46. March 9, 2013: Suicide Blast Near Afghan Defense Ministry Kills 9 (Kabul, Afghanistan)
47. March 11, 2013: Suicide Attacks On Police Station Reportedly Kill 11 (Dibis, Iraq)
48. March 12, 2013: Suicide Bomber Targeting Police Kills 2 People (Bannu, Pakistan)
49. March 13, 2013:
Suicide Bomber Kills Buzkashi Sports Fans (Kunduz, Afghanistan)
50. March 18, 2013: 10 Killed In Suicide Car Bombing In Mogadishu (Mogadishu, Somalia)
51. March 21, 2013: Suicide Attack On Damascus Mosque Kills 42 (Damascus, Syria)
52. March 21, 2013: Mali Suicide Bombing Leaves 2 Dead (Timbuktu, Mali)
53. March 22, 2013: Suicide Bombing Kills 3 Near U.S. Embassy (Kabul, Afghanistan)
54. March 26, 2013: Taliban Suicide Bombers Kill Five Afghan Police (Kabul, Afghanistan)
55. March 29, 2013: Suicide Bomber Attacks Mosque Kills 3 And Wounds 70 (Kirkuk, Iraq)
56. March 29, 2013: Suicide Attack On Security Convoy Kills 6, Including 2 Women (Peshawar, Pakistan)
57. April 6, 2013: Suicide Bomber Kills 20 At Political Lunch (Baqouba, Iraq)

[Does not purport to be a full or complete list of events]

8. Homegrown Terror Plots & Patsies:

8.1: Domestic Terror Threat Imminent
On March 18, 2013, it was reported that the Southern Poverty Law Center (SPLC) had advised the U.S. government that there is an imminent “domestic terror threat” posed by political conservatives, patriots and conspiracy theorists. The March 5, 2012, SPLC letter to the U.S. Departments of Justice and DHS, refers to its 2013 report entitled “The Year in Hate and Extremism” in which it allegedly found an almost 1000% upsurge in “militias and radical antigovernment groups … from 149 in 2008 to 1,360 in 2012.” In October 1994, the SPLC’s “KlanWatch” program issued a similar warning to the federal government on the purported threat of militias. Six months later on April 19, 1995, the Murrah Federal Building in Oklahoma City was bombed by the ATF and FBI.

8.2: American Militia & Islamic Terror Connection
Unlike the Oklahoma City terror attack, the next major domestic terror attack in the U.S. will likely link white militia members with Islamic extremists in an alliance against the U.S. government. This will be done in order to demonize gun loving patriotic Americans at home and justify further wars abroad in the Middle East. The recent arrests of various homegrown American terrorists just prior to a major domestic terror attack indicate that this is the working terror narrative.

8.3: Florida Terror Suspects Charged in WMD Conspiracy
On November 30, 2012, it was reported that two Pakistani men from Fort Lauderdale, Florida, have been charged with providing support to terrorists and plotting to use mass destruction weapons within the U.S. According to the report, federal prosecutors identified the men Friday as two brothers: 30-year-old Sheheryar Alam Qazi and 20-year-old Raees Alam Qazi. Both are naturalized U.S. citizens originally from Pakistan. A grand jury indictment claims the two provided money, lodging, communications and other support for a conspiracy to obtain a weapon of mass destruction.

8.4: Gulf Coast-Somali Terror Connection
On December 23, 2012, it was reported that two Alabama men have been arrested and charged with planning to wage violent jihad in Africa. According to the report, federal prosecutors portrayed Randy Wilson as an Islamic radical who wanted to reunite with Omar Hammami, an American who also grew up in Alabama but has since become one of the most well-known jihadists in Somalia. Wilson and another American who lived in Alabama for the last year, Mohammad Abdul Rahman Abukhdair, are accused of plotting to leave the country to join Islamic radicals fighting in North Africa. According to an FBI statement, the Alabama men “discussed their joy that Omar Hammami is now on the FBI `Most Wanted Terrorists’ list, and were excited that he is now even more famous”.

8.5: New York Terror Suspects Charged with Explosives
On December 31, 2012, it was reported that a New Yorkers Morgan Gliedman, the daughter of a prominent New York City physician, and Aaron Greene were arrested on weapons-possession charges after officers with a search warrant discovered a plastic container with 7 grams of HMTD, a highly explosive white powder used in bomb making, as well as papers entitled “The Terrorist Encyclopedia, a sawed-off shotgun, other explosive devices, and a commercial replica of a grenade launcher and ammunition.

9. Militia Terror Scapegoats:

9.1: Militia Terror Scapegoats
The Atlanta Bio-Terror Plot exposed herein will most likely be executed and ultimately blamed on American “militia” personal. Potential suspects include but are not limited to the Hutaree militia group from the state of Michigan, other unknown members of the militia implicated in the Georgia Bio-Terror Plot, or unknown members of the militia group known as  “F.E.A.R.” (Forever Enduring Always Ready) who allegedly consist of U.S. Army soldiers from the state of Georgia who previously plotted to assassinate U.S. President Barack Obama and overthrow the U.S. government. Regardless of the militia scapegoated for future acts of domestic terror, it is almost certain that its members will include white men who have formerly served in the U.S. military or worked for the U.S. government in some capacity.

9.2: The “F.E.A.R.” Militia
On August 27, 2012, it was reported that U.S. Army soldiers had formed a militia group in Georgia and had plotted to assassinate U.S. President Barack Obama and overthrow the U.S. government. The militia group in question was likely slated to be indicted for the 2012 DNC Terror Plot. According to the report, the militia group planned to overtake nearby Fort Stewart, bomb a dam in Washington State, poison the state’s apple crop and ultimately overthrow the government. The militia group allegedly consisted of former and active-duty U.S. service members who spent $87,000 on guns and bomb components. The reported name of the militia was “F.E.A.R.” (Forever Enduring Always Ready), and it was openly labeled a “domestic terrorist organization” by the state prosecutor. If the “F.E.A.R.” militia group is not implicated in the bio-terror plot, a similar group with alleged military and/or militia ties will be.

9.3: Georgia Bio-Terror Militia
According to Wikipedia, the Georgia militia bio-terror plot is as follows: In 2011, the FBI arrested four men in the U.S. state of Georgia, who were allegedly plotting to deploy explosives and biological weapons to kill a number of American politicians, media figures, Internal Revenue Service employees, and innocent civilians. The four men were Frederick Thomas, 73, Dan Roberts, 67; Ray H Adams, 65; and Samuel J. Crump, 68. Thomas is from Cleveland, Georgia; the other three men are from Toccoa. They were members of a domestic militia group and believed they had to commit murder in order to “save this country”. According to The Guardian, Crump had planned to make 10 pounds of ricin and spread it in major cities and along Atlanta, Jacksonville, Newark, Washington D.C., and New Orleans highways and bomb federal buildings in Atlanta.They also discussed dispersing ricin from an airplane in the sky over Washington D.C. and possibly attack other targets with explosives. Adams is a former Agriculture Research Service employee, while Crump used to work at the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. According to court documents, Thomas was inspired by the online pro-militia novel “Absolved” by Mike Vanderboegh, which features small bands of U. S. citizens rising up against the federal government. Vanderboegh denied responsibility for inspiring the attack, saying in a blog post “I am as much to blame for the Georgia Geriatric Terrorist Gang as Tom Clancy is for Nine Eleven.”Earlier, Vanderboegh had attracted controversy after urging health care reform opponents to throw bricks through the windows of Democratic Party offices; several such incidents occurred after Vanderboegh made his statement.

9.4: The Hutaree Militia
According to Wikipedia, the Hutaree is a militia movement group adhering to the ideology of the Christian Patriot movement, based near Adrian, Michigan, in the United States. The group was formed in early 2006. The name “Hutaree” appears to be a neologism; the group’s web site says that it means “Christian warriors”. The group became widely known in 2010 after the FBI prosecuted them in federal court for an alleged plan for violent revolt. The prosecution said this was to have involved killing a police officer and attacking the funeral with bombs. On March 27, 2012, a federal judge acquitted seven Hutaree defendants of the most serious charges related to conspiracy and sedition; they were free to go. David Stone Sr. and Joshua Stone continued to be held on weapons-related charges. On August 8, 2012, David Stone Sr., Joshua Stone and Joshua Clough were sentenced to time served on weapons-related charges, to which they pleaded guilty, and placed under supervision for two years. After the acquittal of seven Hutaree members, property seized during a March 2010 raid was returned to the owners. Seized items that had been returned included hundreds of thousands of rounds of ammunition, numerous weapons and other material, but several items including illegal weapons taken as evidence had been destroyed by the Justice Department rather than returned to the acquitted Hutaree members.

9.5: “Civil War” Looms In Michigan
On December 12, 2012, it was reported that Teamsters President Jim Hoffa predicted a “civil war” in Michigan. Although Hoffa was allegedly talking about “right-to-work” policies, he stated that, “We’re going to have a civil war in this state.” Hoffa, likely a paid government shill, is dropping key verbiage that may imply that some sort of a domestic “civil war” may be started by the Hutaree militia members in the near future. Coincidentally, Michigan State University is in the 2013 NCAA Final Four.

10. The American “Civil War”:

10.1: Zionist Operatives in America
The goal of Alex Jones and his Zionist handlers is to get America to destroy herself the same way that Russia was destroyed under Stalin. This is done by dividing and then collapse society upon itself by baiting the gun-owning public into a violent revolution against their own police and military while the real terrorists sit off-shore and pull the strings. In the aftermath of state-sponsored militia deemed bio-terror attack against the American people, Jones will likely attempt bait his radio audience of over 3 million gun-owning Americans into taking up arms against the U.S. government.

10.2: U.N. Gun Ban
In order to publicly demonize Americans on a global scale just prior to a militia based terror attacks, it was reported on April 2, 2013, that the United Nations General Assembly approved the first U.N. treaty regulating international arms trade. According to the report, the National Rifle Association (NRA) has portrayed the draft treaty as a threat to gun ownership rights enshrined in the U.S. Constitution, making Americans even more insecure about their guns and their government, Coincidentally, the next day on April 3, 2013, a 40-story high-rise in Grozny City, Chechnya, was fully engulfed in fire, an ominous sign considering the building failed to collapse like the Twin Towers on 9/11. Like the 9/11 attacks, the coming bio-terror attacks will be instantly labeled an “Inside Job” and therefore there is little doubt that this tower will be used as a rallying war cry by Zionist operatives like Jones to foment a violent and bloody revolution in the after-math of the Atlanta Bio-Terror Plot.

10.3: The Anti-Gun Campaign Is ON!
On March 23, 2013, it was reported that New York Mayor and Zionist Michael Bloomberg had funded a new $12 million television ad campaign for  Mayors Against Illegal Guns aimed at pushing Senators in key states to back gun control efforts, including comprehensive background checks. The new ads will air in Arkansas, Arizona, Georgia, Indiana, Iowa, Louisiana, Maine, New Hampshire, Nevada, North Carolina, North Dakota, Ohio and Pennsylvania. Two days later on March 25, 2013, it was reported that the actor Jim Carrey had released a viral video and Twitter rant mocking former the NRA spokesman Charlton Heston. Gun demonization is in full swing; all that is missing is the impending “Gun Confiscation False-Flag”.

10.4: Feds Allegedly Buy 2 Billion Rounds of Ammunition
Recent fear-mongering propaganda has been disseminated stating that “Federal non-military agencies have bought two billion rounds of ammunition in the last 10 months”. This type of rhetoric is intended to make gun owning Americans feel insecure and frightened that they will be attacked by their own government. If this report where in fact true, the government would publically release this information unless they were trying to get a reaction from its citizens. After all, the government has unlimited bullets and has always had more than enough bullets, rifles, tanks, planes, bombs and drones to quell any political uprising or revolution.

10.5: Obama Portrayed as Satan
On March 18, 2013, it was reported that the History Channel, a media outlet owned by Zionist Ruper Murdoch, had released a Biblical television series in which the character of Satan looked suspiciously like President Barack Obama. According to the report, “Social networks went into meltdown as thousands of the 13.1 million audience pointed out the eerie similarity between Obama and actor Mohamen Mehdi Ouazanni”. Right wing media was quick to parrot the blatant similarity as radio-host Glenn Beck tweeted: “Anyone else think the Devil in #TheBible Sunday on History Channel looks exactly like That Guy?”. The Zionist establishment is doing everything in their power to demonize Obama prior to a major domestic terror attack in a calculated attempt to bait American gun-owners into a violent revolution against their own government.

10.6: Don’t Take the Obama Bait!
In order for Americans to take the bait of starting the what they think will be a second American Revolution, Obama must look evil, weak, illegitimate, corrupt and worthy of removal. The Sandy Hook Hoax was the pre-bait if you will. It was way too sloppy and an obvious act of state sponsored terror. In the aftermath of a bio-terror attack, paid government operatives moonlighting as independent media personalities such as Alex Jones, Glen Beck, Michael Savage, Matt Drudge, and countless other, will immediately blame the government post-terror attack in a desperate attempt to initiate violence between American gun owners and the U.S. military.

About the Author
David Chase Taylor, the editor-in-chief of Truther.org, is an American journalist living in Zürich, Switzerland, where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with stopping a false-flag/state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon America. Taylor has also released The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the coming global bio-terror pandemic. Taylor has also been credited with exposing the 2012 DNC Terror Plot, the “Twilight” Premier Terror Plot, and the Alex Jones links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to prevent terror attacks by drawing unwanted global attention to these terror plots prior to their fruition. Terror related assertions, forecasts and predictions made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility they could theoretically happen based on the cumulative terror related data. Historically, once a major false-flag terror plot is exposed (see: Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot), the terror plot is immediately canceled or postponed. State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the true perpetrators of terror. By first identifying and then connecting the dots of the terror related paper trail, Truther.org has successfully blown the whistle on numerous terror related plots. Please spread the word in helping make terrorism a thing of the past. Namaste.

Operation Northwoods 2.0

Please Download & Forward PDF

David Chase Taylor
April 4, 2013
Truther.org

Based on breaking news and events, it appears that U.S. President Barak Obama, at the behest of his Zionist puppeteers, has authorized Operation Northwoods 2.0, a redux of the 1962 state-sponsored terror plot which was approved but never executed by the Joint Chiefs of Staff within U.S. Department of Defense.

Declassified on November 18, 1997, the false-flag terror operation called for a major terror attack against the U.S. Naval Base at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, along with subsequent terror attacks on American citizens in cities from Miami, Florida, to Washington D.C. These unprovoked terror attacks were scheduled to consist of military boats being targeted and sunk, mass shootings and bombings, as well and civilian and military planes being hijacked and crashed in a calculated attempt to generate support for offensive U.S. military operations.

In the 2013 version of Operation Northwoods, it appears that a concoction of alleged Islamic “terrorists” potentially including  but not limited to Al Qaeda, Al Shabaab, Boko Haram, the Free Syrian Army (Rebels), Joseph Kony, Libyan Rebels, the Lord’s Resistance Army, and Somali Pirates will most likely hijack a ship or flotilla and/or airplanes and make their way across the Atlantic Ocean from the Africa and the Middle East to conduct a heroic attack the U.S. Naval Base at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, in order to create the mother of all prison breaks and free their Islamic brothers who make up a majority of the roughly 170 “GITMO” terror detainees held at Camp Delta.

Although U.S. military ships and planes may be hijacked from Guantanamo Bay and used to make the 90 mile trip to Miami, Florida, it is most likely that helicopters will be used post-Guantanamo attack in order to quickly escape to the mainland of the United States prior to the news of the attack being received and adequately responded to by U.S. military personal in Florida and other Gulf Coast states. Once on American soil, it is highly likely that these “terrorists” will target then target the city of Miami, just as the original Operation Northwoods terror plot planned to do. Potential terror targets include but are not limited to attacks against buildings, passengers and planes at Miami International Airport, beachgoers at South Beach, United Airlines Arena, home to the Miami Heat, Marlins Park, home of the Miami Marlins, and students and faculty at the University of Miami.

As America collectively reels from the shock of the Miami terror attacks, the “terrorists” will then spread throughout America like a plague conducting further acts of terror most likely consisting of 9/11 style aerial attacks and suicide bombings against U.S. airports, bio-labs, churches, courthouses, dams, hospitals, landmarks, malls, nuclear reactors, ports, oil and gas facilities, power plants, schools, sporting events, universities and other soft targets. These acts of terror would ultimately allow U.S. President Barack Obama to institute martial law throughout America and construct terror checkpoints to search for the Islamic “terrorists”. This power grab by Obama would then serve as the cover by which the U.S. government would violently confiscate firearms and round-up alleged American “terrorists” all in the name of keeping America safe.

This Truther.org terror warning is substantiated by the cumulative terror related data and corroborated by numerous U.S. and U.K. terror warnings in respect to Africa, as well as breaking news in respect to the Guantanamo terror detainees, recent ship hijacks by  Somali Pirates, numerous U.S. military base attacks, numerous courthouse attacks, numerous prison riots and prison breaks (a number of them orchestrated by Islamic terrorists), numerous medical, police and military helicopter attacks and crashes, numerous airplane threats, scares and crashes, as well as a host of terror related incidents in respect to airports. Taken collectively, these reports indicatively show that America is being systematically programmed and psychologically prepped for a new storm of Islamic terror attacks spawned by the shocking escape of all of the world’s most wanted terrorists. This terror narrative is of course laughable as it is well known that the Israeli Mossad was behind the 9/11 attacks as well as many others.

The following chapters attempt to expose this complex and intricate false-flag terror plot in a chronological order of how events would likely transpire on the ground in real time.

ENCLOSED CHAPTERS:

1. Africa Terror Warnings
2. Guantanamo Bay Terror
3. Somali Pirate & Al Shabaab Terror
4. U.S. Military Base Terror
5. U.S. Courthouse Terror
6. U.S. Prison Terror
7. Helicopter Hijack & Escape to Miami
8. #1 Terror Target: Miami, Florida
9. U.S. Airport Terror
10. U.S. Airplane Terror

An “Inside Job”
If and when a Guantanamo prison break occurs, it will most likely happen due to alleged “inside help” from U.S. military personal on the base. This scenario will allow the U.S. government to blame military personal in the aftermath of the attack and ultimately quell any internal resistance that may arise in the wake of the prison break and subsequent terror attacks. Once these terrorists set the GITMO terrorists free, they will most likely seize a number of select U.S. military personal that will “help” them gain access to certain computers, equipment, vehicles and aircraft. By instructing the “terrorists” to retain U.S. military hostages, the real terrorists in Washington D.C. and Jerusalem with be able to a) keep command and control over the terror operation, b) blur the line between who the good and bad guys really are, and c) make it plainly obvious to people in the know that this is a blatant act of state-sponsored terror.

Operation Northwoods Created to Incite Violent Revolution
Although Operation Northwoods theoretically existed on paper; the terror operation was likely created with the sole purpose of creating a psychological marker to incite a violent revolution sometime in the future when a copy-cat like false-flag terror operation is conducted by the U.S. government. On April 2, 2013, alleged STRATFOR operative Alex Jones stated as much on his radio program when he stated that, “Everybody knows about Operation Northwoods”. Jones is indeed correct; the American public is very aware of this false-flag terror plot and therefore it appears that it has been hand-selected by the Zionist establishment to bait American gun-owners into a violent revolution against their own government.

Zionist Operatives in America
The goal of Alex Jones and his Zionist handlers is to get America to destroy herself the same way that Russia was destroyed under Stalin. This is done by dividing and then collapse society upon itself by baiting the gun-owning public into a violent revolution against their own police and military while the real terrorists sit off-shore and pull the strings. In the aftermath of a bloody wave of state-sponsored terror attacks against the American people, Jones will likely attempt bait his radio audience of over 3 million gun-owning Americans into taking up arms against the U.S. government.

Dictator Obama

Operation Northwoods 2.0 will likely be a valiant political attempt to resurrect Obama to dictator status. This will be accomplished by a) first garnering unprecedented domestic support in the wake of the attacks, b) creating unprecedented race related division over the suspicious nature of having an African-American president “allow for” African terrorists to kill American citizens, and c), death on the scale of Nazi Germany as gun-owning Americans and patriots will be rounded up and sent to FEMA camps for extermination. As planned, most Americans won’t stand for this and therefore a “civil war” between gun-owners and those loyal to Obama and the U.S. government will ensue.

U.N. Gun Ban
In order to publicly demonize Americans on a global scale just prior to the Guantanamo terror attacks, it was reported on April 2, 2013, that the United Nations General Assembly approved the first U.N. treaty regulating international arms trade. According to the report, the National Rifle Association (NRA) has portrayed the draft treaty as a threat to gun ownership rights enshrined in the U.S. Constitution, making Americans even more insecure about their guns and their government, Coincidentally, the next day on April 3, 2013, a 40-story high-rise in Grozny City, Chechnya, was fully engulfed in fire, an ominous sign considering the building failed to collapse like the Twin Towers on 9/11. Like the 9/11 attacks, the Guantanamo terror attacks will be instantly labeled an “Inside Job” and therefore there is little doubt that this tower will be used as a rallying war cry by Zionist operatives like Jones to foment a violent and bloody revolution in the after-math of the new Operation Northwoods.

1. Africa Terror Warnings
:

1.1: U.S. & U.K. Terror Warnings
On January 27, 2013, it was reported that British diplomats stated that citizens should immediately leave the Somaliland region of Somalia because of a specific threat to Westerners. According to the report, the Britain’s Foreign Office did not go into any further detail about the nature of the threat but noted that “kidnapping for financial or political gain, motivated by criminality or terrorism” is an issue throughout the Somalia. Roughly 3 weeks later on February 20, 2013, it was reported that the United States had issued a worldwide travel alert to its citizens that terrorist outfits like al-Qaida, the Taliban and Lashkar-e-Taiba might harm them. According to a State Department release, “U.S. citizens are reminded to maintain a high level of vigilance and to take appropriate steps to increase their security awareness”.

1.2: Chief of U.S. Africa Command Warns Of Islamic Terror Collaboration
On March 15, 2013, it was reported that the chief of the U.S. Africa Command has warned that threats from Islamic extremists in Africa are increasing and if unchecked could pose a greater danger to American interests and allies. According to the report, Army General Carter Ham stated that threats in Africa do not match al-Qaida or the Taliban in Afghanistan, “but the trend is not good”. General Ham then cited the growing collaboration between the Nigerian-based radical sect Boko Haram and al-Qaida in the Islamic Maghreb (AQIM), which bases its operations in Mali. The general said AQIM is the wealthiest affiliate of al-Qaida, due in part to ransom from kidnappings and the drug trade, and the group has been financing Boko Haram.

1.3: Terrorists Now Working Together
Chief of U.S. Africa Command’s Islamic terror collaboration concern was echoed on April 2, 2013, when it was reported that Iraqi intelligence has stated that Syrian and Iraqi Islamic extremist groups were ramping up cooperation in terrorist attacks throughout the Middle East. Also on April, 2, 2013, it was reported that a radical Islamic group operating in northern Mali had released a report enumerating their attacks since the start of a three-month-old, French-led military offensive. According to the report, the transcript of Movement for Oneness and Jihad in West Africa, or MUJAO, claims credit for nine operations around the northern Malian city of Gao, including suicide bombings. For nearly 10 months, Gao was ruled by MUJAO, an offshoot of al-Qaida’s chapter in Africa. In an apparent move to bring political attention to the new African terror connection, it was reported on On April 2, 2013, that U.S. Senators John McCain and Sheldon Whitehouse had arrived in Bamako, Mali, for meetings with the country’s leaders.

1.4: Islamic Prison Breaks
A potential preview of how a Guantanamo Bay prison break scenario would commence has already occurred 5 times in 3 different countries in 2012 alone. In each reported case, Islamic “terrorists” or “rebels” have attack a prison killing the guards and breaking out prisoners. On September 28, 2012, it was reported that an Al Qaeda prison break left 12 dead and allowed 81 inmates to escape in Tikrit, Iraq. A few weeks later on October 15, 2012, a Libyan prison break allegedly conducted by Syrian Revels resulted in 120 prisoners escaping from a prison in Tripoli, Libya. Roughly five months later on March 3, 2013, Syrian Rebels attack a prison and reportedly freed “hundreds” of inmates from a prison in Raqa, Syria. 11 days late on March 14, 2013, it was reported that a prison break in Nigeria conducted by terrorists had resulted in 25 dead and 120 to escape from a prison in Ganye, Nigeria. A few days later on March 26, 2013, it was reported that another prison break in Libya left 1 dead and allowed for 50 inmates to escape from a prison in Sabha, Libya.

2. Guantanamo Bay Terror:

2.1: Breaking GITMO News
Breaking news and events in respect to the Guantanamo Naval Air Force Base and the terror detainees held there is quite shocking and may potentially foreshadow future terror events on the military base. Guantanamo Bay prison violence, emergency helicopter landings, protests, terror attacks, terror trials and the much hyped relocating of GITMO terror detainees to American shores all indicates that Guantanamo Bay related terror is blinking red on every level.

2.2: Guantanamo Bay Prison Violence
If an when the GITMO terror detainees are sprung from prison, there will be a massive and bloody battle likely resulting in the death of many Americans. In an ominous sign of the coming battle, on March 6, 2013, it was reported that a spokesman for the Guantanamo Bay prison stated that guards used what he called “non-lethal force” to quell a disturbance in a recreation yard. According to the report, a lawyer reported that a prison guard had fired a shot at a prisoner, possibly using some type of non-lethal projectile such as a rubber bullet.

2.3: GITMO Chopper Makes “Emergency” Landing Miami Airport
In what appears to be obvious foreshadowing as to how the “terrorists” will make the 90 mile journey to Florida after the initial attack, on March 15, 2013, it was reported that a flight headed from Guantanamo Naval Air force Base to Andrews Air Force Base made an emergency landing at Miami International Airport after a light indicator came on. According to the report, Miami Airport spokesman Marc Henderson stated that the flight landed safely with 144 on board, mostly U.S. soldiers.

2.4: “Gitmo Created More Terrorists than We Could’ve Ever Imagined”
If and when the GITMO terror detainees are sprung from prison, the prophetic words of a U.S. military shill will come to fruition. On March 18, 2013, it was reported that Brandon Neeley, a U.S. Army Veteran and former guard at Guantanamo Bay, had spoken out about abuses he witnessed at the prison. According to the report, Neeley went in to detail about violent incidents and stated that the Geneva Convention was not held in effect and that detainees weren’t allowed to walk around in their cells or cages and they even weren’t allowed to pray. When asked where the detainees would go if they were released, Neely replied “They wanted to be sent to other countries like Somalia”. Neely further stated that, “I really believe Guantanamo has created more true terrorists around the world then we’ve gotten rid”.

2.5: Ex-GITMO Terror Attacks

Just as the 9/11 Terror Trial is allegedly about kick-off, reports are beginning to surface that ex-Gitmo detainees are complicit in recent terror attacks giving further credence to the theory that the Guantanamo military base is place where Muslims are radicalized, brainwashed and ultimately sent out into the world to commit acts of terror. On July 19, 2012, it was reported by Bulgarian media that Mehdi Ghezali, an ex-Gitmo jihadist, was responsible for blowing up a bus with Israeli tourists.  Two months later on September 20, 2012, it was reported that the September 11, 2012, attack on the U.S. Consulate in Benghazi, Libya, was directly tied to Al Qaeda and a former Guantanamo detainee. A months later on October 27, 2012, it was reported that Al Qaeda had called on Muslims to kidnap Westerners with the purpose of trading victims for Islamic jihadist prisoners.

2.6: Gitmo Terror Detainees In America A Viable Option
Despite numerous terror attacks conducted by ex-GITMO terror detainees, Zionist operatives within the U.S. government are making a public spectacle about moving the GITMO terror detainees to American soil in an attempt to terrorize Americans as well as psychologically program the public that these terrorists will be coming to America very soon. On November 28, 2012, it was reported that U.S. Senator Dianne Feinstein, Democratic chairwoman of the Senate Intelligence committee, had commissioned a federal report to identify prison facilities in the U.S. that are a suitable and viable option for housing Guantanamo detainees in the U.S. The report cited an investigation into whether domestic facilities could house the approximately 170 detainees remaining at the controversial facility in Guantanamo Bay, Cuba. Feinstein stated that, “This report demonstrates that if the political will exists, we could finally close Guantanamo without imperiling our national security”. Republican Rep. Frank Wolf of Virginia, who heads the subcommittee on appropriations overseeing the Justice Department, stated that it “could be the first step in transferring the world’s most dangerous terrorists from Guantanamo Bay to the U.S.”.

2.7: Ex-Gitmo Detainee Releases
Complementing the impending 9/11 Terror Trial is the sudden and inexplicable release of at least 57 Guantanamo terror detainees which consist of former al-Qaida cook Ibrahim al-Qosi who supported terrorism by providing logistical support to al-Qaida, Shaker Aamer, the last British resident held at Guantanamo, and Omar Khadr who was convicted of killing Sergeant First Class (SFC) Christopher Speer. Another suspicious development is the upcoming transfer of Guantanamo terror detainees to the Thomson Correctional Center, a state prison 150 miles west of Chicago, Illinois. It is also not unlikely that these ex-GITMO terror detainees will be fingered post-GITMO attack for providing inside information or tactical help which eventually lead to the successful prison break.

2.8: GITMO 9/11 Terror Trial?
Any day now, the world should be subjected to a spectacular show trial when the 9/11 Terror Trial kicks off in Guantanamo, Cuba. Despite the fact that the Israeli Mossad executed the 9/11 attacks, these alleged Islamic terrorists will be tried and likely convicted in a television show trial which should be something of a hybrid between the Nuremberg Trial and the O.J. Simpson trial. Curiously, just prior to the start of the 9/11 Terror Trial, the U.S. Navy stated that it will “clean up offices at the Guantanamo Bay” to take care of offices which are “dangerously contaminated with rat droppings and mold”. This had led to fears that the Navy could conveniently leave behind explosives and/or weapons to aid the terrorists and GITMO terror detainees in their daring prison escape from Guantanamo Bay.

2.9: Media Hypes GITMO Anniversary Protest
In an attempt to draw international attention to Guantanamo Bay prior to a terror related prison break, the global media has hyped-up a very small protest that was likely staged for that exact purpose. On January 11, 2013, it was reported that dozens of activists staged a protest outside the U.S. Embassy in London to mark 11 years since the opening of the U.S. prison camp at Guantanamo. According to the report, about 50 protesters, some wearing orange jumpsuits and masks of President Barack Obama or a dark sack around their heads, turned out for the peaceful demonstration in central London.

2.10: Cuban Mass Migration Drill
In a possible attempt to sell the public on the authenticity of a Guantanamo terror attack and prison break, it appears that the U.S. government has been suspiciously drilling a staged made-for-TV event. On February 10, 2013, it was reported that the U.S. Army and U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS) ran a week long drill off the coast of the Guantanamo Bay U.S. Naval Base which simulated wave of Caribbean migrants sailing to America brought on by political upheaval or natural disaster in the region. According to the report, “…participants would not disclose the script they will [were] working from”.  A similar migration drill in 2007 was held in Miami, Florida which featured a mass exodus of Cubans fleeing violence as a “mystery virus” spread among the refugee camps. The drill appears to be part of a terror script in which alleged Cubans will flee to Florida in rafts in order to escape the terror attacks at Guantanamo Bay.

GITMO News Timeline:

1. July 11, 2012: Ex-Guantanamo Terror Prisoner Returns Home To Africa
2. July 19, 2012: Bulgarian Suicide Bomber Allegedly An Ex-Guantanamo Jihadist
3. September 20, 2012: Al Qaeda, Ex-Gitmo Detainee Involved In U.S: Consulate Attack
4. September 23, 2012: U.S. Names 55 Cleared Guantanamo Terror Prisoners
5. September 29, 2012: Ex-GITMO Terrorist Who Killed U.S. Military Sergeant Is Freed To Canada
6. October 2, 2012: Lawmakers Open To GITMO Transfer With Illinois Prison Buy
7. October 8, 2012:
Officials Say U.S. And Taliban Talks Collapse Over Guantánamo Deal
8. October 14, 2012:
9/11 Trial Censorship In Guantanamo Terror Cases Under Scrutiny
9. October 16, 2012:
GITMO Prisoner’s Opinion Of Miami Hear Star James Treated As Top Secret
10. October 18, 2012: U.S. Navy To Clean GITMO Offices Contaminated With Rat Droppings And Mold
11. October 25, 2012: WikiLeaks Publishes Guantanamo Terror Detainee Manuals
12. November 1, 2012: Lawyers Of  9/11 Terrorists Ask U.S. Defense Secretary To Televise GITMO Trial
13. January 11, 2013: Protest Marks 11 Years Since Establishment Of Guantanamo Bay Prison
14. February 15, 2013: Flight From GITMO Makes Emergency Landing At Miami Airport
15. March 6, 2013: U.S. Says ‘Non-Lethal Force’ Used In GITMO Prison Altercation
16. March 18, 2013: U.S. Veteran Says GITMO “Created More Terrorists” Than We Could Ever Imagine
(Does not purport to be a full or complete list of events)

3. Somali Pirates & Al Shabaab Terror
:

3.1: Pirate Terror Blinking Red
If and when terrorists make their way to American shores, it will most likely occur when a ship or ships are hijacked in the Atlantic Ocean by pirates who are members of the Somali terrorist group known as Al Shabaab. A recent epidemic of boat and ship accidents, disasters and scares, escalating acts of piracy and multiple reports of vanishing ships have pirate terror blinking red on every level.

3.2: Piracy Propaganda Films
Prior to a high-profile ship hijack and subsequent attack by Somali pirates/terrorists, the public must be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. Hollywood movie propaganda is a slick way of showing that yes, it can happen. “A Hijacking” (2012) is a film (see trailer) in which a Danish ship is hijacked by Somali pirates and the shipping crew is held for ransom. “Fishing Without Nets” (2012) is a film (see trailer) which tells the story of Somali pirates from the viewpoint of the Somalis. If and when this pirate terror programming will manifest in reality is unknown, but it is definitely in the terror cards.

3.3: Al Qaeda/Al Shabaab/Somali Pirate Connection
Based on the cumulative research data, the terror group known as Al Shabaab and the infamous Somali pirates appear to be one in the same entity. This revelation has been confirmed in recent Al Shabaab terror propaganda and used as justification in the ever expanding U.S. war on Al Shabaab The marriage between these two terror factions is in fact legitimate, given that both groups are run by western intelligence agencies, namely the CIA. Like Al Shabaab, the list of Somali pirate related attacks and ship heists is growing longer and bolder each with each passing month.

3.4: Gulf Coast-Somali Terror Connection
On December 23, 2012, it was reported that two Alabama men have been arrested and charged with planning to wage violent jihad in Africa. According to the report, federal prosecutors portrayed Randy Wilson as an Islamic radical who wanted to reunite with Omar Hammami, an American who also grew up in Alabama but has since become one of the most well-known jihadists in Somalia. Wilson and another American who lived in Alabama for the last year, Mohammad Abdul Rahman Abukhdair, are accused of plotting to leave the country to join Islamic radicals fighting in North Africa. According to an FBI statement, the Alabama men “discussed their joy that Omar Hammami is now on the FBI `Most Wanted Terrorists’ list, and were excited that he is now even more famous”.

3.4: Al Shabaab Terror Attacks
The apparent specialty of Al Shabaab terrorists is of course piracy and terror attacks on sports and theater related events. Minus piracy, list of Al Shabaab terror attacks includes but is not limited to twin bombings on crowds watching the World Cup soccer final, a truck bomb at the education ministry in Somalia, kidnapping aid workers at a camp in Kenya, grenade attacks, a suicide attacks on sports officials in a theater, a suicide attack on the president of Somalia and the foreign minister of Kenya, the attack and capture of an airport in Somalia, a suicide attack on a church, and the bombing of a church in Africa. Based on recent terror attacks conducted in in Africa and well as the recent convictions of African terrorists in America and Europe, a more clear and concise picture of what is in store for America begins to emerge. Attacks on unarmed villages, military bases, military leaders, suicide attacks, kidnappings, hostages, and attacks on infrastructure are all par for the African terror course.

African Terror Timeline:

1. December 9, 2012:Nigerian Finance Minister’s Mother Kidnapped By Terrorists (Lagos, Nigeria)
2. January 6, 2013: Armed Terrorists Kill 7 People In In 3 Different Villages (Akuzo, Makera, Usu Nigeria)
3. January 10, 2013: Armed Terrorists Kill 19 In Village Raid (Tana River, Kenya)
4. January 10, 2013: Tribal Chief Killed In Apparent Revenge Attack By Al-Qaida (Abyan, Yemen)
5. February 9, 2013: Mali Army Arrests 2 Men Wearing Suicide Belts (Gao, Mail)
6. February 11, 2013: Syrian Rebels Capture Major Dam (Raqqa, Syria)
7. March 3, 2013: 20 Killed In Terror Attack On Nigerian Military Base (Mongu, Nigeria)
8. March 12, 2013:
Nigerian Hostages Killed By Islamic Extremists Identified (Bauchi, Nigeria)
9. March 25, 2013: Somali Man Guilty Of Supporting Terrorist Group Al-Shabab (New York, New York)
10. March 25, 2013:  2 Somali Brothers Found Guilty Of Terror Training In Somalia (Aarhus, Denmark)
11. March 25, 2013: Man Found Guilty Terror Plot To Attack U.S. Military Base (Seattle, Washington)
(Does not purport to be a full or complete list of events)

3.5: Al Shabaab & Piracy

In a rather strange sequence of events, the following headlines were repeatedly published in respect to Somali piracy despite the contrary occurring in reality: On October 22, 2012, the following report entitled “World Sea Piracy Falls To Lowest Level In 4 years As Somali Threat Eases” was published. Approximately three months later on January 16, 2013, essentially the same story was again published with the headline, “World Sea Piracy Falls To Five-Year Low In 2012 As Naval Patrols Deter Somali Pirates”. Roughly two months later, the same basic story was published again for a third time with the headline, “Somali Pirates Release Sailors As Piracy Reports Reach Five-Year Low”. Aside from being repetitive, these reports directly conflict with the ever increasing amount of reported pirate attacks and ship hijackings. Why the public is being purposely misled is unknown, but all indications are that Al Shabaab/Somali Pirate false-flag related terror attack against the U.S. is imminent.

Pirate Terror Timeline:

1. December 9, 2008: Pirate Threat Forces Cruise Ship Evacuation (Somali Coast, Africa)
2. September 17, 2010:
Somali Pirates Scope Out Cruise Ship (Seychelles, Indian Ocean)
3. October 8, 2012:
Greek Oil Tanker & Crew Of 24 Disappears (Ivory Coast, Africa)
4. October 19, 2012: 10 Somali Pirates Guilty In Container Ship Hijack (Gulf of Aden)
5. October 29, 2013: Ship With 700 Tons Of Gold Ore Disappears (Sea of Okhotsk, Russia)
6. January 21, 2013: Pirates Hijack Oil Tanker (Ivory Coast, Ghana)
7. February 4, 2013: Oil Tanker With 17 Aboard Hijacked By Pirates (Ivory Coast, Africa)
8. February 8, 2013: Pirates Kidnap 3 Sailors In Hijack Attempt (Gulf Of Guinea, Africa)
9. March 12, 2013:
Somali Pirates Release Hijacked Oil Tanker, 26 Sailors (Arabian Sea)
(Does not purport to be a full or complete list of events)

4. U.S. Military Base Terror:

4.1: U.S. Border Patrol Attacked
Prior to a terror attack on the U.S. military base at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, the public must first be psychologically programed that this is in fact possible. Starting in October of 2012, an unprecedented wave of military base attacks and terror plots has occurred in Africa, America and the Middle East. In a potential preview of things to come, it was reported on April 2, 2013, that U.S. Border Patrol agents were attacked by gunmen in an area along the U.S.-Canadian border. In the Guantanamo prison break scenario, it is highly likely that first-responders like U.S. Border Patrol officials will suffer the same fate as the first responders in the 9/11 attacks.

Military Base Terror Timeline
:

1. November 6, 20009: Gunman Kills 12 And 31 Injured In U.S. Military Base Rampage (Ft. Hood, Texas)
2. October 24, 2012:
Woman Charged U.S. Military Base Attack (Bethesda, Maryland)
3. December 2, 2012:
Suicide Bombings At U.S.-Afghan Military Base Kills 5 (Jalalabad, Afghanistan)
4. December 15, 2012: Soldier Killed In Shootout With Police At U.S. Military Base (Fort Hood, Texas)
5. January 19, 2013: Man Drives Through Gate At U.S. Military Base (Anchorage, Alaska)
6. February 26, 2013: 2 Navy Divers Die At U.S: Military Base (Aberdeen; Maryland)
7. March 3, 2013: 20 Killed In Terror Attack On Nigerian Military Base (Mongu, Nigeria)
8. March 19, 2013:
7 Killed In Explosion At U.S. Military Base (Hawthorne, Nevada)
9. March 22, 2012: 3 Dead In Shooting At U.S. Military Base (Quantico, Virginia)
10. March 25, 2013: Man Found Guilty Terror Plot To Attack U.S. Military Base (Seattle, Washington)
(Does not purport to be a full or complete list of events)

5. U.S. Courthouse Terror:

5.1: Terror Target: 9/11 Terror Trial
Prior to a terror attack on the U.S. courthouse or trial at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, the public must first be psychologically programed that this is in fact possible. Starting in March of 2012, an unprecedented wave of courthouse terror attacks and terror plots has occurred in America, Asia and the Middle East. If and when Guantanamo terror detainees are sprung from prison, it will most likely occur in or around the 9/11 Terror Trial when security will be at its weakest and ultimately compromised in some manner. A potential preview of this exact scenario played-out on April 3, 2013, when it was reported that Taliban suicide attacks on a courthouse conducting a Taliban terror trial in Afghanistan had killed 50 people and injured 90. According to the report, a police chief stated that the aim of the attack had been to free 15 Taliban prisoners who were being transferred to the courthouse for trial.

Courthouse Terror Timeline:

1. January 4, 2010:U.S. Courthouse Shooting Leaves 2 Dead (Las Vegas, Nevada)
2. September 20, 2011:
Officers Justified In Killing U.S Courthouse Gunman (Van Buren, Arkansas)
3. March 7, 2012:
U.S. Courthouse Shooting Leaves 4 Wounded (Tulsa, Oklahoma)
4. March 10, 2012:
Suspect In U.S. Courthouse Stabbing Attack Arrested (Montesano, Washington)
5. March 14, 2012: U.S. Courthouse Shooting Leaves 1 Dead And 4 Injured (Beaumont, Texas)
6. August 22, 2012: Bomb Threats Against U.S. Courthouse Result In Arrest (El Cajon, California)
7. November 27, 2012:
30 U.S. Courthouses In Tennessee Receive Bomb Threats (Tennessee)
8. December 13, 2012: Fed Employee Commits Suicide Inside U.S. Courthouse (Birmingham, Alabama)
9. January 23, 2013: 2 Killed In Court Building Shooting (Cebu, Philippines)
10. January 31, 2013:
County Prosecutor Shot Dead Outside U.S. Courthouse (Kaufman, Texas)
11. February 6, 2013: Cop Leaves Gun In U.S. Courthouse Bathroom (Plymouth, Massachusetts)
12. February 11, 2013: 3 Wounded In Shooting  At U.S. Courthouse (Wilmington, Delaware)
13. February 13, 2013: 2 Wounded In Shooting Outside U.S. Courthouse (Chesterfield, South Carolina)
14. February 20, 2013: U.S. Courthouse Evacuated Over Anthrax Report (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania)
15. April 3, 2013: Taliban Suicide Attack On Trial At Courthouse Kills 44 People (Farah, Afghanistan)
(Does not purport to be a full or complete list of events)

6. U.S. Prison Terror:

6.1: “Bio-Terror” Prison Break?
If and when a Guantanamo Bay prison break occurs, the terrorists will make a “surprise” attack that will undoubtedly catch the U.S. military personal completely off guard. This means that an “event” of some kind must occur that U.S. military personal have not anticipated. Based on recent news and events, a bio-terror attack or outbreak may be the type of “event” needed in the terror narrative for a successful prison break. On October 20, 2013, it was reported that a Chickenpox outbreak had locked down San Quentin prison in California. A month later on November 22, 2013, it was reported that 45 prisoners had to be taken to a hospital after a gas odor was reported in Dover Borough, Pennsylvania. A few months later on January 13, 2013, it was reported that a prison was locked down after guards called in sick at a prison facility in Chicago, Illinois. In the wake of an alleged biological outbreak in Cuba, prison guards could allegedly get sick, die, or be admitted to the hospital ultimately leaving Guantanamo Bay open for a terror attack and prison break.

6.2: U.S. Prison System Demonized
In a propaganda campaign to demonize the U.S. prison system prior to a high-profile prison escape, the following stories have made both national and international headlines. On November 10, 2011, it was reported that the Federal Bureau of Prisons has stated that “hackers” can now unlock prison doors, theoretically making a prison escape just a key stroke away. Roughly a year later on October 10, 2012, it was reported that America’s private prisons are riddled with violations. Six months later on April 2, 2013, it was reported that ex-convict Evan Spencer Ebel was mistakenly released from prison four years early and was then able to slip his electronic monitoring bracelet off before anyone noticed he was missing. According to the report, a corrections computer system recorded that Ebel’s bracelet stopped working on March 14, 2013, but officers only learned that Ebel had fled on March 19, 2013, the same day that Colorado Prison Chief Tom Clements was fatally shot when he answered the front door at his home.

6.3: Unprecedented Prison Violence
Prior to a terror attack on the U.S. prison at Guantanamo Bay, the public must first be psychologically programed that this is in fact possible. Starting in October of 2012, an unprecedented wave of killings, prison riots and bloodshed has occurred in jails and prisons worldwide. In a potential preview of things to come, it was reported on January 2, 2013, that shots were allegedly fired in a violent prison incident at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba. Curiously, the only Islamic related prison riot event occurred on November 9, 2012, when a prison break riot left 27 dead and allowed 4 inmates to escape their prison in Colombo, Sri Lanka.

Prison Violence Timeline:

1. September 20, 2012:
Riot At ‘New Folsom’ Prison Leaves 13 Wounded (Sacramento, California)
2. October 16, 2012: State Executes Inmate Who Killed Prison Guard (Sioux Falls, South Dakota)
3. November 1, 2012: Northern Ireland Prison Officer Slain In Gun Ambush (Belfast, Ireland)
4. November 2, 2012: Prison Inmate Stabbed To Death In Cell (Stringtown, Oklahoma)
5. November 9, 2012: Prison Break Riot Leaves 27 Dead: 4 Escape (Colombo, Sri Lanka)
7. November 23, 2012:
3rd Inmate Dies In 4 Months At Jail (Santa Cruz, California)
8. January 2, 2013: Reports Of Shot Fired In GITMO Prison Incident (Guantanamo Bay, Cuba)
9. January 26, 2013: 61 Killed In Prison Riot, Hospital Says (Uribana, Venezuela)
10. February 5, 2013: Attack On 3 Prison Staffers Leads To Lockdown (Chester, Illinois)
11. February 26, 2013:
Inmate Kills Guard At Prison Facility (Canaan, Pennsylvania)
12. March 14, 2013: 10 Wounded In Prison Fights (Delano, California)
13. March 14, 2013: Second Suspect In 4 Days Commits Suicide In Jail (New Deli, India)
14. April 3, 2013:
Palestinian Prisoner’s Death Sparks Protests (West Bank, Israel)
15. April 3, 2013:
60 Inmate Brawl Sends Some To Hospital (Los Angeles, California)
(Does not purport to be a full or complete list of events)

6.4: Terrorist Prison Breaks
A potential preview of how a Guantanamo Bay prison break scenario would commence has already occurred 5 times in 3 different countries in 2012 alone. In each reported case, Islamic “terrorists” or “rebels” have attack a prison killing the guards and breaking out prisoners. On September 28, 2012, it was reported that an Al Qaeda prison break left 12 dead and allowed 81 inmates to escape in Tikrit, Iraq. A few weeks later on October 15, 2012, a Libyan prison break allegedly conducted by Syrian Revels resulted in 120 prisoners escaping from a prison in Tripoli, Libya. Roughly five months later on March 3, 2013, Syrian Rebels attack a prison and reportedly freed “hundreds” of inmates from a prison in Raqa, Syria. 11 days late on March 14, 2013, it was reported that a prison break in Nigeria conducted by terrorists had resulted in 25 dead and 120 to escape from a prison in Ganye, Nigeria. A few days later on March 26, 2013, it was reported that another prison break in Libya left 1 dead and allowed for 50 inmates to escape from a prison in Sabha, Libya.

Prison Break Timeline
:

1. December 17, 2010: Mexican Prison Break: 140 Escape (Nuevo Laredo, Mexico)
2. September 20, 2012: Mexican Prison Break Near U.S. Border: 129 Escape (Piedras Negras, Mexico)
3. September 23, 2012: Killer Escapes From State Penitentiary (Parchman, Mississippi)
4. September 28, 2012: Al Qaeda Prison Break Leaves 12 Dead: 81 Escape (Tikrit, Iraq)
5. October 15, 2012: Libyan Prison Break: 120 Escape (Tripoli, Libya)
6. November 14, 2012: Pakistan Frees Taliban Prisoners In Midst Of Peace Process With Afghanistan
6. December 18, 2012:
2 Inmates Escape From Federal Prison (Chicago, Illinois)
7. December 19, 2012: Mexican Prison Break Leaves 22 Dead (Mexico)
8. February 4, 2013: Brazilian Prison Break Via Sewer: 27 Escape (Bangu, Brazil)
9. March 14, 2013: Nigerian Prison Break Leaves 25 Dead: 120 Escape (Ganye, Nigeria)
10. March 18, 2013: 2 Inmates Escape Jail Via Helicopter (Saint-Jerome, Quebec, Canada)
11. March 19, 2013: 3 Inmates Arrested After Failed Jail Break (Butler County, Missouri)
12. March 26, 2013: Libyan Prison Break Leave 1 Dead: 50 Escape (Sabha, Libya)
13. April 2, 2013: 2 Inmates Awaiting Trial Escape From Jail: (Hopkins County, Texas)
14. March 2, 2013: Former Inmate Accused Of Sneaking Back Into Jail (Riker’s Island, New York)
15. March 3, 2013: Syrian Rebels Attack Prison And Free “Hundreds” (Raqa, Syria)
(Does not purport to be a full or complete list of events)

7. Helicopter Hijack & Escape to Miami
:

7.1: Helicopter Prison Escape Foreshadowing
Based on recent news, events and propaganda, the “terrorists” responsible for the prison break will likely make the 90 mile from Guantanamo to Miami, Florida, via helicopter. As previously mentioned, on March 15, 2013, it was reported that a flight headed from Guantanamo Naval Air force Base to Andrews Air Force Base made an emergency landing at Miami International Airport. Three days later on March 18, 2013, it was reported that 2 inmates allegedly escaped from jail via helicopter in Saint-Jerome, Canada. The notion of a prison escape via helicopter was also recently depicted in the Hollywood movie starring Arnold Schwarzenegger entitled “The Last Stand” (2013) in which (see trailer) a notorious Mexican drug lord escapes from prison in Los Angeles via helicopter only to make his way back to Mexico in a violent rampage of terror.

7.2: Helicopter Attacks & Crashes
Prior to a helicopter hijack and escape from Guantanamo Bay, the public must first be psychologically programed that this is in fact possible. Starting in November of 2012, an unprecedented wave of helicopter attacks and crashes have occurred worldwide. A majority of these helicopter crashes involved medical, police or military helicopters, all of which exist at the U.S. Naval Base at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba. Lastly, there were a number of “celebrities” which died in these helicopter crashes, ultimately amplifying the notion of helicopter terror as well as creating more dramatic headlines in respect to their death.

Helicopter Terror Timeline:

1. July 27, 2007: TV News Helicopter Crash: 4 Dead (Phoenix. Arizona)
2. January 19, 2010: Man Shoots Police Helicopter (Appomattox, Virginia)
3. February 14, 2010: Private Helicopter Crash: 5 Dead (Phoenix. Arizona)
4. March 14, 2012: Police Helicopter Crash: (Jos, Nigeria)
5. November 4, 2012: Police Helicopter Crash: 2 Dead (Atlanta, Georgia)
6. November 10, 2012: Military Helicopter Crash: 17 Dead (Siirt, Turkey)
7. November 18, 2012: 2 Police Helicopters Crash: 6 Injured (Los Angeles)
8. November 22, 2012: Private Helicopter Crash: 1 Dead: 4 Injured (Baker’s Bay, Bahamas)
9. December 11, 2012: Medical Helicopter Crash: 3 Dead (Rochelle, Illinois)
10. December 16, 2012: Government Helicopter Crash: (Bayelsa, Nigeria)*
11. December 22, 2012: U.N. Helicopter Attack & Crash: 4 Dead (Likuangole, Sudan)
12. December 25, 2012: Police Helicopter Crash: 5 Dead (Alexandria, Ukraine)
13. January 2, 2013: Medical Helicopter Crash: 4 Injured (Seminole, Oklahoma)
14. January 4, 2013: 2 Medical Helicopters Crash: 3 Dead: 4 Injured (Ventura, Iowa)
15. January 16, 2013: Private Helicopter Crash: 2 Dead: 13 Injured (London, England)**
16. February 4, 2013: Government Helicopter Crash: 3 Dead (Puerto Antequera, Paraguay)***
17. February 11, 2013: TV Show Helicopter Crash: 3 Dead (Los Angeles, California)
18. February 22, 2013:  Military Helicopter Attack: (Papau, Indonesia)
19. February 22, 2013: Medical Helicopter Attack: 2 Dead: 1 Injured (Oklahoma City, Oklahoma)
20. March 12, 2013: Military Helicopter Crash: 2 Dead (Kibbutz Revadim, Israel)
21. March 12, 2013: Military Helicopter Crash: 5 Dead (Kandahar, Afghanistan)
22. March 18, 2013: Helicopter Prison Escape: 2 Escape (Saint-Jerome, Quebec, Canada)
23. March 21, 2013: 2 Police Helicopters Crash: 1 Dead: 4 Injured (Berlin, Germany)
24: April 1, 2013: Police Helicopter Crash: 3 Dead (Talkeetna, Alaska)
25. April 2, 2013: Man Shoots Police Helicopter (Ferron, Utah)
(Does not purport to be a full or complete list of events)

Celebrity Helicopter Victims:

* Victim: Governor of Nigeria
** Victim: “Skyfall” Movie Pilot
*** Victim: Paraguayan Presidential Candidate

8. #1 Terror Target: Miami, Florida:

8.1: Miami Blinking Red
The city of Miami, Florida, is blinking red on every level of terror, namely because of Operation Northwoods, but also because it has a lot of potential terror targets such as Miami International Airport, South Beach, United Airlines Arena, home to the Miami Heat, Marlins Park, home of the Miami Marlins, and the University of Miami. Although Miami is the first target in a line of many, other Floridian cities such as Daytona Beach, Jacksonville, Key West, Orlando, Tallahassee, Tampa Bay, as well as the Kennedy Space Center Walt Disney World, Sea World, and cruise ports such as Port Canaveral and Port Everglades which may be targeted at the same time or in the immediate aftermath of the Guantanamo terror attacks.

8.2: Miami is Trending
In an attempt to bring unprecedented global attention to Miami and the state of Florida, prior to an unprecedented terror attack; both Hollywood and the sports world have pulled out all the stops. On July 8, 2010, NBA star LeBron James made a public spectacle on ESPN about his decision to join the Miami heat, otherwise known as the “The Decision”. Later that month on July 29, 2010, the MTV show Jersey Shore inexplicably relocated to Miami. Half a year later on February 22, 2011, “The Real Housewives of Miami” premiered on the television series on Bravo. Half a year later on August 29, 2011, rapper Flo Rida released a single entitled “Good Feeling“. The song peaked at No. 3 in the United States and topped the charts in Austria, Germany, Scotland, and the UK as well as being top 5 in nine other countries. Needless to say Flo Rida became an overnight sensation.
In 2012, the Miami Heat won their 2nd NBA world championship and the Florida Marlins changed their name to the Miami Marlins, eventually moving into the newly constructed Marlins Park in Miami’s Little Havana. Also in 2012, the Miami Dolphins were featured in the popular HBO television series entitled “Hard Knocks”, despite being a very bad team. Also, Southern Florida, namely Palm Beach, was recently featured in the 2013 Hollywood movie entitled Parker.

8.3: TV Show: ‘‘Airport 24/7: Miami”
Aside from all the sports and Hollywood attention Miami has received of late, on October 1, 2012, it was reported that the Travel Channel is launching a new television show entitled ‘‘Airport 24/7: Miami’’  which offered viewers a behind-the-scenes look at Miami International Airport. ‘‘We host a Super Bowl every day at MIA,’’ security director Lauren Stover said, comparing the number of travelers to attendance at the championship football game. According to the report, the show follows workers as they deal with terrorist threats, intercept drug smugglers, attend to medical emergencies, repair aircraft and secure an Air Force One landing. With about 40 million passengers moving through the airport every year, Stover stated that Miami is a ‘‘Category X’’ airport, meaning it’s a prime target for a terrorist attack. The idea for the show started with 2C Media owner Chris Sloan, who stated that, ‘‘Whenever you go to an airport, there are always signs that say, ‘Staff Only,’ ‘Do Not Enter,’ ‘Prohibited Area,’ ‘Alarm Will Go Off, But we actually go to all those places, and that’s unique’’. The report further stated that six years ago, MIA began making its 40,000 civilian employees part of the security program, starting with a group of about 70 janitors.

8.4: Florida Terror Suspects Charged with WMD Conspiracy
Just prior to potential terror attacks within the state of Florida, alleged homegrown Islamic terrorists have been arrested. On November 30, 2012, it was reported that two Pakistani men from Fort Lauderdale, Florida, have been charged with providing support to terrorists and plotting to use mass destruction weapons within the U.S. According to the report, federal prosecutors identified the men Friday as two brothers: 30-year-old Sheheryar Alam Qazi and 20-year-old Raees Alam Qazi. Both are naturalized U.S. citizens originally from Pakistan. A grand jury indictment claims the two provided money, lodging, communications and other support for a conspiracy to obtain a weapon of mass destruction.

8.5: Florida Lt. Governor Forced to Resign
In an apparent sign that terror in Florida is imminent, it was reported on March 13, 2013, that Florida Lt. Governor Jennifer Carroll, a former Navy lieutenant commander, was forced to resign amid allegations of corruption. Apparently, somebody didn’t want the Navy veteran investigating an alleged “terror attack” stemming from a U.S. Navy base just 90 miles off-shore. As of March 11, 2013, the Lt. Governor position for the state of Florida is vacant ultimately leaving millionaire, former U.S. Navy veteran and Florida Governor Rick Scott in sole possession of power over the state of Florida and any subsequent investigation into any terror related attacks or conspiracy. A little too convenient for comfort.

9. Airport Terror:

9.1: Airport Terror Blinking Red
In 1968, Israeli terrorists blew up 13 civilian airliners at the airport in Beirut, Lebanon. Since then, airport terror has spread worldwide and it is highly likely that it will make its way to American shores any day now. Should the Guantanamo terror attack and prison break be allowed to commence, Miami International Airport most likely be the first target secured with other airports being targeted in subsequent attacks. These African terrorists will obviously need an airport to land at and conduct terror operations from and they are in luck! Recent reports of air traffic control towers being closed and airport security being compromised will allow for future acts of airport terror to occur throughout America, all thanks to the U.S. government. In 2012 alone, there have been over 50 major terror threat or terror related events at airports worldwide, something unprecedented in aviation history.

9.2: Flashback: LAX Bombing Plot
Plans to target airports with terror is nothing new. After all, on 9/11, ICTS, an Israeli company, was in charge of every 9/11 airport from which the hijacked planes allegedly operated out of. That being said, on January 1, 2000, alleged Islamic terrorists plotted to bomb the Los Angeles International Airport (LAX) in a grander terror plot entitled the “2000 millennium attack plots”. According to Wikipedia, “Ahmed Ressam, an Algerian citizen living in Montreal, Canada planned to bomb Los Angeles International Airport (LAX) on New Year’s Eve 1999/2000. He was arrested at Port Angeles, Washington, the U.S. port of entry, on December 14, 1999. Customs officials then found a cache of explosives that could have produced “a blast forty times greater than that of a devastating car bomb” and four timing devices hidden in the spare tire well in the trunk of the rented car in which he had traveled from Canada. Like 9/11, the LAX terror plot has all the hallmarks of a false-flag terror operation and therefore it should come as no surprise that an amalgamation of this airport terror plot will be executed in the future by the Israeli Mossad..

9.3: 173 Air Traffic Control Towers Will Close on April 7, 2013
On March 6, 2013, it was reported that the federal government’s will close 173 air traffic control towers at small- and medium-size airports on April 7, 2013 and another 16 towers on September 30, 2013, despite originally stated that it would close 168 towers. According to the report, the towers are part of the FAA’s contract tower program, in which 251 towers are staffed with contractors instead of FAA employees. Though little-known, contract towers are widely used by the FAA to manage air traffic. Such towers handle approximately 28% of all control tower operations, although the towers being cut account for a little less than 6% of commercial airline operations. The report further stated that the tower closures would not necessarily result in airport closures, because some aircraft can land without air traffic control help, and those that need controller help can communicate with more distant FAA facilities. This FAA regulation essentially clears the way for future terror operations in America by essentially abandoning almost 200 air traffic control towers to the terrorist before they even need them.

9.4: Airport Security Compromised
Despite all the new airport security protocols put in place since 9/11, airport security is now more compromised more than ever before. On September 26, 2012, it was reported that airport security workers at JFK airport have stated that security inspections are routinely rushed so that flights will not be delayed, ultimately raising the risk of missing weapons, explosives and drugs. Three days later on September 29, 2012, it was reported that a convicted TSA Agent who stole more than $800K worth of goods from passengers stated that stealing from bags in “very common”. A day later on September 30, 2012, it was reported that the TSA had allowed a loaded gun through security on two separate occasion during the same week in airports in New Orleans, Louisiana, and Newark, New Jersey. On October 16, 2012, it was reported that a JFK baggage handler had received life in prison for his part in an airport drug-smuggling ring. A month later on November 14, 2012, it was reported that an American Airlines employee was found to be on the government’s terrorist “No-Fly List”. A day later on November 15, 2013, it was reported that two thieves looted nearly 4,000 new iPad minis from a John F. Kennedy Airport in New York, New York. A day later, a woman allegedly was able to drive her car onto an active runway at an airport in Phoenix, Arizona. Four months later on March 22, 2013, it was reported that a man impersonating a pilot reached the plane’s cockpit at the airport in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Needless to say, these events were orchestrated to demonize America and pave the way for future terror attacks.

9.5: Airport Related Terror Events

Prior to an airport terror attack stemming from an incident at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, the public must first be psychologically programed that airport terror on a grand scale is in fact possible. Starting in February of 2012, an unprecedented wave of airport related terror has occurred worldwide. Based on the 51 documented airport terror hoaxes, threats and scares conducted by airlines, government agencies, the media and military in the span of roughly 14 months, there is absolutely no other conclusion that can be reached other than that there is a deliberate and concerted campaign to terrorize the public in every conceivable way.

Airport Terror Timeline:

1. December 31, 2011: Explosives Found In Bag During Screening (Midlands, Texas)
2. February 25, 2012: 10 Air Traffic Controllers Sleeping And Texting (White Plains, New York)
3. March 9, 2012: Air Controller Involved In 2 Potential Collisions (Gulfport, Mississippi)
4. March 29, 2012: Bomb Found On Man Trying To Pass Security (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania)
5. April 20, 2012: Airliner Crashes While Trying To Land At Airport Killing 127 (Islamabad, Pakistan)
6. August 1, 2012:
Airport Evacuated Over Bomb Threat (San Antonio, Texas)
7. August 29, 2012: Airport Closed After WW II Bomb Found (Amsterdam, Netherlands)
8. September 22, 2012: Naked Woman Arrested At Airport (Orlando, Florida)
9. September 25, 2012: Kenya Bombs Somali Airport Held By Militants (Kismayo, Somalia)
10. September 30, 2012:
Loaded Gun Allowed Past TSA Security (New Orleans, Louisiana)
11. September 30, 2012: Loaded Gun Allowed Past TSA Security (Newark, New Jersey)
12. October 9, 2012: Man Arrested With Weapons And Body Armor At LAX (Los Angeles, California)
13. October 9, 2012: 17 Flights Diverted Due To Air Traffic Control “Glitch” (Manila, Philippines)
14. October 11, 2012: Indiana Woman Disappears From Airport (Dallas-Ft. Worth, Texas)
15. October 14, 2012:
Airport Evacuated After Traveler Cracks Bad Joke (Anchorage, Alaska)
16. October 15, 2012: Miami Plane Causes Typhoid Scare At Airport (New Orleans, Louisiana)
17. October 16, 2012:
Airport Worker Gets Life In Prison For Drug-Smuggling (New York, New York)
18. October 30, 2012: 92 Flights Canceled After Bomb Found At Airport (Sendai, Japan)
19. November 2, 2012: Man Found Shot Near Airport (Burbank, California)
20. November 6, 2012:
Pilot Accused Of Stealing Car Near Sea-Tac Airport (Seattle, Washington)
21. November 14, 2012: American Airlines Employee Put On “No Fly List” (Miami, Florida)
22. November 15, 2012: 4,000 Apple iPads Stolen From JFK Airport (New York, New York)
23. November 15, 2012: Flights Grounded After United Suffers Computer “Glitch” (USA)
24. November 16, 2012: Man Arrested With Suicide Bomb Materials At Airport (Oakland, California)
25. November 16, 2012: Airport Workers Set To Strike On Thanksgiving Eve (Loa Angeles, California)
26. November 16, 2012: Woman With Child Drives Onto Airport Runway (Phoenix, Arizona)
27. November 19, 2012: Passenger Detained After Threats Against Flight (New York)
28. November 23, 2013: French Riot Police Clash With Airport Protesters (Nantes, France)
29. November 26, 2012: Airport Evacuated After Dynamite Threat (Miami, Florida)
30. December 1, 2012: Airport Rapist Is Sentenced To 6 years To Life (Denver, Colorado)
31. December 3, 2012: Violence Near Airport Forces Flight Back To Egypt (Damascus, Syria)
32. December 7, 2012: Syrian Rebels Say Airport Are Legitimate Targets (Damascus, Syria)
33. December 10, 2012: Man Arrested Smuggling 26 Stun Guns Through Airport (New York, New York)
34: December 12, 2012: Woman Arrested With Cocaine Breast Implants At Airport (Barcelona, Spain)
35. December 14, 2012: TSA Detains ‘Explosive-Laced’ Girl In Wheelchair (Dallas-Ft Worth, Texas)
36. December 14, 2012: JFK Airport Strike Authorized Amid Holiday Travel (New York, New York)
37. December 24, 2012: Lighter Mistaken For Grenade Causes Security Scare At Airport (Miami, Florida)
38. January 4, 2013: Battery-Powered Toothbrush Prompts Airport Security Scare (Atlanta, Georgia)
39. January 15, 2013: 18 Human Heads Found At O’Hare Airport (Chicago, Illinois)
40. January 30, 2013: Smoking Bag Prompts Airport To Close Four Gates (Dallas-Ft Worth, Texas)
41. February 2, 2013: Syrian Rebels Advance Near Airport (Aleppo, Syria)
42. February 6, 2013: Live Cannonball In Luggage Forces Airport Evacuation (Ft. Lauderdale, Florida)
43. February 15, 2013: Plane Carrying Political Delegation Crashes Near Airport (Charlesville, Liberia)
44. February 17, 2013: Police Arrest Man With Loaded Gun At Airport (Newark, New Jersey)
45. February 19, 2013: NFL Player Caught With Gun At Airport (New York, New York)
46. March 12, 2013: Syrian Rebels In Battle With Syrian Troops Over Airport (Aleppo, Syria)
47. March 20, 2013: Airport Concourses Evacuated After Security Breach (Seattle, Washington)
48. March 22, 2013: Falling Sign Kills 10-Year Old Boy At Airport (Birmingham, Alabama)
49. March 22, 2013: Fake Pilot Reaches Plane’s Cockpit At Airport (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania)
50. April 1, 2013:
Airport Terminal Evacuated After Suspicious Device Found (Detroit, Michigan)
51. April 2, 2013:
Airport Drug Smuggler Sentenced To 12 Years In Prison (San Francisco, California)
(Does not purport to be a full or complete list of events)

10. Airplane Terror:

10.1: Airplane Terror Blinking Red
The first act of air piracy in the history of civil aviation was carried out by Israel in December of 1954 when a civilian Syrian airliner was forced down in Tel Aviv and its passengers and crew were held for days by Israeli terrorists.  Despite international condemnation, the Israeli terrorists refused to release the hostages. Since then, real airplane terror events like 9/11 are few and far between but terror related headlines, hoaxes and scares are now at an all-time high. This is due to the fact that fake and exaggerated headlines, stories and propaganda are just as effective in terrorizing the population and are a lot easier to clean up after than a real terror operation. 

10.2: TSA Announces Biggest Loosening of Security Since 9/11
In another U.S. government decision to make acts of air related terror easier to conduct, rules in respect to weapons being allowed on planes have been suddenly changed.  On March 6, 2013, it was reported that that the TSA will be allowing air passengers to bring pocketknives (blades shorter than 2.36 inches), golf clubs and hockey sticks on flights and in the passenger cabin starting on April 25, 2013. According to the report, the policy changes were made to conform to international rules and shorten the amount of time checkpoint officials spend confiscating items.  The TSA only stated that, “This is part of an overall risk-based security approach, which allows transportation security officers to better focus their efforts on finding higher-threat items such as explosives”. The Flight Attendants Union Coalition reacted to the new rules by stating that “these proposed changes will further endanger the lives of all flight attendants and the passengers we work so hard to keep safe and secure” and described the TSA decision as “poor and shortsighted”.

10.3: Palestine, Nigeria & Zimbabwe “Resume” Flights
The sweeping changes by TSA in respect to weapons on planes appears to be a set-up for future 9/11-style events potentially originating out of Palestine, Zimbabwe or Nigeria, all of whom have recently been allowed to “resume” their international flights. On May 28, 2012, it was reported that Palestinian Airlines had resumes flights after a lengthy hiatus. Roughly five months later on October 23, 2012, it was reported that an airline from Zimbabwe was now allowed to resume international flights. Three months later on January 3, 2013, it was reported that Nigeria’s Dana Air has been allowed to resume flights after a horrific accident. Interestingly, all three of these countries have been recently implicated in Islamic terror attacks, ultimately raising suspicions as to whether or not these particular airlines will be hijacked by “terrorists” in the near future.

10.4: Airplane Terror Hype
Prior to numerous airplane terror attack stemming from an incident at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, the public must first be psychologically programed that airplane terror on the 9/11 scale is again possible. Starting in April of 2012, an unprecedented wave of airplane related terror has occurred worldwide. Based on the 65 documented airplane terror hoaxes, threats and scares conducted by airlines, government agencies, the media and military in the span of roughly 15 months, there is absolutely no other conclusion that can be reached other than that there is a deliberate and concerted campaign to terrorize the public in every conceivable way. Lastly, there were a number of “celebrities” that were involved in these airplane terror related incidents, ultimately amplifying the notion of airplane terror as well as creating more dramatic headlines in respect to the terror which transpired transpired.

Airplane Terror Timeline:

1. January 6, 2011: Hijack Attempt Foiled Aboard Turkish Air Flight (Istanbul, Turkey)
2. May 12, 2011:
Bomb “Hoax” On Board Trans-Atlantic Virgin Flight (Atlantic Ocean)
3. September 4, 2011:
U.S. Terror Warning For Small Planes, But Says No Plots Known
4. December 28, 2011:
NORAD F-16′s Intercept Airplane Over U.S. Capitol (Washington D.C.)
5. January 17, 2012: British Airways Flight Tells Passengers Plane Will Crash (Atlantic Ocean)
6. January 17, 2012: Military Jets Escort Trans-Pacific Plane After Hijacking Scare (Seattle, Washington)
7. April 10, 2012:
Bomb Threat On Trans-Pacific Light Require Military Escort (Vancouver, Canada)
8. April 20, 2012:
Landing Aborted As Australian Pilot Was Busy Texting (Changi Airport, Singapore)
9. April 30, 2012: Officials Watch For Terrorists With Body Bombs On US-Bound Planes
10. June 17, 2012:
Pilot Attempts To Hijacks  CRJ200 Jet Aircraft—Commits Suicide (St. George, Utah)
11. June 30, 2012:
Passengers And Crew Foil Hijack Attempt (Xinjiang, China)
12. August 7, 2012:
Man Arrested With U.S. Customs, Coast Guard And CIA Uniforms (Miami, Florida)
13. August 16, 2012:
Bomb Threat Forces Trans-Atlantic Flight To Land In Iceland (Atlantic Ocean)
14. August 21, 2012:
Afghan Militants Hit U.S. Military Chief’s Plane (Kabul, Afghanistan)
15. September 23, 2012: Fake Pilot Who Joined Cabin Crew Arrested (Turin, Italy)
16. September 20, 2012:
Plane Makes Emergency Landing After Smoke On Board (Jacksonville, Florida)*
17. September 20, 2012: Fight Between Flight Attendants Delays Flight (New York, New York)
18. September 22, 2012:
Police: Flight Attendant Stole Passenger’s iPad (Oregon City, Oregon)
19. September 23, 2012
: Flight Attendant Bring Loaded Gun Through Security (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania)
20. September 26, 2012:
Plane Diverted After Flight Attendant Altercation (Morrisville, North Carolina)
21. October 1, 2012:
Second Flight Returns To JFK After Row Of Seats Comes Loose (AA)
22. October 2, 2012: American Airlines Pulls More Jets Following 3rd Seat Incident (AA)
23. October 3, 2012
: Plane Lands Safely In After Bird Strike (Windsor, Connecticut)
24. October 9, 2012: “Terror Threats” Ground 2 Flights Headed For Beijing (China)
25. October 9, 2012: 17 Flights Diverted Due To Air Traffic Control “Glitch” (Manila, Philippines)
26. October 17, 2012:
Man Tries To Open Exit Door After Flight Lands  (Salt Lake City, Utah)
27. October 19, 2012: U.S. Forces Turkey To Down Syrian Passenger Plane
28. October 21, 2012:
Bomb Threat On Trans-Atlantic Flight Prompts Search (Los Angeles, California)
29. October 28, 2012:
Interior Panel Of American Airlines Plane Falls Off In Flight (Miami, Florida)
30. October 31, 2012: Court Sentences Man To Life In Prison For 2009 Hijack Scare (New Deli, India)
31. November 11, 2012:
Plane Slides Off Taxiway At Airport (Denver, Colorado)
32. November 13, 2012: Wheel Of Plane Catches Fire During Takeoff (Johannesburg, South Africa)
33. November 19, 2012: Turbulence On Cuba-Miami Flight Leaves 30 Bruised (Miami, Florida)
34. November 19, 2012: Flight Loses Cabin Pressure Oxygen Masks Used (Dallas, Texas)
35. November 24, 2012: NORAD Sends F-16 Jets To Escort Cessna (Charleston, South Carolina)
36. November 28, 2012: Shotgun Shell Found On Seat Delays Flight (Milwaukee, Wisconsin)
37. December 25, 2012: Small Fire Breaks Out Jet At Airport (Phoenix, Arizona)
38. January 2, 2013: Flight From Brazil Diverted When Woman Dies On Plane (Houston, Texas)
39. January 3, 2013: Drunk Pilot Removed From Airliner While Trying To Depart (Minneapolis, Minnesota)
40. January 3, 2013:
Plane Bursts Into Flames At Airport (Las Vegas, Nevada)
41. January 5, 2013: Airline Crew Binds Man To Seat After He Goes Berserk (New York, New York)
42. January 13, 2013: Japan Airlines Reports New Fuel Leak In Boeing 787 (Tokyo, Japan)
43. January 14, 2013: Plane Lands After Fire Reported On Flight (Windsor Locks; Connecticut)
44. January 14, 2013: Bird Strikes Force 2 Planes To Return To JFK Airport (New York, New York)
45. January 14, 2013: Prime Minister Praises Plane Just Before It Breaks Down (Oxfordshire, England)**
46. January 16, 2013: All Boeing 787 Jets Grounded After  Burning Smell Reports (Japan)
47. January 21, 2013: Plane From New York Blows 4 Tires Veers Off Runway (Newark, New Jersey)
48. January 22, 2013: Jetliner Blows 3 Tires On Runway (Denver, Colorado)
49. January 24, 2013: Video Of Plane Barely Missing 2 People Prompts FAA Probe (Lancaster, Texas)
50. January 28, 2013: Italian Court: Missile Caused 1980 Plane Crash
51. February 1, 2013:
Pilot Locked Out Of Cockpit While Co-Pilot Slept (Amsterdam, Netherlands)
30. February 1, 2013: Flight Diverts To Denver Due To “Unruly Passenger” (Denver, Colorado)
52. February 4, 2013: Flight Diverted After Pilot Loses Consciousness Midair (Portland, Oregon)
53. February 8, 2013: Trans-Atlantic Flight Diverted After Smoke In Cockpit (Shannon, Ireland)
54. February 12, 2013:
Pakistani Plane Has Tire Malfunction On Landing (Muscat, Oman)
55. February 12, 2013:
British Airways Staff In Boozy Rampage On Flight (Washington D.C)
56. February 12, 2013: Passenger Pronounced Dead When Plane Lands (Salt Lake City Utah)
57. February 15, 2013: Flight From GITMO Naval Base Makes Emergency Landing (Miami, Florida)
58. February 18, 2013: Plane Makes Emergency Landing Due To Mechanical Fault (Harbin, China)
59. February 22, 2013: Flight Skids Off Runway At Airport (Cleveland, Ohio)
60. March 4, 2013: Small Plane Makes Emergency Landing At Airport (St. Louis, Missouri)
61. March 5, 2013: Mysterious Drone Over JFK Airport Almost Causes Crash (New York, New York)
62. March 7, 2013: Engine Trouble Forces Plane To Make Emergency Landing (Chicago, Illinois)
63. March 11, 2013: Jet Gets Stuck In Grass Off Airport Runway (Houston, Texas)
64. March 13, 2013: Plane Pulled From Muddy Field After It Skids Off Runway (Katowice, Poland)
65. March 30, 2013: Police Find Body Of Man Ejected From Plane (Apison, Tennessee)
(Does not purport to be a full or complete list of events)

Celebrity Plane Scares
:

*Baltimore Oriels Plane
**Prime Minister David Cameron
***Chicago Bulls Plane

10.5: Airplane Crashes
Prior to numerous airplane crashes stemming from a terror incident at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, the public must first be psychologically programed that airplane terror on a 9/11 scale is again possible. Starting in February of 2012, an unprecedented wave of airplane crash related terror has occurred worldwide. Of the 55 documented airplane crashes in the span of roughly 15 months, there is little doubt that most if not all of these alleged plane “accidents” were in fact man-made acts of terror. Lastly, there were a number of “celebrities” that were involved in these airplane crashes, ultimately amplifying the notion of airplane crash terror as well as creating more dramatic headlines in respect to their respective deaths.

10.6: EMP Related Airplane Crashes?

Based on the aforementioned 55 documented airplane crashes, a second look at the cause of these unprecedented plane disasters is in order. In a majority of the cases, the planes have either crashed on take-off or while trying to land, ultimately indicating that their engines are being rendered powerless by some sort of EMP like device at or near the airport. Although an independent investigation must be conducted prior to coming to any concrete theories as to the root cause of these plane crashes, it would appear on the surface that the EMP-like weapon/gun responsible for the engine failures and subsequent crashes is some sort of an electronic device which is most likely located high off the ground with a 360 degree rotational view at or near the top of the air traffic control tower, airport or an adjacent building structure. While this EMP weapon is most likely camouflaged to look like a benign piece of standard electronic equipment such as satellite dish, it likely has dual use capability that is currently unknown to pilots, the airport and the local government. This EMP weapon can then be accessed autonomously by a third party who apparently takes great pleasure in crashing airplanes and killing people.

Airplane Crash Timeline:

1. June 23, 2011: Russian Airliner Crashes—“Technical Malfunction”: 45 Dead (Petrozavodsk, Russia)
2. February 12, 2012: Plane Crashes En-Route To Goma: 11 Dead (Bukavu, Congo)
3. April 4, 2012: Small Airplane Crashes Into Florida Publix Store: 5 Injured (Deland, Florida)
4. April 20, 2012: Pakistani Airliner Crashes Trying To Land At Airport: 127 Dead (Islamabad, Pakistan)
5. April 21, 2012: 2 Commuter Planes Crash Into Each Other At Airport (Los Angeles, California)
6. May 31, 2012: American Eagle Jet Crashes Into Boeing 747 (Chicago, Illinois)
7. June 3, 2012: Plane Crashes Trying To Land At Airport: 153 Dead (Lagos, Nigeria)
8. August 26, 2012: Small Plane Crashes Shortly After Take-Off (Lake Tahoe, California)
9. September 25, 2012: Small Plane Crashes Trying To Land At Airport (Albuquerque, New Mexico)
10. September 28, 2012: Small Plane Crashes After Take-Off: 19 Dead (Kathmandu, Nepal)
11. September 29, 2012: Small Plane Crashes After Take-Off 2 Dead (Fredericksburg, Virginia)
12. September 30, 2012:
Small Plane Crashes After Take-Off: 1 Dead (Granite Quarry, North Carolina)
13. October 3, 2012: Small Plane Crashes En-Route To Tennessee: 1 Dead (Gary, Indiana)
14. October 17, 2102:
Sudanese Military Plane Crashes—“Technical Fault” : 13 Dead (Khartoum, Sudan)
15. October 20, 2012: Small Plane Crashes Trying To Land At Airport (Indian Trail, North Carolina)
16. November 1, 2012: Small Plane Crashes Trying To Land At Airport (Caldwell, North, Carolina)
17. November 10, 2012: Small Plane Crashes En-Route To Nebraska: 2 Dead (Shaver Lake, California)
18. November 14, 2012: Small Plane With 3 Pilots Crashes After Take-Off: 3 Dead (Jackson, Mississippi)
19. November 15, 2012: U.S. F-22 Jet Fighter Crashes At Air Force Base (Panama City, Florida)
20. November 16, 2012: Small Plane Crashes After Take-Off: 3 Dead (Owls Head, Maine)
21. November 19, 2012: Small Plane Crashes Trying To Land At Airport (Burlington, Wisconsin)
22. November 21, 2012: Egyptian MiG-21 Jet Fighter Crashes In Training (Aswan, Egypt)
23. November 21, 2012: Yemenis Military Plane Crashes After Take-Off: 10 Dead (Sanaa, Yemen)
24. November 28, 2012: Plane Crashes In Indian Ocean: 29 Survive (Moroni, Comoros Islands)
25. December 1, 2012: Small Plane Crashes After Engine Misfires (Mount Ulla, North Carolina)
26. December 8, 2012: U.S. F-22 Jet Fighter Crashes At Air Force Base (Pearl Harbor, Hawaii)
27. December 9, 2012: Small Plane Crashes Shortly After Take-Off: 7 Dead (Nuevo Leon, Mexico)*
28. December 25, 2012: Kazakhstani Military Plane Crashes: 27 Dead (Shymkent, Kazakhstan)
29. December 26, 2012:
Plane Crashes Trying To Land At Airport: 2 Dead (He’Ho, Myanmar)
30. December 29, 2012: Russian Jetliner Crashes Trying To Land At Airport: 13 Dead (Moscow, Russia)
31. December 30, 2012: Small Plane Crashes After Take-Off: 3 Dead (Santee, California)
32. January 1, 2013: Plane Crashes Into Airbus A320 On Runway-Taxi (Fort Lauderdale, Florida)
33. January 2, 2013: Small Plane Crashes After Take-Off: 3 Dead (Jasper, Alabama)
34. January 4, 2013: Small Plane Crashes Into House Trying To Land: 3 Dead (Palm, Coast, Florida)
35. January 5, 2013: Small Plane Crashes After-Take Off: 5 Dead (Grenoble, France)
36. January 6, 2013: Small Plane Crashes After-Take Off  (Los Roques, Venezuela)**
37. January 13, 2013:
Small Plane Crashed After Take-Off (Paris, Texas)
38. January 17, 2013: Airbus Crashes Into Air France 777-300 At Gate (Miami, Florida)
39. January 22, 2013: Small Plane Crashed After Take-Off: 3 Survive (Danbury, Connecticut)
40. January 24, 2013: Small Plane Goes Crashes: 3 Dead (Terra Nova Bay, Antarctica)
41. January 27, 2013: Small Plane Crashes Into Hudson River: 2 Survive (Yonkers, New York)
42. January 29, 2013: U.S. F-16 Fighter Jet Crashes Near Italy: 1 Dead (Adriatic Sea)
43. February 10, 2013: Small Plane Crashes After Take-Off: 5 Dead (Brussels, Belgium)
44. February 11, 2013: Guinea Government Plane Crashes: 10 Dead (Monrovia, Liberia)***
45. February 14, 2013: Plane Crashes Trying To Land: 4 Dead: 41 Survive (Donetsk, Ukraine)
46. February 18, 2013: Small Plane Crashes After Take-Off: 3 Dead (Vero Beach, Florida)****
47. February 21, 2013: Small Jet Crashes After Take-Off: 5 Dead: (Thomson, Georgia)*****
48. March 4, 2013: Planes Crashes Trying To Land At Airport: 36 Dead: 4 Survive (Goma, Congo)
49. March 5, 2013: Small Plane Crashes: 3 Dead (Rainy Pass, Alaska)
50. March 9, 2013: Air India Aircraft Crashes Into JetBlue Airliner (New York, New York)
51: March 12, 2013: U.S. Navy Plane Crashes After Take-Off: 3 Dead (Spokane, Washington)
52. March 16, 2013: Small Plane Crashes In Parking Lot After Take-Off: 3 Dead (Ft. Lauderdale, Florida)
53. March 18, 2013: Small Plane Crashes Into 3 Houses Trying To Land: 2 Dead (South Bend, Indiana)
54. March 18, 2013: Mauritanian Military Plane Crashes: 1 Dead (Aoujeft, Mauritania)
55. March 31, 2013: Small Plane Crashes: 6 Survive (Kisbey, Saskatchewan, Canada)
(Does not purport to be a full or complete list of events)

Celebrity Plane Victims:

*Jenni Rivera, Mexican Pop Star
**Vittorio Missoni, Italian Fashion Designer
***Kelefa Diallo, Guinea Army Chief
****Buffalo Bill’s Great-Grandsons
*****Dr. Steven Roth, Vein Guys Co-Founder
******Steve Davis, Former Oklahoma QB

About the Author
David Chase Taylor, the editor-in-chief of Truther.org, is an American journalist living in Zürich, Switzerland, where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with stopping a false-flag/state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon America. Taylor has also released The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the coming global bio-terror pandemic. Taylor has also been credited with exposing the 2012 DNC Terror Plot, the “Twilight” Premier Terror Plot, and the Alex Jones links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to prevent terror attacks by drawing unwanted global attention to these terror plots prior to their fruition. Terror related assertions, forecasts and predictions made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility they could theoretically happen based on the cumulative terror related data. Historically, once a major false-flag terror plot is exposed (see: Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot), the terror plot is immediately canceled or postponed. State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the true perpetrators of terror. By first identifying and then connecting the dots of the terror related paper trail, Truther.org has successfully blown the whistle on numerous terror related plots. Please spread the word in helping make terrorism a thing of the past. Namaste.

Doomsday Asteroid Hoax

Download & Forward PDF

David Chase Taylor
March 31, 2013
Truther.org

If and when a “Doomsday Asteroid” strikes Earth, it will most likely land in the Pacific Ocean and its Ring of Fire. In the aftermath of this event, it is likely that a combination of earthquakes, tsunamis, volcanoes, famine, disease and global pandemics will bring the World to its knees.

An ominous sign potentially foreshadowing the “Doomsday Asteroid” event occurred on February 15, 2013, when an alleged asteroid struck Chelyabinsk, Russia. As luck would have it, the Chelyabinsk asteroid struck Earth on the exact same day that the suspected “Doomsday Asteroid” known as “2012 DA14” came within 17,200 miles of Earth, a miraculous feat that according to CNN had a “1 in 100 million” chance of happening.

Download & Forward PDF

Just prior to these Earthly encounters with the mathematically impossible asteroids, a plethora of asteroid terror propaganda was published emphatically stating that an asteroid strike on Earth was imminent. There are also suspicious asteroids which allegedly passed Earth just prior to and immediately after the two aforementioned asteroids of February 15, 2013, leading to further speculation that there is in fact a concerted agenda to develop a working asteroid narrative prior to a “Doomsday Asteroid” type event. These recent astrological events are even more interesting considering the growing amount of evidence which suggests that the highly suspicious SpaceX program is the official cover for the “Doomsday Asteroid” space program. Whether or not a “Doomsday Asteroid” will manifest itself in reality is still unknown, but it is definitely in the terror cards.

ENCLOSED CHAPTERS:

1. The “Doomsday Asteroid”
2. Asteroids & Earthquakes
3. Asteroids & Tsunamis
4. Asteroids & Volcanoes
5. Asteroids & Space Based Pandemics

1. The “Doomsday Asteroid”:

1.1: “Doomsday Asteroid” Movie Propaganda
Hollywood movies blockbusters such as “Armageddon” (1998) (see trailer) and “Deep Impact” (1998) (see trailer) were made with the sole purpose of psychologically preparing humanity for the notion that an asteroid could in fact strike Earth and that its aftermath would be apocalyptic in nature. Although there will likely be plenty of video footage of the “Doomsday Asteroid” striking Earth (people have to see it to believe it), the asteroid will quickly and conveniently disappear beneath the Pacific Ocean, never to be seen again. After all, the “Doomsday Asteroid” will never strike land because there it can be located, examined and tested for authenticity; this obviously cannot be allowed to happen.

1.2: Russian “Chelyabinsk” Asteroid Beta-Test

On February 15, 2013, a small asteroid struck Earth in Chelyabinsk, Russia, allegedly injuring 1,500 people. This suspicious event was made even stranger because it happened on the same day that the asteroid known as “2012 DA14” flew by within 17,200 miles of Earth. According to Wikipedia, the Chelyabinsk asteroid was the largest known object to have entered Earth’s atmosphere since the 1908 Tunguska event, and it’s the only asteroid to date which has caused a large number of injuries. The “Chelyabinsk” event appears to be nothing more than a staged asteroid beta-test to assess the hoaxability of a “Doomsday Asteroid”. Although this alleged asteroid strike was completely unexpected, there were numerous video cameras shooting its entry from almost every conceivable angle (all of which were recovered, downloaded, uploaded, edited, produced, uploaded again and broadcast within minutes of the event on February 15, 2013) The fake asteroid also appeared to burn out prior to ever hitting the ground, making the hoax even easier to pull off.

1.3: “Chelyabinsk” Asteroid Odds: 1 in 100 Million 
Aside from the question posed in the headline “Where Exactly Did The Russian Meteor Come From?”, there are other pressing questions in respect to “Chelyabinsk Asteroid” of February 15, 2013, that demand answers. What are the chances of 2 major astrological events occurring on the same day? Where these 2 astrological events related to each other? In a February 19, 2013, CNN report entitled “A Meteor And Asteroid: 1 In 100 Million Odds”, the  notion that the two events were related was openly dismissed: “…the time between the two events, the Earth moved roughly 300,000 miles, meaning the asteroid and the meteor were in completely different places. So there is no way the meteor and the asteroid are connected. It has to be a coincidence that the two events happened on the same day….the chance of both events happening on any one day are indeed very small…about 1 in 100 million”. As luck would have it, the alleged manifestation of these two mathematically impossible asteroids just happened to coincide with hundreds of propaganda articles warning Earth of an impending asteroid strike.

1.4: SpaceX Doomsday Asteroid Program?
Just as the “Doomsday Asteroid” rhetoric and propaganda is reaching an all-time high, the mysterious space program entitled “SpaceX”  is working overtime. On May 25, 2012, SpaceX made history as the world’s first privately held company to send a spacecraft to the International Space Station (ISS). Curiously, almost everything SpaceX does, it does wrong, or at least that’s the way the alleged space transport company would like to be publicly perceived. Starting with its launch reported on October 8, 2012, SpaceX was allegedly sent into the wrong orbit because of a booster problem during launch. Four days later on October 12, 2012, the communications satellite flying piggyback aboard a SpaceX’s Falcon 9 rocket allegedly fell out of orbit and burned up in the atmosphere following another problem during liftoff. Five months later on March 1, 2013, it was reported that SpaceX, allegedly on route to the ISS, ran into thruster trouble shortly after liftoff and consequently missed its docking date with the ISS. These are rocket scientists, not armatures. A truly private company could never afford to do business in such an unprofessional manner further raising suspicions that there is more than meets the eye in respect to SpaceX. On March 21, 2013, it was reported that SpaceX’s “Dragon” supply spacecraft was set to leave the ISS and return to Earth while three new crew members are scheduled to arrive at the ISS shortly. Whatever is going on up there with SpaceX and the ISS is still unknown, but it is anything but kosher. Although only time will tell, it appears that SpaceX may be the private space program set-up to attack Earth with a man-made “Doomsday Asteroid”.

1.5: Is “2012 DA14” the Doomsday Asteroid?
The asteroid known as “2012 DA14” appears to be the slated “Doomsday Asteroid”. Aside from having the initials “D” and “A”, which could hypothetically stand for “Doomsday” and “Asteroid”, the asteroid “2012 DA14” passed only 17,200 miles from Earth on the same day that the asteroid struck Chelyabinsk, Russia, on February 15, 2013. This “warning shot” if you will, appears to be an indication that this is a violent asteroid hell bent on attacking plant Earth. Curiously, “2012 DA14” was removed from the “Sentry” Risk Table on February 16, 2013, a day after the asteroid strike in Russia. This is interesting because “Sentry” is a highly automated collision monitoring system run by NASA which tracks asteroids and their potential impact with Earth over the next 100-250 years. It’s as if asteroid “2012 DA14” has all but disappeared in space permanently, only to return with a vengeance and make its surprise attack!

1.6: Asteroid & Meteorite Activity at All-Time High
An unprecedented amount of recent meteorites and asteroids coming close to or striking plant Earth starting on February 15, 2013, leads to speculation that there is in fact a concerted agenda to develop a working asteroid narrative prior to a “Doomsday Asteroid” type event.

Asteroid & Meteorite History:

1. June 30, 1908:
Tunguska Meteorite :Landed in Krasnoyarsk Krai, Russia (Allegedly)
2. March 31, 2004: Meteoroid FU162: Distance from Earth: 3,968 miles
3. January 11, 2007: Freehold Township Meteorite: Landed in New Jersey (Allegedly)
4. September 8, 2010:
Asteroid “2010 RX30” : Distance from Earth: 154,100 miles
5. September 8, 2010: Asteroid2010 RF12” : Distance from Earth: 49,000 miles
6. February 4, 2011: Asteroid “2011 CQ1”: Distance from Earth: 3,405 miles
7. June 27, 2011: Asteroid “2011 MD”: Distance from Earth: 7,500 miles
8. November 8, 2011: Asteroid “2005 YU55”: Distance from Earth: 201,900 miles
9. January 27, 2012: Asteroid “2012 BX34” : Distance from Earth: 37,000 miles
10. January 31, 2012: Asteroid “433 Eros”: Distance from Earth: 16,608,000 miles
11. February 15, 2013: Asteroid “2012 DA14”: Distance from Earth: 17,200 miles
12. February 15, 2013: Chelyabinsk Meteorite: Landed in Chelyabinsk, Russia (Allegedly)
13. March 9, 2013: Asteroid “2013 ET”: Distance from Earth: 606,140 miles
14. March 23, 2013: Meteor Sightings from FL to MA: Distance from Earth: Unknown
15 April 13, 2036: Asteroid “99942 Apophis”: Distance from Earth: Unknown
16. February 4, 2040: Asteroid “2011 AG5”: Distance from Earth: 550,000 miles

1.7: The “Surprise” Doomsday Asteroid
In order to gain plausible deniability in the aftermath of the “Doomsday Asteroid” it appears that NASA will be conveniently “taken by surprise” when the “Doomsday Asteroid” suddenly appears out of the east, directly in the Sun’s glare. An indication of exactly how this particular scenario would play out occurred on March 7, 2013, when it was reported that an asteroid the size of a city block would pass Earth that weekend. According to the report, “The asteroid was only discovered Sunday because search telescopes can’t find objects of that size until they get close.” Wikipedia further stated that the “2013 ET is a Near-Earth asteroid that was discovered on March 3, 2013, six days before its closest approach to Earth”. If and when the “Doomsday Asteroid” hoax is triggered, the world will likely have only a few days to panic prior to its alleged impact. A few weeks later on March 21, 2013, it was reported that White House science adviser John Holdren wanted to put “an infrared telescope in a Venus-like orbit to spot asteroids that can’t be seen from the ground because they’re lost in the Sun’s glare” and that “the Chelyabinsk meteorite was exactly that kind of meteor, which came in from a direction that Earthbound telescopes can’t look in.” Bolden then stated, “If [the asteroid] is coming in three weeks…pray”.

1.8: “Doomsday Asteroid” Foreshadowing
The following headlines were published internationally prior to the alleged asteroid strike in Chelyabinsk, Russia, on February 15, 2013. As evidenced, there was an internationally media campaign of asteroid fear-mongering to psychologically prep the world for not only the Chelyabinsk Asteroid but the “Doomsday Asteroid” as well.

Pre-“Chelyabinsk” Asteroid Hoax Headlines: Two Large Asteroids Narrowly Miss Earth”, “International Plan To Protect Earth From Comets And Asteroids”, “Asteroid’s Near-Miss With Earth”, “19-Mile Wide [Asteroid] Monster Hurtling Past Earth Next Week”, “Bus-Sized Asteroid Buzzes Earth Today Passing Within 36,000 Miles Of Our Atmosphere”, “Asteroid Near Misses And The Threats To Come”, “Asteroid Threat In 2040? Scientists Watch 2011 AG5”, “Asteroid To Threaten Earth In 2013”, “Asteroid To Buzz By Earth Next Year – Time To Call The Insurance Agent?”, “NASA Estimates 4,700 ‘Potentially Hazardous’ Asteroids”, “New Telescope To Guard Earth From Killer Asteroids”, “Even Bruce Willis Couldn’t Save Earth From ‘Armageddon’ Asteroid”, “Armageddon’? Scientists Plan To Deflect Earth-Bound Asteroids”, “Doomsday Device: Russian Beacon To Track Menacing Asteroid Apophis”, “Paintballs May Deflect An Incoming Asteroid”, “Phew! Asteroid To Miss Earth In 2040, NASA Says”, “Space Alert: Hazardous Asteroid Nears Earth”, “Don’t Count ‘Doomsday Asteroid’ Out Yet”,
An Asteroid Is Coming, And Scientists Are Excited. Fear Not, Earth Is Safe”, “Saving The Earth From Asteroids”, “Asteroid Kind Of Headed Toward Earth”, “We Probably Wouldn’t Even See A Doomsday Asteroid Until It Was Too Late”, and “Asteroid Hits Earth! How The Doomsday Scenario Would Play Out”.

1.9: “Doomsday Asteroid” Foreshadowing on Steroids
The following headlines were published internationally after the alleged asteroid struck Chelyabinsk, Russia, on February 15, 2013. As evidenced, there was is internationally media campaign of asteroid fear-mongering to psychologically prep the world for the coming “Doomsday Asteroid”.

Post-“Chelyabinsk” Asteroid Hoax Headlines:Meteor Shows Why It Is Crucial To Keep An Eye On The Sky”, “NASA-Backed Meteor Tracking System On Horizon”, “While You Were Working: An Asteroid Just Flew By”, “Kremlin Calls For Creation Of Global Star Wars-Style Missile Defense System To Save The World From Future Asteroid Strike”, “NASA Scrambles For Better Asteroid Detection”, “After Meteor Blast In Russia, Laurel Lab Plans To Smack An Asteroid”, “Canada To Launch Asteroid-Hunter Satellite”, “Welcome To The Year Of The Comet (We Hope)”, “Asteroid To Fly Past Earth This Weekend”, “Russia Considers Nuclear Explosives To Combat Meteorites”, “Large Asteroid Heading To Earth? Pray, Says NASA”, “NASA Lagging For A Decade On Meteor Tracking”, “Thing And A Prayer: NASA Chief Says Earth Defenseless In Asteroid Strike”, “NASA Chief: Earth Is Doomed If We Spot A Big Asteroid At Short Notice”, and “Asteroid-Smashing Space Probes Set For Cosmic Crash In 2022”, and “Meteor Sightings Reported From Florida To Massachusetts

1.10: The “Perfect Space Storm”
In order to give NASA and government officials plausible deniability in the aftermath of a “Doomsday Asteroid” attack, as well as convince the public that such an event was indeed possible, the rules and conditions space must be temporarily altered in order to create a window of opportunity for a surprise asteroid strike. In other words, there must be a once in a lifetime “perfect space storm” whereby the Earth is blinded to the trajectory of the alleged “Doomsday Asteroid”. This upcoming space storm has already been making international headlines long before it has ever manifest itself in reality. Coincidentally, on March 25, 2013, in what appears to be obvious space storm foreshadowing, it was reported that Venus, the second planet from the Sun, is currently experiencing its own “Super Storm”.

Space Storm Headlines:
NASA Warns Solar Flares From ‘Huge Space Storm’ Will Cause Devastation”, Britain Vulnerable To Space Nuclear Attack Or ‘Solar Flare’ Storm”, “Solar Explosions Now On Official Register As Threat To The Security Of Hi-Tech Britain”, “Space Weather Expert Has Ominous Forecast”, “Government Adviser In Fight To ‘Save Earth’ Against Devastating Solar Storms Expected To Knock Out National Grid In 2013”, “A Solar ‘Superstorm’ Is Coming And We’ll Only Get 30-Minute Warning”, “The Calm Before The Solar Storm? NASA Warns ‘Something Unexpected Is Happening To The Sun’”, and “Ever-Changing Venus Superstorm Sparks Interest”.

1.11: TV Show “Splash”
In what appears to be more blatant “Doomsday Asteroid” programming, the new television show entitled “Splash”, whose slogan is “The Stars Will Fall”, premiered on March 19, 2013 in the U.S. According to Wikipedia, “Splash!” is a reality television series that follows celebrities as they try to master the art of diving”.  A sister television show entitled “Splash!” is  also airing internationally in the Netherlands, France, Australia, Spain, China, Argentina, and Norway. “Splash” in the U.S. is featuring Ndamukong Suh, a 275 pound NFL Football player  as well as the 400+ pound comedian, Louie Armstrong, in what appears to be an obvious attempt to psychologically program the American public for the upcoming “Doomsday Asteroid” hitting the Pacific Ocean. After all, who can argue with the logic that very heavy things falling from very high places make really big splashes? In a lame attempt to draw a large audience to an even lamer television show, the geniuses behind “Splash” are using Miss Alabama Katherine Webb as eye candy. Miss Webb, who is only featured in revealing swimsuits on the show, was made instantly famous in January of 2013 when a television football announcer gawked incessantly about her beauty on-air during the NCAA College Football Championship game. A few days after becoming an overnight celebrity sensation, Miss Webb became the headline draw for the new “Splash” celebrity diving show.

2. Asteroids & Earthquakes:

2.1: Asteroids & Earthquakes

If and when the “Doomsday Asteroid” strikes the Pacific Ocean, it will provide cover for numerous earthquakes around the globe. The asteroid’s alleged impacts will no doubt be “Off the Richter scale”, ultimately causing unprecedented mayhem and destruction to communities in earthquake zones such California and Japan. Based on the sheer number of recent earthquakes, man-made earthquake propaganda, earthquake show trials, recent fracking revelations in respect to earthquakes, and the sudden changes in earthquake science, unprecedented earthquakes are imminent.

2.2: Governments can “Set off Earthquakes”
In April of 1997, U.S. Secretary of Defense William S. Cohen stated that governments “are engaging in an eco-type of terrorism whereby they can alter the climate, set off earthquakes, volcanoes remotely through the use of electromagnetic waves”. Although Cohen would like us to take him at his word, it is far more likely that his statement was part of a military psychological operation (PSYOP) in order to draw attention away from the tried and true method of creating earthquakes—large amounts of underground or underwater explosives.

2.3: Admitted “Man-Made” Earthquakes
If in fact underground or underwater explosives are the root cause of earthquakes, oil and gas drilling operations conducted by multinational corporations would provide the optimal cover needed for these covert operations. Under the term “fracking”, the National Research Council admitted as much on June 15, 2012, when it was reported that certain oil and gas operations can result in earthquakes. The report was quick to point out that the risk of earthquakes from hydraulic fracturing is generally low and that “fracking” was only found to have caused very small quakes of a 2.3 and 1.5 magnitude.

Case 1: Punggye-ri, North Korea
On February 12, 2013, it was reported that South Korea had detected “an artificial earthquake” as a result of North Korea’s nuclear program. According to the report, “The United States Geological Survey confirmes an earthquake in North Korea’s northeast of between 4.9- and 5.1-magnitude, at a depth of about one kilometer.” The report further stated that, “The Japanese Meteorological Agency reports that the tremor’s epicenter was located in Kilju county, at exactly the same place and depth as the quake caused by North Korea’s last known underground nuclear test in 2009. North Korea’s first nuclear test in 2006 was also carried out at the Punggye-ri test site.”

Case 2: Prague, Oklahoma
On March 26, 2013, it was reported that a team of scientists had determined that the 5.6 magnitude earthquake in Prague, Oklahoma, on November 6, 2011, was man-made as a result of “oil drilling waste [that] was injected deep underground”. These oil and gas drilling operations could easily enable the strategic placement of large amounts of explosive far beneath the earth’s surface which can then be detonated at a later date via remote control. Based on these recent revelations, it appears that “fracking” is the political cover for man-made “black ops” earthquake operations.

2.4: Earthquake Science Suddenly Changed
In another apparent “Doomsday Asteroid” publicity stunt, long established peer reviewed earthquake science has been suddenly scrapped for new and laughable pseudoscience. On September 28, 2012, it was reported in an article entitled “Big Earthquakes Can Trigger Temblors Across Globe”, that earthquake behavior has suddenly changed and that large earthquakes in one part of the globe can now trigger even larger secondary earthquakes in other parts of the globe. This new theory goes against everything known about earthquakes and tectonic plates, but it provides well needed cover for man-made explosive generated earthquakes. “If you asked any of us if this event is possible a year ago, we would have laughed at you,” said Thomas Heaton, a seismologist at the California Institute of Technology. “This was a really surprising finding,” said Fred Pollitz, a seismologist with the USGS. Although the science in respect to earthquakes has been suddenly discarded, the plan to terrorize humanity under the guise of “natural disasters” has not. If and when a “Doomsday Asteroid” strikes Earth, expect to see a series of devastating and escalating earthquakes and tsunamis from California to Japan shortly after the alleged impact.

2.5: Earth is “Cracking Up”
In more apparent scientific programming for the “Doomsday Asteroid”, it was reported on April 15, 2012, that a leading earthquake scientist has warned that the planet could crack up after a series of massive quakes. According to earthquake expert Gheorghe Marmureanu of the National Institute of Earth Physics, 39 quakes recently hit the globe within two days. Marmureanu based his finding on a series of events which started with two massive quakes in Indonesia measuring 8.6 and 8.2 on the Richter scale rapidly followed by three more only slightly smaller in Mexico within hours. This pseudoscience will likely be used post-“Doomsday Asteroid” in an attempt to explain how an asteroid strike in the Pacific Ocean could cause earthquakes and tsunamis on the other side of the globe.

2.6: Earthquake “Show Trials”
In October of 2012, an unprecedented earthquake “show trial” with absolutely no evidence was conducted in Italy. Although the underlying motive behind the mock trial is still unknown, it appears that the trial was conducted with the purpose of scaring seismologists from blowing the whistle on man-made earthquakes as well as prepping the public for upcoming earthquake disasters. According to reports, 6 Italian scientists and 1 government official were facing prison terms for manslaughter for allegedly downplaying the risk of an upcoming earthquake. The incident in question occurred on April 6, 2009, when a 6.3 magnitude earthquake killed 309 residents in the town of L’Aquila, Italy. Although the trial began about a year ago, it was on hold until October 9, 2012 (Just prior to “Carmageddon” Earthquake Plot), when the defense finally presented its closing arguments. Eventually, the 6 seismologists were ultimately convicted of manslaughter by the Italian court and have been sentenced to 6 years in prison. Four months later on February 16, 2013, (Just prior to the “Doomsday Asteroid”) apparently the same court in L’Aquila, Italy, convicted 4 people in the collapse of a university dormitory during the same 2009 earthquake. Interestingly, the Italian technicians accused of carrying out shoddy dormitory reconstruction work in 2000 were never mentioned in the previous article or trial.

2.7: Recent Earthquakes

Since 2012, there have been at least 49 earthquakes globally, 26 of which had a magnitude of 6.0 or higher, and 39 of which occurred in or around the Pacific Rim of Fire. Global earthquake activity, man-made or real, is now reaching an unprecedented crescendo ultimately indicating that very massive and powerful earthquakes are imminent.

Earthquake Since 2012:

1. January 1, 2012: 7.0 Magnitude Earthquake (Coast of Izu Islands/Tokyo, Japan)
2. March 1, 2012: 5.4 Magnitude Earthquake (Coast of Ibaraki/Tokyo, Japan)
3. March 15, 2012: 6.8 Magnitude Earthquake (Coast of Tohoku/Hokkaido, Japan)
4. April 13, 2012: 5.9 Magnitude Earthquake (Coast of Kanto/Fukushima, Japan)
5. May 29, 2012:
5.2 Magnitude Earthquake (Cost of Kanagawa/Chiba, Japan)
6. August 27, 2012: 7.3 Magnitude Earthquake (Coast of El Salvador)
7. September 1, 2012: 7.6 Magnitude Earthquake (Guiuan, Philippines)
8. September 26, 2012: 6.2 Magnitude Earthquake (Coast of Baja California, Mexico)
9. September 26, 2012: 6.4 Magnitude Earthquake (Aleutian Islands, Alaska, USA)
10. September 27, 2012: 4.5 Magnitude Earthquake (Aleutian Islands, Alaska, USA)
11. September 28, 2012: 4.3 Magnitude Earthquake (Aleutian Islands, Alaska, USA)
12. September 30, 2012: 3.4 Magnitude Earthquake (Dallas, Texas, USA)
13. October 2, 2012: 6.3 Magnitude Earthquake (Coast of Sanriku, Japan)
14. November 3, 2012: 6.4 Magnitude Earthquake (Mindanao, Philippines)
15. November 5, 2012: 2.0 Magnitude Earthquake (Ringwood, New Jersey, USA)
16. November 7, 2012: 7.4 Magnitude Earthquake (Coast of Guatemala)
17. November 7, 2012: 4.2 Magnitude Earthquake (Coast of Oregon/California, USA)
18. November 10, 2012: 6.8 Magnitude Earthquake (Burma/Myanmar)
19. November 11, 2012: 6.5 Magnitude Earthquake (Coast of Guatemala)
20. November 12, 2012: 4.3 Magnitude Earthquake (Whitesburg, Kentucky, USA)
21. November 12, 2012: 6.4 Magnitude Earthquake (Gulf of Alaska, USA)
22. November 15, 2012: 6.0 Magnitude Earthquake (Mexico City, Mexico)
23. November 15, 2012: 6.0 Magnitude Earthquake (Coast of Chili)
23. November 23, 2012: 2.1 Magnitude Earthquake (Clementon, New Jersey, USA)
24. November 24, 2012:  4.9 Magnitude Earthquake (Tokyo, Japan)
25. December 5, 2012: 5.6 Magnitude Earthquake (Birjand, Iran)
26. December 10, 2013: 7.2 Magnitude Earthquake (Coast of Indonesia)
27. December 14, 2012: 6.4 Magnitude Earthquake (Coast of California, USA)
28. December 14, 2012: 6.1 Magnitude Earthquake (Coast of California, USA)
29. January 5, 2013: 7.5 Magnitude Earthquake (Coast of Canada & Alaska, USA)
30. January 30, 2013: 6.7 Magnitude Earthquake (Vallenar, Chili)
31. January 31, 2013: 6.0 Magnitude Earthquake (Coast of Alaska, USA)
32. February 6, 2013: 8.0 Magnitude Earthquake (Solomon Islands)
33. February 7, 2013: 6.2 Magnitude Earthquake (Solomon Islands)
34. February 9, 2013: 6.9 Magnitude Earthquake (Pasto, Columbia)
35. February 12, 2013: 5.2 Magnitude Earthquake (Tonopah Junction, Nevada, USA)
36. February 16, 2013: 6.2 Magnitude Earthquake (Mindanao, Philippines)
37. February 16, 2013: 4.8 Magnitude Earthquake (Rome, Italy)
38. February 23, 2013: 5.7 Magnitude Earthquake (East Timor, Indonesia)
39. February 28, 2013: 6.9 Magnitude Earthquake (Kuril Islands, Pacific Ocean)
40. March 3, 2013: 5.5 Magnitude Earthquake (Dali City, China)
41. March 7, 2013: 5.6 Magnitude Earthquake (Hualian, Taiwan)
42. March 10, 2013: 4.0 Magnitude Earthquake (Anchorage, Alaska, USA)
43. March 11, 2013: 4.7 Magnitude Earthquake (Los Angeles, California, USA)
44. March 11, 2013: 4.6 Magnitude Earthquake (Los Angeles, California, USA)
45. March 11, 2013: 3.0 Magnitude Earthquake (Los Angeles, California, USA)
46. March 20, 2013: 4.7 Magnitude Earthquake (Polkowice, Poland)
47. March 25, 2013: 6.2 Magnitude Earthquake (Guatemala City, Guatemala)
48. March 26, 2013: 5.5 Magnitude Earthquake (Oaxaca, Mexico)
49. March 26, 2012: 5.9 Magnitude Earthquake (Mexico City, Mexico)

2.8: Earthquake Targets

As depicted in the recent reports entitled “Man-Made Earthquake Events In California And Japan Imminent” and “Carmageddon” Cover For Future L.A. Earthquake Strike”, man-made earthquakes via embedded underground explosives is the name of the new “natural disasters” game. Although earthquakes, especially man-made ones are hard to predict, the following four locations either have a rich history of earthquakes or are prominently featured in recent earthquake propaganda.

Top Earthquake Targets:

1. Los Angeles, California
2. San Francisco, California
3. Tokyo, Japan
4. Hoover Dam, Nevada

2.9: Los Angeles
As detailed in the report Carmageddon” Cover For Future L.A. Earthquake Strike”, the city of Los Angeles appears to be the slated epicenter of the dreaded California earthquake infamously known as “The Big One”. Although the “Carmageddon” Earthquake plot was exposed prior to L.A. freeways becoming a war zone on October 1, 2012, it appears that a man-made disaster of Hollywood movie proportions involving millions of cars, freeways, bridges, explosives and jaw-dropping demolitions is still being planned. As Posie Carpenter, Chief Administrative Officer of UCLA Medical Center, who was part of the “Carmageddon” medical response team stated, “We see this as being a disaster—only it’s a planned disaster”.

2.10: San Francisco
The history of San Francisco in respect to earthquakes is quite storied and tragic. The 1906 San Francisco Earthquake registered a 7.8 on the Richter scale, killing 3,000 people and destroying 80% of the city. It is remembered as one of the worst natural disasters in the history of the United States. Since then, San Francisco has experienced hundreds if not thousands of significant earthquakes, including the 1989 Loma Prieta Earthquake which registered a 6.9 on the Richter scale and occurred during the MLB World Series. Due to the fact that this earthquake occurred during a nationally and internationally televised championship baseball game, the terrorizing effects of the earthquake were exponentially increased a hundred fold.

2.11: San Francisco’s Golden Gate & Bay Bridge
As luck would have it; both the Golden Gate Bridge and the San Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge are curiously “under construction”. On February 23, 2012, it was reported that the Golden Gate Bridge would undergo a renovation project that would “take years to complete”. According to the report, the project involves repainting the two main suspension cables which are responsible for holding the bridge in place. Eleven months later on January 7, 2013, it was reported that an oil tanker struck a tower in the middle of the San Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge. According to the report, the 752-foot tanker rammed the bridge tower as it headed out to sea damaging about 30 to 40 foot fender of steel on base of the bridge. The suspicious ship “accident” and its subsequent repair could theoretically provide cover for the installation of demolition explosives in and around the base of the bridge. Whether these current “construction” projects are undermining the structural integrity of these San Francisco bridges is not known, but if and when a “Doomsday Asteroid” strikes the Pacific Ocean causing mega-earthquakes and tsunamis, these bridges may be the first to go. In what appears to be obvious foreshadowing, the Onion” ran a story in which it joked about a “horrific attack” on San Francisco’s Golden Gate Bridge, which “left thousands missing and assumed dead”.

2.12: Tokyo
Starting in 2012, there has been an unprecedented amount of news and propaganda surrounding future earthquakes in Japan, specifically the city of Tokyo. According to a January 2012 report from Japanese researchers at the University of Tokyo’s Earthquake Research Institute, there is a 70% chance that a magnitude-seven earthquake will strike Tokyo within four years. The researchers later stated that Tokyo’s “Big One” (an earthquake with a magnitude of 7.3 occurring in the northern part of Tokyo Bay) would ultimately cause “6,400 deaths, 160,000 injuries, approximately 471,000 homes and buildings to be destroyed, 96 million tons of waste would be instantly generated, millions of people would be homeless, more than one million households would be without water, gas, electricity and telephones, and the cost would be an estimated $1.45 trillion, about a third of Japan’s GDP.” Obviously, this type of earthquake and tsunami would bankrupt Japan. The National Police Agency and the Tokyo metropolitan government have already released a plan to “avert traffic chaos” in the event that a major 7.0 or larger earthquake hits Tokyo/Kanto region by shutting down 52 roads in and out of Tokyo, ultimately trapping Japanese citizens inside the city with no possibility of gaining food, shelter or clean water. A report released in April of 2012 from the Tokyo Metropolitan Government stated that 9,600 people would die and 150,000 would be injured when a mega-quake strikes Tokyo, a disaster that would also “level large parts of the Japanese capital”.

2.13: Nevada’s Hoover Dam
On January 15, 2013, it was reported that the federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) had found 58 violations at Nevada’s Hoover Dam, the hydroelectric power plant east of Las Vegas. According to the report, OSHA found numerous superficial violations but stated that “none of the violations jeopardized the safety of the public or threatened the structural integrity of the dam or its operations”. The Hoover dam supplies a majority of the drinking water to Las Vegas and provides electricity to some 1.3 million homes and businesses in California, Arizona and Nevada. On February 12, 2013, a 5.2 Magnitude Earthquake struck Tonopah Junction, Nevada, just 215 miles north of Las Vegas. If a larger earthquake strikes anywhere near the 77 year old Hoover Dam, it will likely “crack” (with a little help from explosives) resulting in a massive local tidal wave and an electrical power blackout blanketing California, Arizona and Nevada. With no power, no airport, no gambling, no air conditioning, no sewage system and no way out of the desert, tourists and locals alike would begin looting as riots and mayhem would breakout almost instantaneously. Needless to say, without power, Las Vegas would turn into an unprecedented biological cesspool almost overnight.

3. Asteroids & Tsunamis:

3.1: “Doomsday Asteroid” & Tsunamis
If and when the “Doomsday Asteroid” strikes the Pacific Ocean, it will provide cover for numerous earthquakes/tsunamis around the globe. The asteroid’s alleged impacts will no doubt be “Off the Richter scale”, ultimately causing unprecedented mayhem and destruction to communities in tsunami zones such Alaska, Australia, British Columbia, California, Hawaii, Japan, Oregon, the Philippines and Washington State.

3.2: Earthquake & Tsunami will Kills Thousands
On March 15, 2013, it was reported that researchers had found that a massive earthquake and tsunami striking the Northwest coast of the U.S. would kill more than 10,000 people, flooding entire towns, and causing economic damages totaling $32 billion. The alarming report published by the Oregon Seismic Safety Policy Advisory Commission warned that this type of earthquake and tsunami was imminent and could strike anytime. According to the report, “An earthquake, together with the resulting tsunami, could leave [Northwest Americans] without water, power, heat, telephone services, and in some cases, gasoline”.

3.3: The “Tsunami Bomb” 
On January 1, 2013, it was reported that a “Tsunami Bomb” was tested off the coast of New Zealand. According to the report, the tests, which were carried out in the waters around New Caledonia and Auckland, showed that a “Tsunami Bomb” was a feasible WMD in that a series of 10 large offshore blasts could potentially create a 33-foot tsunami capable of inundating a small city. The top secret operation, code-named “Project Seal”, tested out the doomsday device as a possible rival to the nuclear bomb. Although 3,700 bombs were exploded during the tests, experts concluded that single explosions were not powerful enough and that a successful tsunami bomb would require about 2 million kilograms of explosive arrayed in a line about five miles from shore.

3.4: Hurricane Sandy Flashback
Although Hurricane Sandy was only a Category 1 hurricane, it had a storm surge equivalent to a tsunami which flooded parts of the East coast shoulder high and swamped the streets, subways and tunnels of New York City. Just prior to Sandy making landfall, it was reported on October 26, 2012, that the U.S. Navy had sent 24 naval vessels, including the aircraft carrier USS Harry S. Truman, out to sea from Norfolk Naval Station in Virginia to avoid being damaged in port. If Sandy was indeed a “Superstorm”, why would the Navy risk sending 24 ships out into harm’s way? Is it possible that the 24 Navy ships were in fact participating in a coordinated effort to detonate modern day “Tsunami Bombs” off the East coast of America in order to create the man-made Hurricane Sandy? Was this deadly “hurricane” which killed over 100 people and cost an estimated $20 billion in economic damage a man-made event?

3.5: Tsunami Targets
The following tsunami targets are all located in, on, or near the Pacific Ocean and in the Pacific Rim of Fire, and thus are susceptible to future earthquakes and tsunamis generated by the “Doomsday Asteroid”. San Francisco, Seattle, Tokyo and Anchorage are all located on bays or inlets which present a controlled and stable aquatic environment which could be easily manipulated by underwater “Tsunami Bombs” ultimately causing a massive wall of water to engulf their respective cities. The Pacific islands of Hawaii and the Philippines (as of June 6, 2012), host massive U.S. military bases, so suspicious underwater activity by U.S. naval vessels off their respective coastlines would be hard to track or monitor. Queensland, Australia, as detailed below, is near the Great Barrier Reef, which, according to recent reports, is one earthquake away from collapsing and causing a devastating tsunami.

Top Tsunami Targets:

1. San Francisco, California (San Francisco Bay)
2. Seattle, Washington (Puget Sound Inlet)
3. Japan (Tokyo, Tokyo Bay & Nankai Trough)
4. Philippines Islands
5. Hawaiian Islands
6. Anchorage, Alaska (Cook Inlet)
7. Queensland, Australia (Great Barrier Reef)

3.6: Japan: Tokyo & the Nankai Trough
In August of 2012, a Japanese government report stated that a magnitude 9.0 earthquake in the Nankai Trough off Japan’s Pacific coast could kill as many as 320,000 people. In its 195-page report, the government panel determined that about 230,000 people would be lost to a tsunami projected to reach as tall as 34 meters (111 feet). Similar government forecasts issued nine years prior for an earthquake in the same region predicted 25,000 deaths with a tsunami of no higher than 20 meters (66 feet). Other reports from 2012 estimate that up to 400,000 could die as a result of an earthquake/tsunami in the Nankai Trough.

3.7: Philippines: U.S. Navy Ship “Stuck” In Reef
On January 22, 2013 it was reported that a U.S. Navy “minesweeper” was “stuck” in a reef off the Philippines. According to the report, “The USS Guardian ran aground the Tubbataha Reef, about 80 miles east-southeast of Palawan Island in the Sulu Sea. All 79 sailors were evacuated from the 224-foot ship”. What exactly the U.S. “minesweeper” was doing when it allegedly ran aground is unknown, but laying down mines or “Tsunami Bombs” is the most likely scenario. Strategically placed mines could theoretically create a massive tidal wave that could easily swamp the Philippines ultimately causing massive flooding, disease and death.

3.8: Anchorage, Alaska: “Drill Rig” Runs Aground
On January 1, 2013, it was reported that a Royal Dutch Shell drilling rig ship entitled  “The Kulluk” ran aground off the small island of Sitkalidak in the Gulf of Alaska. According to the report, the Coast Guard planed a salvage operation and spill response. The suspicious ship “grounding” could theoretically provide cover for the installation of “Tsunami Bombs” in and around Kodiak Island and Gulf of Alaska area. After all, the “The Kulluk”, is a drilling ship explosives have to be embedded into the seafloor in order to be effective.

3.9: Queensland, Australia: Great Barrier Reef May Collapse
On “Doomsday”, December 21, 2012, it was reported that researchers had found out that part of the Great Barrier Reef will eventually “collapse” ultimately causing a massive tsunami which would likely devastate the north coast of Queensland, Australia. According to Dr. Robin Beaman, a marine geologist at James Cook University, “If it were to break away catastrophically…it would actually cause a tsunami. That tsunami would travel across the Great Barrier Reef…and it would impact the local area, the North Queensland area.” According to the report, the slab appears stable for now and is only likely to move when triggered by a large earthquake strikes nearby. This report begs the question: Have “Tsunami Bombs” already been strategically placed off the coast of Australia  in anticipation of the “Doomsday Asteroid”? 

4. Asteroids & Volcanoes:

4.1: Iceland: Volcano Déjà Vu
On March 26, 2013, it was reported that police had issued a “civil warning” due to seismic activity near the Hekla volcano in Iceland. According to the report, Vidir Reynisson, the department manager for civil protection, stated that a swarm of earthquakes had prompted the warning but they are not necessarily a signs of a pending eruption. In April of 2010, Europe was literally shut-down due to the alleged ash coming from the Eyjafjallajokul volcano in Iceland. The historic and unprecedented volcanic incident suspended travel for approximately 10 million people and cost the European economy billions of Euros. If and when the “Doomsday Asteroid” strikes, we can once again expect Europe to come to a grinding halt all due to volcanic ash (heavy duty chemtrails) coming from Iceland.

4.2: Asteroids & Volcanoes Cause “Mass Extinction”
On March 21, 2013, it was reported that at the end of the Triassic period, at least half of the species living on land and in the ocean went extinct due to massive volcanic eruptions. According to the report, “at a point in time known as the Cretaceous-Tertiary boundary (K-T boundary)” there is “strong evidence supporting an asteroid impact around the same time the dinosaurs disappeared”. Paul Renne, a geologist at the Berkeley Geochronology Center in California stated that “…the asteroid impact at the K-T boundary likely only finished the job that major volcanic eruptions in started”. It appears that Mr. Renne is purposely attempting to deceive people into thinking that one event (the asteroid) did not trigger the next event (the volcanoes) which then culminated with a third event (the extinction of the dinosaurs). Why another scientific theory in respect to earthquakes is suddenly being discarded in unknown, but it is rather suspicious nonetheless.

4.3: “Jurassic Park 3D” & “Jurassic Park: Extinction”
If and when the alleged “Doomsday Asteroid” strike Earth, it will undoubtedly cause unprecedented global earthquakes and massive volcanic eruptions, ultimately setting the scene for mass extinction. Prior to a high-profile asteroid attack on planet Earth, the public must be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. Hollywood movie propaganda is a slick way of showing that that yes, if it can happen to the dinosaurs, it can happen to man. “Jurassic Park 3D” (2013) is a film (see trailer) which will be released by Universal Pictures on April 5, 2013, to commemorate the movie’s 20th Anniversary. “Jurassic Park: Extinction” in 3D (2013) is a film (see trailer) which will released by Universal Pictures on June 13, 2014, despite the fact that no director is yet attached to the film. The re-release of the original film along with the sudden fourth installment of Jurassic Park raises further suspicion that a real life “extinction” is in the terror cards.

5. Asteroids & Space Based Pandemics:

5.1: Space Related Bio-Terror
Based on the cumulative data of bio-terror research, a made-for-TV bio-terror “event” will likely occur in United States or Asia involving the use of agents known as Anthrax and Smallpox. That being said, the “Doomsday Asteroid” could be the bio-terror event and it could also theoretically contain a space based virus. Prior to a space related pandemic, the public must be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. Hollywood movie propaganda is a slick way of showing that yes, it can happen. “Germ” (2013) is a film (see trailer) in which the U.S. military’s attempt to shoot down an orbiting satellite unleashes a space-borne epidemic within the United States.

About the Author

David Chase Taylor, the editor-in-chief of Truther.org, is an American journalist living in Zürich, Switzerland, where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with stopping a false-flag/state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon America. Taylor has also released The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the coming global bio-terror pandemic. Taylor has also been credited with exposing the 2012 DNC Terror Plot, the “Twilight” Premier Terror Plot, and the Alex Jones links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to prevent terror attacks by drawing unwanted global attention to these terror plots prior to their fruition. Terror related assertions, forecasts and predictions made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility they could theoretically happen based on the cumulative terror related data. Historically, once a major false-flag terror plot is exposed (see: Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot), the terror plot is immediately canceled or postponed. State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the true perpetrators of terror. By first identifying and then connecting the dots of the terror related paper trail, Truther.org has successfully blown the whistle on numerous terror related plots. Please spread the word in helping make terrorism a thing of the past. Namaste.